summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/12651.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '12651.txt')
-rw-r--r--12651.txt9284
1 files changed, 9284 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/12651.txt b/12651.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02b5573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/12651.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9284 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Humour of Homer and Other Essays, by
+Samuel Butler, Edited by R. A. Streatfeild
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Humour of Homer and Other Essays
+
+Author: Samuel Butler
+
+Release Date: June 18, 2004 [eBook #12651]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: US-ASCII
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HUMOUR OF HOMER AND OTHER
+ESSAYS***
+
+
+
+
+Transcribed by David Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk
+
+
+
+
+
+The Humour of Homer and Other Essays
+
+
+
+
+Introduction
+By R. A. Streatfeild
+
+
+The nucleus of this book is the collection of essays by Samuel
+Butler, which was originally published by Mr. Grant Richards in 1904
+under the title Essays on Life, Art and Science, and reissued by Mr.
+Fifield in 1908. To these are now added another essay, entitled
+"The Humour of Homer," a biographical sketch of the author kindly
+contributed by Mr. Henry Festing Jones, which will add materially to
+the value of the edition, and a portrait in photogravure from a
+photograph taken in 1889--the period of the essays.
+
+[Photograph of Samuel Butler. Caption reads: From a photograph
+made by Pizzetta in Varallo in 1889. Emery Walker Ltd., ph. sc.
+butler.jpg]
+
+"The Humour of Homer" was originally delivered as a lecture at the
+Working Men's College in Great Ormond Street on the 30th January,
+1892, the day on which Butler first promulgated his theory of the
+Trapanese origin of the Odyssey in a letter to the Athenaeum. Later
+in the same year it was published with some additional matter by
+Messrs. Metcalfe and Co. of Cambridge. For the next five years
+Butler was engaged upon researches into the origin and authorship of
+the Odyssey, the results of which are embodied in his book The
+Authoress of the "Odyssey," originally published by Messrs. Longman
+in 1897. Butler incorporated a good deal of "The Humour of Homer"
+into The Authoress of the "Odyssey," but the section relating to the
+Iliad naturally found no place in the later work. For the sake of
+this alone "The Humour of Homer" deserves to be better known.
+Written as it was for an artisan audience and professing to deal
+only with one side of Homer's genius, "The Humour of Homer" must
+not, of course, be taken as an exhaustive statement of Butler's
+views upon Homeric questions. It touches but lightly on important
+points, particularly regarding the origin and authorship of the
+Odyssey, which are treated at much greater length in The Authoress
+of the "Odyssey."
+
+Nevertheless, "The Humour of Homer" appears to me to have a special
+value as a kind of general introduction to Butler's more detailed
+study of the Odyssey. His attitude towards the Homeric poems is
+here expressed with extraordinary freshness and force. What that
+attitude was is best explained by his own words: "If a person would
+understand either the Odyssey or any other ancient work, he must
+never look at the dead without seeing the living in them, nor at the
+living without thinking of the dead. We are too fond of seeing the
+ancients as one thing and the moderns as another." Butler did not
+undervalue the philological and archaeological importance of the
+Iliad and the Odyssey, but it was mainly as human documents that
+they appealed to him. This, I am inclined to suspect, was the root
+of the objection of academic critics to him and his theories. They
+did not so much resent the suggestion that the author of the Odyssey
+was a woman; they could not endure that he should be treated as a
+human being.
+
+Of the remaining essays two were originally delivered as lectures;
+the others appeared first in The Universal Review in 1888, 1889 and
+1890. I should perhaps explain why two other essays which also
+appeared in The Universal Review are not included in this
+collection. The first of these, entitled "L'Affaire Holbein-
+Rippel," relates to a drawing of Holbein's "Danse des Paysans" in
+the Basle Museum, which is usually described as a copy, but which
+Butler believed to be the work of Holbein himself. This essay
+requires to be illustrated in so elaborate a manner that it was
+impossible to include it in a book of this size. The second essay,
+which is a sketch of the career of the sculptor Tabachetti, was
+published as the first section of an article, entitled "A Sculptor
+and a Shrine," of which the second part is here given under the
+title "The Sanctuary of Montrigone." The section devoted to the
+sculptor contains all that Butler then knew about Tabachetti, but
+since it was written various documents have come to light,
+principally through the investigations of Cavaliere Francesco Negri,
+of Casale Monferrato, which negative some of Butler's conclusions.
+Had Butler lived, I do not doubt that he would have revised his
+essay in the light of Cavaliere Negri's discoveries, the value of
+which he fully recognized. As it stands the essay requires so much
+revision that I have decided to omit it altogether and to postpone
+giving English readers a full account of Tabachetti's career until a
+second edition of Butler's "Ex Voto," in which Tabachetti's work is
+discussed in detail, is required. Meanwhile I have given a brief
+summary of the main facts of Tabachetti's life in a note (p. 195) to
+the essay on "Art in the Valley of Saas." Anyone who desires
+further details concerning the sculptor and his work will find them
+in Cavaliere Negri's pamphlet "Il Santuario di Crea" (Alessandria,
+1902).
+
+The three essays grouped together under the title The Deadlock in
+Darwinism may be regarded as a postscript to Butler's four books on
+evolution, viz. Life and Habit, Evolution Old and New, Unconscious
+Memory, and Luck or Cunning? When these essays were first published
+in book form in 1904, I ventured to give a brief summary of Butler's
+position with regard to the main problem of evolution. I need now
+only refer readers to Mr. Festing Jones's biographical sketch and,
+for fuller details, to the masterly introduction contributed by
+Professor Marcus Hartog to the new edition of Unconscious Memory (A.
+C. Fifield, 1910), and recently reprinted in his Problems of Life
+and Reproduction (John Murray, 1913), in which Butler's work in the
+field of biology and his share in the various controversies
+connected with the study of evolution are discussed with the
+authority of a specialist.
+
+R. A. STREATFEILD. July, 1913.
+
+
+
+
+Sketch of the Life of Samuel Butler
+Author of Erewhon
+(1835-1902)
+by Henry Festing Jones
+
+
+Note
+
+
+This sketch of Butler's life, together with the portrait which forms
+the frontispiece to this volume, first appeared in December, 1902,
+in The Eagle, the magazine of St. John's College, Cambridge. I
+revised the sketch and read it before the British Homoeopathic
+Association at 43 Russell Square, London, W.C., on the 9th February,
+1910; some of Butler's music was performed by Miss Grainger Kerr,
+Mr. R. A. Streatfeild, Mr. J. A. Fuller Maitland, and Mr. H. J. T.
+Wood, the secretary of the Association. I again revised it and read
+it before the Historical Society of St. John's College, Cambridge,
+in the combination room of the college on the 16th November, 1910;
+the Master (Mr. R. F. Scott), who was also Vice-Chancellor of the
+University, was in the chair, and a vote of thanks was proposed by
+Professor William Bateson, F.R.S.
+
+As the full Memoir of Butler on which I am engaged is not yet ready
+for publication, I have again revised the sketch, and it is here
+published in response to many demands for some account of his life.
+
+H. F. J.
+August, 1913.
+
+
+Sketch of the Life of Samuel Butler
+Author of Erewhon (1835-1902)
+
+
+Samuel Butler was born on the 4th December, 1835, at the Rectory,
+Langar, near Bingham, in Nottinghamshire. His father was the Rev.
+Thomas Butler, then Rector of Langar, afterwards one of the canons
+of Lincoln Cathedral, and his mother was Fanny Worsley, daughter of
+John Philip Worsley of Arno's Vale, Bristol, sugar-refiner. His
+grandfather was Dr. Samuel Butler, the famous headmaster of
+Shrewsbury School, afterwards Bishop of Lichfield. The Butlers are
+not related either to the author of Hudibras, or to the author of
+the Analogy, or to the present Master of Trinity College, Cambridge.
+
+Butler's father, after being at school at Shrewsbury under Dr.
+Butler, went up to St. John's College, Cambridge; he took his degree
+in 1829, being seventh classic and twentieth senior optime; he was
+ordained and returned to Shrewsbury, where he was for some time
+assistant master at the school under Dr. Butler. He married in 1832
+and left Shrewsbury for Langar. He was a learned botanist, and made
+a collection of dried plants which he gave to the Town Museum of
+Shrewsbury.
+
+Butler's childhood and early life were spent at Langar among the
+surroundings of an English country rectory, and his education was
+begun by his father. In 1843, when he was only eight years old, the
+first great event in his life occurred; the family, consisting of
+his father and mother, his two sisters, his brother and himself,
+went to Italy. The South-Eastern Railway stopped at Ashford, whence
+they travelled to Dover in their own carriage; the carriage was put
+on board the steamboat, they crossed the Channel, and proceeded to
+Cologne, up the Rhine to Basle and on through Switzerland into
+Italy, through Parma, where Napoleon's widow was still reigning,
+Modena, Bologna, Florence, and so to Rome. They had to drive where
+there was no railway, and there was then none in all Italy except
+between Naples and Castellamare. They seemed to pass a fresh
+custom-house every day, but, by tipping the searchers, generally got
+through without inconvenience. The bread was sour and the Italian
+butter rank and cheesy--often uneatable. Beggars ran after the
+carriage all day long and when they got nothing jeered at the
+travellers and called them heretics. They spent half the winter in
+Rome, and the children were taken up to the top of St. Peter's as a
+treat to celebrate their father's birthday. In the Sistine Chapel
+they saw the cardinals kiss the toe of Pope Gregory XVI, and in the
+Corso, in broad daylight, they saw a monk come rolling down a
+staircase like a sack of potatoes, bundled into the street by a man
+and his wife. The second half of the winter was spent in Naples.
+This early introduction to the land which he always thought of and
+often referred to as his second country made an ineffaceable
+impression upon him.
+
+In January, 1846, he went to school at Allesley, near Coventry,
+under the Rev. E. Gibson. He seldom referred to his life there,
+though sometimes he would say something that showed he had not
+forgotten all about it. For instance, in 1900 Mr. Sydney C.
+Cockerell, now the Director of the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge,
+showed him a medieval missal, laboriously illuminated. He found
+that it fatigued him to look at it, and said that such books ought
+never to be made. Cockerell replied that such books relieved the
+tedium of divine service, on which Butler made a note ending thus:
+
+Give me rather a robin or a peripatetic cat like the one whose
+loss the parishioners of St. Clement Danes are still deploring.
+When I was at school at Allesley the boy who knelt opposite me at
+morning prayers, with his face not more than a yard away from
+mine, used to blow pretty little bubbles with his saliva which he
+would send sailing off the tip of his tongue like miniature soap
+bubbles; they very soon broke, but they had a career of a foot or
+two. I never saw anyone else able to get saliva bubbles right
+away from him and, though I have endeavoured for some fifty years
+and more to acquire the art, I never yet could start the bubble
+off my tongue without its bursting. Now things like this really
+do relieve the tedium of church, but no missal that I have ever
+seen will do anything except increase it.
+
+In 1848 he left Allesley and went to Shrewsbury under the Rev. B. H.
+Kennedy. Many of the recollections of his school life at Shrewsbury
+are reproduced for the school life of Ernest Pontifex at
+Roughborough in The Way of All Flesh, Dr. Skinner being Dr. Kennedy.
+
+During these years he first heard the music of Handel; it went
+straight to his heart and satisfied a longing which the music of
+other composers had only awakened and intensified. He became as one
+of the listening brethren who stood around "when Jubal struck the
+chorded shell" in the Song for Saint Cecilia's Day:
+
+Less than a god, they thought, there could not dwell
+Within the hollow of that shell
+That spoke so sweetly and so well.
+
+This was the second great event in his life, and henceforward Italy
+and Handel were always present at the bottom of his mind as a kind
+of double pedal to every thought, word, and deed. Almost the last
+thing he ever asked me to do for him, within a few days of his
+death, was to bring Solomon that he might refresh his memory as to
+the harmonies of "With thee th' unsheltered moor I'd trace." He
+often tried to like the music of Bach and Beethoven, but found
+himself compelled to give them up--they bored him too much. Nor was
+he more successful with the other great composers; Haydn, for
+instance, was a sort of Horace, an agreeable, facile man of the
+world, while Mozart, who must have loved Handel, for he wrote
+additional accompaniments to the Messiah, failed to move him. It
+was not that he disputed the greatness of these composers, but he
+was out of sympathy with them, and never could forgive the last two
+for having led music astray from the Handel tradition and paved the
+road from Bach to Beethoven. Everything connected with Handel
+interested him. He remembered old Mr. Brooke, Rector of Gamston,
+North Notts, who had been present at the Handel Commemoration in
+1784, and his great-aunt, Miss Susannah Apthorp, of Cambridge, had
+known a lady who had sat upon Handel's knee. He often regretted
+that these were his only links with "the greatest of all composers."
+
+Besides his love for Handel he had a strong liking for drawing, and,
+during the winter of 1853-4, his family again took him to Italy,
+where, being now eighteen, he looked on the works of the old masters
+with intelligence.
+
+In October, 1854, he went into residence at St. John's College,
+Cambridge. He showed no aptitude for any particular branch of
+academic study, nevertheless he impressed his friends as being
+likely to make his mark. Just as he used reminiscences of his own
+schooldays at Shrewsbury for Ernest's life at Roughborough, so he
+used reminiscences of his own Cambridge days for those of Ernest.
+When the Simeonites, in The Way of All Flesh, "distributed tracts,
+dropping them at night in good men's letter boxes while they slept,
+their tracts got burnt or met with even worse contumely." Ernest
+Pontifex went so far as to parody one of these tracts and to get a
+copy of the parody "dropped into each of the Simeonites' boxes."
+Ernest did this in the novel because Butler had done it in real
+life. Mr. A. T. Bartholomew, of the University Library, has found,
+among the Cambridge papers of the late J. Willis Clark's collection,
+three printed pieces belonging to the year 1855 bearing on the
+subject. He speaks of them in an article headed "Samuel Butler and
+the Simeonites," and signed A. T. B. in the Cambridge Magazine, 1st
+March, 1913; the first is "a genuine Simeonite tract; the other two
+are parodies. All three are anonymous. At the top of the second
+parody is written 'By S. Butler, March 31.'" The article gives
+extracts from the genuine tract and the whole of Butler's parody.
+
+Besides parodying Simeonite tracts, Butler wrote various other
+papers during his undergraduate days, some of which, preserved by
+one of his contemporaries, who remained a lifelong friend, the Rev.
+Canon Joseph M'Cormick, now Rector of St. James's, Piccadilly, are
+reproduced in The Note-Books of Samuel Butler (1912).
+
+He also steered the Lady Margaret first boat, and Canon M'Cormick
+told me of a mishap that occurred on the last night of the races in
+1857. Lady Margaret had been head of the river since 1854, Canon
+M'Cormick was rowing 5, Philip Pennant Pearson (afterwards P.
+Pennant) was 7, Canon Kynaston, of Durham (whose name formerly was
+Snow), was stroke, and Butler was cox. When the cox let go of the
+bung at starting, the rope caught in his rudder lines, and Lady
+Margaret was nearly bumped by Second Trinity. They escaped,
+however, and their pursuers were so much exhausted by their efforts
+to catch them that they were themselves bumped by First Trinity at
+the next corner. Butler wrote home about it:
+
+11 March, 1857. Dear Mamma: My foreboding about steering was on
+the last day nearly verified by an accident which was more
+deplorable than culpable the effects of which would have been
+ruinous had not the presence of mind of No. 7 in the boat rescued
+us from the very jaws of defeat. The scene is one which never
+can fade from my remembrance and will be connected always with
+the gentlemanly conduct of the crew in neither using opprobrious
+language nor gesture towards your unfortunate son but treating
+him with the most graceful forbearance; for in most cases when an
+accident happens which in itself is but slight, but is visited
+with serious consequences, most people get carried away with the
+impression created by the last so as to entirely forget the
+accidental nature of the cause and if we had been quite bumped I
+should have been ruined, as it is I get praise for coolness and
+good steering as much as and more than blame for my accident and
+the crew are so delighted at having rowed a race such as never
+was seen before that they are satisfied completely. All the
+spectators saw the race and were delighted; another inch and I
+should never have held up my head again. One thing is safe, it
+will never happen again.
+
+The Eagle, "a magazine supported by members of St. John's College,"
+issued its first number in the Lent term of 1858; it contains an
+article by Butler "On English Composition and Other Matters," signed
+"Cellarius":
+
+Most readers will have anticipated me in admitting that a man
+should be clear of his meaning before he endeavours to give it
+any kind of utterance, and that, having made up his mind what to
+say, the less thought he takes how to say it, more than briefly,
+pointedly and plainly, the better.
+
+From this it appears that, when only just over twenty-two, Butler
+had already discovered and adopted those principles of writing from
+which he never departed.
+
+In the fifth number of the Eagle is an article, "Our Tour," also
+signed "Cellarius"; it is an account of a tour made in June, 1857,
+with a friend whose name he Italianized into Giuseppe Verdi, through
+France into North Italy, and was written, so he says, to show how
+they got so much into three weeks and spent only 25 pounds; they did
+not, however, spend quite so much, for the article goes on, after
+bringing them back to England, "Next day came safely home to dear
+old St. John's, cash in hand 7d." {19}
+
+Butler worked hard with Shilleto, an old pupil of his grandfather,
+and was bracketed 12th in the Classical Tripos of 1858. Canon
+M'Cormick told me that he would no doubt have been higher but for
+the fact that he at first intended to go out in mathematics; it was
+only during the last year of his time that he returned to the
+classics, and his being so high as he was spoke well for the
+classical education of Shrewsbury.
+
+It had always been an understood thing that he was to follow in the
+footsteps of his father and grandfather and become a clergyman;
+accordingly, after taking his degree, he went to London and began to
+prepare for ordination, living and working among the poor as lay
+assistant under the Rev. Philip Perring, Curate of St. James's,
+Piccadilly, an old pupil of Dr. Butler at Shrewsbury. {20} Placed
+among such surroundings, he felt bound to think out for himself many
+theological questions which at this time were first presented to
+him, and, the conclusion being forced upon him that he could not
+believe in the efficacy of infant baptism, he declined to be
+ordained.
+
+It was now his desire to become an artist; this, however, did not
+meet with the approval of his family, and he returned to Cambridge
+to try for pupils and, if possible, to get a fellowship. He liked
+being at Cambridge, but there were few pupils and, as there seemed
+to be little chance of a fellowship, his father wished him to come
+down and adopt some profession. A long correspondence took place in
+the course of which many alternatives were considered. There are
+letters about his becoming a farmer in England, a tutor, a
+homoeopathic doctor, an artist, or a publisher, and the
+possibilities of the army, the bar, and diplomacy. Finally it was
+decided that he should emigrate to New Zealand. His passage was
+paid, and he was to sail in the Burmah, but a cousin of his received
+information about this vessel which caused him, much against his
+will, to get back his passage money and take a berth in the Roman
+Emperor, which sailed from Gravesend on one of the last days of
+September, 1859. On that night, for the first time in his life, he
+did not say his prayers. "I suppose the sense of change was so
+great that it shook them quietly off. I was not then a sceptic; I
+had got as far as disbelief in infant baptism, but no further. I
+felt no compunction of conscience, however, about leaving off my
+morning and evening prayers--simply I could no longer say them."
+
+The Roman Emperor, after a voyage every incident of which interested
+him deeply, arrived outside Port Lyttelton. The captain shouted to
+the pilot who came to take them in:
+
+"Has the Robert Small arrived?"
+
+"No," replied the pilot, "nor yet the Burmah."
+
+And Butler, writing home to his people, adds the comment: "You may
+imagine what I felt."
+
+The Burmah was never heard of again.
+
+He spent some time looking round, considering what to do and how to
+employ the money with which his father was ready to supply him, and
+determined upon sheep-farming. He made several excursions looking
+for country, and ultimately took up a run which is still called
+Mesopotamia, the name he gave it because it is situated among the
+head-waters of the Rangitata.
+
+It was necessary to have a horse, and he bought one for 55 pounds,
+which was not considered dear. He wrote home that the horse's name
+was "Doctor": "I hope he is a Homoeopathist." From this, and from
+the fact that he had already contemplated becoming a homoeopathic
+doctor himself, I conclude that he had made the acquaintance of Dr.
+Robert Ellis Dudgeon, the eminent homoeopathist, while he was doing
+parish work in London. After his return to England Dr. Dudgeon was
+his medical adviser, and remained one of his most intimate friends
+until the end of his life. Doctor, the horse, is introduced into
+Erewhon Revisited; the shepherd in Chapter XXVI tells John Higgs
+that Doctor "would pick fords better than that gentleman could, I
+know, and if the gentleman fell off him he would just stay stock
+still."
+
+Butler carried on his run for about four and a half years, and the
+open-air life agreed with him; he ascribed to this the good health
+he afterwards enjoyed. The following, taken from a notebook he kept
+in the colony and destroyed, gives a glimpse of one side of his life
+there; he preserved the note because it recalled New Zealand so
+vividly.
+
+April, 1861. It is Sunday. We rose later than usual. There are
+five of us sleeping in the hut. I sleep in a bunk on one side of
+the fire; Mr. Haast, {22} a German who is making a geological
+survey of the province, sleeps upon the opposite one; my bullock-
+driver and hut-keeper have two bunks at the far end of the hut,
+along the wall, while my shepherd lies in the loft among the tea
+and sugar and flour. It was a fine morning, and we turned out
+about seven o'clock.
+
+The usual mutton and bread for breakfast with a pudding made of
+flour and water baked in the camp oven after a joint of meat--
+Yorkshire pudding, but without eggs. While we were at breakfast
+a robin perched on the table and sat there a good while pecking
+at the sugar. We went on breakfasting with little heed to the
+robin, and the robin went on pecking with little heed to us.
+After breakfast Pey, my bullock-driver, went to fetch the horses
+up from a spot about two miles down the river, where they often
+run; we wanted to go pig-hunting.
+
+I go into the garden and gather a few peascods for seed till the
+horses should come up. Then Cook, the shepherd, says that a fire
+has sprung up on the other side of the river. Who could have lit
+it? Probably someone who had intended coming to my place on the
+preceding evening and has missed his way, for there is no track
+of any sort between here and Phillips's. In a quarter of an hour
+he lit another fire lower down, and by that time, the horses
+having come up, Haast and myself--remembering how Dr. Sinclair
+had just been drowned so near the same spot--think it safer to
+ride over to him and put him across the river. The river was
+very low and so clear that we could see every stone. On getting
+to the river-bed we lit a fire and did the same on leaving it;
+our tracks would guide anyone over the intervening ground.
+
+Besides his occupation with the sheep, he found time to play the
+piano, to read and to write. In the library of St. John's College,
+Cambridge, are two copies of the Greek Testament, very fully
+annotated by him at the University and in the colony. He also read
+the Origin of Species, which, as everyone knows, was published in
+1859. He became "one of Mr. Darwin's many enthusiastic admirers,
+and wrote a philosophic dialogue (the most offensive form, except
+poetry and books of travel into supposed unknown countries, that
+even literature can assume) upon the Origin of Species" (Unconscious
+Memory, close of Chapter I). This dialogue, unsigned, was printed
+in the Press, Canterbury, New Zealand, on 20th December, 1862. A
+copy of the paper was sent to Charles Darwin, who forwarded it to a,
+presumably, English editor with a letter, now in the Canterbury
+Museum, New Zealand, speaking of the dialogue as "remarkable from
+its spirit and from giving so clear and accurate an account of Mr.
+D's theory." It is possible that Butler himself sent the newspaper
+containing his dialogue to Mr. Darwin; if so he did not disclose his
+name, for Darwin says in his letter that he does not know who the
+author was. Butler was closely connected with the Press, which was
+founded by James Edward FitzGerald, the first Superintendent of the
+Province, in May, 1861; he frequently contributed to its pages, and
+once, during FitzGerald's absence, had charge of it for a short
+time, though he was never its actual editor. The Press reprinted
+the dialogue and the correspondence which followed its original
+appearance on 8th June, 1912.
+
+On 13th June, 1863, the Press printed a letter by Butler signed
+"Cellarius" and headed "Darwin among the Machines," reprinted in The
+Note-Books of Samuel Butler (1912). The letter begins:
+
+"Sir: There are few things of which the present generation is more
+justly proud than of the wonderful improvements which are daily
+taking place in all sorts of mechanical appliances"; and goes on to
+say that, as the vegetable kingdom was developed from the mineral,
+and as the animal kingdom supervened upon the vegetable, "so now, in
+the last few ages, an entirely new kingdom has sprung up of which we
+as yet have only seen what will one day be considered the
+antediluvian types of the race." He then speaks of the minute
+members which compose the beautiful and intelligent little animal
+which we call the watch, and of how it has gradually been evolved
+from the clumsy brass clocks of the thirteenth century. Then comes
+the question: Who will be man's successor? To which the answer is:
+We are ourselves creating our own successors. Man will become to
+the machine what the horse and the dog are to man; the conclusion
+being that machines are, or are becoming, animate. In 1863 Butler's
+family published in his name A First Year in Canterbury Settlement,
+which, as the preface states, was compiled from his letters home,
+his journal and extracts from two papers contributed to the Eagle.
+These two papers had appeared in the Eagle as three articles
+entitled "Our Emigrant" and signed "Cellarius." The proof sheets of
+the book went out to New Zealand for correction and were sent back
+in the Colombo, which was as unfortunate as the Burmah, for she was
+wrecked. The proofs, however, were fished up, though so nearly
+washed out as to be almost undecipherable. Butler would have been
+just as well pleased if they had remained at the bottom of the
+Indian Ocean, for he never liked the book and always spoke of it as
+being full of youthful priggishness; but I think he was a little
+hard upon it. Years afterwards, in one of his later books, after
+quoting two passages from Mr. Grant Allen and pointing out why he
+considered the second to be a recantation of the first, he wrote:
+"When Mr. Allen does make stepping-stones of his dead selves he
+jumps upon them to some tune." And he was perhaps a little inclined
+to treat his own dead self too much in the same spirit.
+
+Butler did very well with the sheep, sold out in 1864 and returned
+via Callao to England. He travelled with three friends whose
+acquaintance he had made in the colony; one was Charles Paine Pauli,
+to whom he dedicated Life and Habit. He arrived in August, 1864, in
+London, where he took chambers consisting of a sitting-room, a
+bedroom, a painting-room and a pantry, at 15 Clifford's Inn, second
+floor (north). The net financial result of the sheep-farming and
+the selling out was that he practically doubled his capital, that is
+to say he had about 8000 pounds. This he left in New Zealand,
+invested on mortgage at 10 per cent, the then current rate in the
+colony; it produced more than enough for him to live upon in the
+very simple way that suited him best, and life in the Inns of Court
+resembles life at Cambridge in that it reduces the cares of
+housekeeping to a minimum; it suited him so well that he never
+changed his rooms, remaining there thirty-eight years till his
+death.
+
+He was now his own master and able at last to turn to painting. He
+studied at the art school in Streatham Street, Bloomsbury, which had
+formerly been managed by Henry Sass, but, in Butler's time, was
+being carried on by Francis Stephen Gary, son of the Rev. Henry
+Francis Gary, who had been a school-fellow of Dr. Butler at Rugby
+and is well known as the translator of Dante and the friend of
+Charles Lamb. Among his fellow-students was Mr. H. R. Robertson,
+who told me that the young artists got hold of the legend, which is
+in some of the books about Lamb, that when Francis Stephen Gary was
+a boy and there was a talk at his father's house as to what
+profession he should take up, Lamb, who was present, said:
+
+"I should make him an apo-po-pothe-Cary."
+
+They used to repeat this story freely among themselves, being, no
+doubt, amused by the Lamb-like pun, but also enjoying the malicious
+pleasure of hinting that it might have been as well for their art
+education if the advice of the gentle humorist had been followed.
+Anyone who wants to know what kind of an artist F. S. Cary was can
+see his picture of Charles and Mary Lamb in the National Portrait
+Gallery. In 1865 Butler sent from London to New Zealand an article
+entitled "Lucubratio Ebria," which was published in the Press of
+29th July, 1865. It treated machines from a point of view different
+from that adopted in "Darwin among the Machines," and was one of the
+steps that led to Erewhon and ultimately to Life and Habit. The
+article is reproduced in The Note-Books of Samuel Butler (1912).
+
+Butler also studied art at South Kensington, but by 1867 he had
+begun to go to Heatherley's School of Art in Newman Street, where he
+continued going for many years. He made a number of friends at
+Heatherley's, and among them Miss Eliza Mary Anne Savage. There
+also he first met Charles Gogin, who, in 1896, painted the portrait
+of Butler which is now in the National Portrait Gallery. He
+described himself as an artist in the Post Office Directory, and
+between 1868 and 1876 exhibited at the Royal Academy about a dozen
+pictures, of which the most important was "Mr. Heatherley's
+Holiday," hung on the line in 1874. He left it by his will to his
+college friend Jason Smith, whose representatives, after his death,
+in 1910, gave it to the nation and it is now in the National Gallery
+of British Art. Mr. Heatherley never went away for a holiday; he
+once had to go out of town on business and did not return till the
+next day; one of the students asked him how he had got on, saying no
+doubt he had enjoyed the change and that he must have found it
+refreshing to sleep for once out of London.
+
+"No," said Heatherley, "I did not like it. Country air has no
+body."
+
+The consequence was that, whenever there was a holiday and the
+school was shut, Heatherley employed the time in mending the
+skeleton; Butler's picture represents him so engaged in a corner of
+the studio. In this way he got his model for nothing. Sometimes he
+hung up a looking-glass near one of his windows and painted his own
+portrait. Many of these he painted out, but after his death we
+found a little store of them in his rooms, some of the early ones
+very curious. Of the best of them one is now at Canterbury, New
+Zealand, one at St. John's College, Cambridge, and one at the
+Schools, Shrewsbury.
+
+This is Butler's own account of himself, taken from a letter to Sir
+Julius von Haast; although written in 1865 it is true of his mode of
+life for many years:
+
+I have been taking lessons in painting ever since I arrived, I
+was always very fond of it and mean to stick to it; it suits me
+and I am not without hopes that I shall do well at it. I live
+almost the life of a recluse, seeing very few people and going
+nowhere that I can help--I mean in the way of parties and so
+forth; if my friends had their way they would fritter away my
+time without any remorse; but I made a regular stand against it
+from the beginning and so, having my time pretty much in my own
+hands, work hard; I find, as I am sure you must find, that it is
+next to impossible to combine what is commonly called society and
+work.
+
+But the time saved from society was not all devoted to painting. He
+modified his letter to the Press about "Darwin among the Machines"
+and, so modified, it appeared in 1865 as "The Mechanical Creation"
+in the Reasoner, a paper then published in London by Mr. G. J.
+Holyoake. And his mind returned to the considerations which had
+determined him to decline to be ordained. In 1865 he printed
+anonymously a pamphlet which he had begun in New Zealand, the result
+of his study of the Greek Testament, entitled The Evidence for the
+Resurrection of Jesus Christ as given by the four Evangelists
+critically examined. After weighing this evidence and comparing one
+account with another, he came to the conclusion that Jesus Christ
+did not die upon the cross. It is improbable that a man officially
+executed should escape death, but the alternative, that a man
+actually dead should return to life, seemed to Butler more
+improbable still and unsupported by such evidence as he found in the
+gospels. From this evidence he concluded that Christ swooned and
+recovered consciousness after his body had passed into the keeping
+of Joseph of Arimathaea. He did not suppose fraud on the part of
+the first preachers of Christianity; they sincerely believed that
+Christ died and rose again. Joseph and Nicodemus probably knew the
+truth but kept silence. The idea of what might follow from belief
+in one single supposed miracle was never hereafter absent from
+Butler's mind.
+
+In 1869, having been working too hard, he went abroad for a long
+change. On his way back, at the Albergo La Luna, in Venice, he met
+an elderly Russian lady in whose company he spent most of his time
+there. She was no doubt impressed by his versatility and charmed,
+as everyone always was, by his conversation and original views on
+the many subjects that interested him. We may be sure he told her
+all about himself and what he had done and was intending to do. At
+the end of his stay, when he was taking leave of her, she said:
+
+"Et maintenant, Monsieur, vous allez creer," meaning, as he
+understood her, that he had been looking long enough at the work of
+others and should now do something of his own.
+
+This sank into him and pained him. He was nearly thirty-five, and
+hitherto all had been admiration, vague aspiration and despair; he
+had produced in painting nothing but a few sketches and studies, and
+in literature only a few ephemeral articles, a collection of
+youthful letters and a pamphlet on the Resurrection; moreover, to
+none of his work had anyone paid the slightest attention. This was
+a poor return for all the money which had been spent upon his
+education, as Theobald would have said in The Way of All Flesh. He
+returned home dejected, but resolved that things should be different
+in the future. While in this frame of mind he received a visit from
+one of his New Zealand friends, the late Sir F. Napier Broome,
+afterwards Governor of Western Australia, who incidentally suggested
+his rewriting his New Zealand articles. The idea pleased him; it
+might not be creating, but at least it would be doing something. So
+he set to work on Sundays and in the evenings, as relaxation from
+his profession of painting, and, taking his New Zealand article,
+"Darwin among the Machines," and another, "The World of the Unborn,"
+as a starting point and helping himself with a few sentences from A
+First Year in Canterbury Settlement, he gradually formed Erewhon.
+He sent the MS. bit by bit, as it was written, to Miss Savage for
+her criticism and approval. He had the usual difficulty about
+finding a publisher. Chapman and Hall refused the book on the
+advice of George Meredith, who was then their reader, and in the end
+he published it at his own expense through Messrs. Trubner.
+
+Mr. Sydney C. Cockerell told me that in 1912 Mr. Bertram Dobell,
+second-hand bookseller of Charing Cross Road, offered a copy of
+Erewhon for 1 pounds 10s.; it was thus described in his catalogue:
+"Unique copy with the following note in the author's handwriting on
+the half-title: 'To Miss E. M. A. Savage this first copy of Erewhon
+with the author's best thanks for many invaluable suggestions and
+corrections.'" When Mr. Cockerell inquired for the book it was
+sold. After Miss Savage's death in 1885 all Butler's letters to her
+were returned to him, including the letter he wrote when he sent her
+this copy of Erewhon. He gave her the first copy issued of all his
+books that were published in her lifetime, and, no doubt, wrote an
+inscription in each. If the present possessors of any of them
+should happen to read this sketch I hope they will communicate with
+me, as I should like to see these books. I should also like to see
+some numbers of the Drawing-Room Gazette, which about this time
+belonged to or was edited by a Mrs. Briggs. Miss Savage wrote a
+review of Erewhon, which appeared in the number for 8th June, 1872,
+and Butler quoted a sentence from her review among the press notices
+in the second edition. She persuaded him to write for Mrs. Briggs
+notices of concerts at which Handel's music was performed. In 1901
+he made a note on one of his letters that he was thankful there were
+no copies of the Drawing-Room Gazette in the British Museum, meaning
+that he did not want people to read his musical criticisms;
+nevertheless, I hope some day to come across back numbers containing
+his articles.
+
+The opening of Erewhon is based upon Butler's colonial experiences;
+some of the descriptions remind one of passages in A First Year in
+Canterbury Settlement, where he speaks of the excursions he made
+with Doctor when looking for sheep-country. The walk over the range
+as far as the statues is taken from the Upper Rangitata district,
+with some alterations; but the walk down from the statues into
+Erewhon is reminiscent of the Leventina Valley in the Canton Ticino.
+The great chords, which are like the music moaned by the statues,
+are from the prelude to the first of Handel's Trois Lecons; he used
+to say:
+
+"One feels them in the diaphragm--they are, as it were, the groaning
+and labouring of all creation travailing together until now."
+
+There is a place in New Zealand named Erewhon, after the book; it is
+marked on the large maps, a township about fifty miles west of
+Napier in the Hawke Bay Province (North Island). I am told that
+people in New Zealand sometimes call their houses Erewhon and
+occasionally spell the word Erehwon which Butler did not intend; he
+treated wh as a single letter, as one would treat th. Among other
+traces of Erewhon now existing in real life are Butler's Stones on
+the Hokitika Pass, so called because of a legend that they were in
+his mind when he described the statues.
+
+The book was translated into Dutch in 1873 and into German in 1897.
+
+Butler wrote to Charles Darwin to explain what he meant by the "Book
+of the Machines": "I am sincerely sorry that some of the critics
+should have thought I was laughing at your theory, a thing which I
+never meant to do and should be shocked at having done." Soon after
+this Butler was invited to Down and paid two visits to Mr. Darwin
+there; he thus became acquainted with all the family and for some
+years was on intimate terms with Mr. (now Sir) Francis Darwin.
+
+It is easy to see by the light of subsequent events that we should
+probably have had something not unlike Erewhon sooner or later, even
+without the Russian lady and Sir F. N. Broome, to whose promptings,
+owing to a certain diffidence which never left him, he was perhaps
+inclined to attribute too much importance. But he would not have
+agreed with this view at the time; he looked upon himself as a
+painter and upon Erewhon as an interruption. It had come, like one
+of those creatures from the Land of the Unborn, pestering him and
+refusing to leave him at peace until he consented to give it bodily
+shape. It was only a little one, and he saw no likelihood of its
+having any successors. So he satisfied its demands and then,
+supposing that he had written himself out, looked forward to a
+future in which nothing should interfere with the painting.
+Nevertheless, when another of the unborn came teasing him he yielded
+to its importunities and allowed himself to become the author of The
+Fair Haven, which is his pamphlet on the Resurrection, enlarged and
+preceded by a realistic memoir of the pseudonymous author, John
+Pickard Owen. In the library of St. John's College, Cambridge, are
+two copies of the pamphlet with pages cut out; he used these pages
+in forming the MS. of The Fair Haven. To have published this book
+as by the author of Erewhon would have been to give away the irony
+and satire. And he had another reason for not disclosing his name;
+he remembered that as soon as curiosity about the authorship of
+Erewhon was satisfied, the weekly sales fell from fifty down to only
+two or three. But, as he always talked openly of whatever was in
+his mind, he soon let out the secret of the authorship of The Fair
+Haven, and it became advisable to put his name to a second edition.
+
+One result of his submitting the MS. of Erewhon to Miss Savage was
+that she thought he ought to write a novel, and urged him to do so.
+I have no doubt that he wrote the memoir of John Pickard Owen with
+the idea of quieting Miss Savage and also as an experiment to
+ascertain whether he was likely to succeed with a novel. The result
+seems to have satisfied him, for, not long after The Fair Haven, he
+began The Way of All Flesh, sending the MS. to Miss Savage, as he
+did everything he wrote, for her approval and putting her into the
+book as Ernest's Aunt Alethea. He continued writing it in the
+intervals of other work until her death in February, 1885, after
+which he did not touch it. It was published in 1903 by Mr. R. A.
+Streatfeild, his literary executor.
+
+Soon after The Fair Haven Butler began to be aware that his letter
+in the Press, "Darwin among the Machines," was descending with
+further modifications and developing in his mind into a theory about
+evolution which took shape as Life and Habit; but the writing of
+this very remarkable and suggestive book was delayed and the
+painting interrupted by absence from England on business in Canada.
+He had been persuaded by a college friend, a member of one of the
+great banking families, to call in his colonial mortgages and to put
+the money into several new companies. He was going to make thirty
+or forty per cent instead of only ten. One of these companies was a
+Canadian undertaking, of which he became a director; it was
+necessary for someone to go to headquarters and investigate its
+affairs; he went, and was much occupied by the business for two or
+three years. By the beginning of 1876 he had returned finally to
+London, but most of his money was lost and his financial position
+for the next ten years caused him very serious anxiety. His
+personal expenditure was already so low that it was hardly possible
+to reduce it, and he set to work at his profession more
+industriously than ever, hoping to paint something that he could
+sell, his spare time being occupied with Life and Habit, which was
+the subject that really interested him more deeply than any other.
+
+Following his letter in the Press, wherein he had seen machines as
+in process of becoming animate, he went on to regard them as living
+organs and limbs which we had made outside ourselves. What would
+follow if we reversed this and regarded our limbs and organs as
+machines which we had manufactured as parts of our bodies? In the
+first place, how did we come to make them without knowing anything
+about it? But then, how comes anybody to do anything unconsciously?
+The answer usually would be: By habit. But can a man be said to do
+a thing by habit when he has never done it before? His ancestors
+have done it, but not he. Can the habit have been acquired by them
+for his benefit? Not unless he and his ancestors are the same
+person. Perhaps, then, they are the same person.
+
+In February, 1876, partly to clear his mind and partly to tell
+someone, he wrote down his thoughts in a letter to his namesake,
+Thomas William Gale Butler, a fellow art-student who was then in New
+Zealand; so much of the letter as concerns the growth of his theory
+is given in The Note-Books of Samuel Butler (1912) and a resume of
+the theory will be found at the end of the last of the essays in
+this volume, "The Deadlock in Darwinism." In September, 1877, when
+Life and Habit was on the eve of publication, Mr. Francis Darwin
+came to lunch with him in Clifford's Inn and, in course of
+conversation, told him that Professor Ray Lankester had written
+something in Nature about a lecture by Dr. Ewald Hering of Prague,
+delivered so long ago as 1870, "On Memory as a Universal Function of
+Organized Matter." This rather alarmed Butler, but he deferred
+looking up the reference until after December, 1877, when his book
+was out, and then, to his relief, he found that Hering's theory was
+very similar to his own, so that, instead of having something sprung
+upon him which would have caused him to want to alter his book, he
+was supported. He at once wrote to the Athenaeum, calling attention
+to Hering's lecture, and then pursued his studies in evolution.
+
+Life and Habit was followed in 1879 by Evolution Old and New,
+wherein he compared the teleological or purposive view of evolution
+taken by Buffon, Dr. Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck with the view taken
+by Charles Darwin, and came to the conclusion that the old was
+better. But while agreeing with the earlier writers in thinking
+that the variations whose accumulation results in species were
+originally due to intelligence, he could not take the view that the
+intelligence resided in an external personal God. He had done with
+all that when he gave up the Resurrection of Jesus Christ from the
+dead. He proposed to place the intelligence inside the creature
+("The Deadlock in Darwinism" post).
+
+In 1880 he continued the subject by publishing Unconscious Memory.
+Chapter IV of this book is concerned with a personal quarrel between
+himself and Charles Darwin which arose out of the publication by
+Charles Darwin of Dr. Krause's Life of Erasmus Darwin. We need not
+enter into particulars here, the matter is fully dealt with in a
+pamphlet, Charles Darwin and Samuel Butler: A Step towards
+Reconciliation, which I wrote in 1911, the result of a
+correspondence between Mr. Francis Darwin and myself. Before this
+correspondence took place Mr. Francis Darwin had made several public
+allusions to Life and Habit; and in September, 1908, in his
+inaugural address to the British Association at Dublin, he did
+Butler the posthumous honour of quoting from his translation of
+Hering's lecture "On Memory," which is in Unconscious Memory, and of
+mentioning Butler as having enunciated the theory contained in Life
+and Habit.
+
+In 1886 Butler published his last book on evolution, Luck or Cunning
+as the Main Means of Organic Modification? His other contributions
+to the subject are some essays, written for the Examiner in 1879,
+"God the Known and God the Unknown," which were re-published by Mr.
+Fifield in 1909, and the articles "The Deadlock in Darwinism" which
+appeared in the Universal Review in 1890 and are contained in this
+volume; some further notes on evolution will be found in The Note-
+Books of Samuel Butler (1912).
+
+It was while he was writing Life and Habit that I first met him.
+For several years he had been in the habit of spending six or eight
+weeks of the summer in Italy and the Canton Ticino, generally making
+Faido his headquarters. Many a page of his books was written while
+resting by the fountain of some subalpine village or waiting in the
+shade of the chestnuts till the light came so that he could continue
+a sketch. Every year he returned home by a different route, and
+thus gradually became acquainted with every part of the Canton and
+North Italy. There is scarcely a town or village, a point of view,
+a building, statue or picture in all this country with which he was
+not familiar. In 1878 he happened to be on the Sacro Monte above
+Varese at the time I took my holiday; there I joined him, and nearly
+every year afterwards we were in Italy together.
+
+He was always a delightful companion, and perhaps at his gayest on
+these occasions. "A man's holiday," he would say, "is his garden,"
+and he set out to enjoy himself and to make everyone about him enjoy
+themselves too. I told him the old schoolboy muddle about Sir
+Walter Raleigh introducing tobacco and saying: "We shall this day
+light up such a fire in England as I trust shall never be put out."
+He had not heard it before and, though amused, appeared preoccupied,
+and perhaps a little jealous, during the rest of the evening. Next
+morning, while he was pouring out his coffee, his eyes twinkled and
+he said, with assumed carelessness:
+
+"By the by, do you remember?--wasn't it Columbus who bashed the egg
+down on the table and said 'Eppur non si muove'?"
+
+He was welcome wherever he went, full of fun and ready to play while
+doing the honours of the country. Many of the peasants were old
+friends, and every day we were sure to meet someone who remembered
+him. Perhaps it would be an old woman labouring along under a
+burden; she would smile and stop, take his hand and tell him how
+happy she was to meet him again and repeat her thanks for the empty
+wine bottle he had given her after an out-of-door luncheon in her
+neighbourhood four or five years before. There was another who had
+rowed him many times across the Lago di Orta and had never been in a
+train but once in her life, when she went to Novara to her son's
+wedding. He always remembered all about these people and asked how
+the potatoes were doing this year and whether the grandchildren were
+growing up into fine boys and girls, and he never forgot to inquire
+after the son who had gone to be a waiter in New York. At Civiasco
+there is a restaurant which used to be kept by a jolly old lady,
+known for miles round as La Martina; we always lunched with her on
+our way over the Colma to and from Varallo-Sesia. On one occasion
+we were accompanied by two English ladies and, one being a
+teetotaller, Butler maliciously instructed La Martina to make the
+sabbaglione so that it should be forte and abbondante, and to say
+that the Marsala, with which it was more than flavoured, was nothing
+but vinegar. La Martina never forgot that when she looked in to see
+how things were going, he was pretending to lick the dish clean.
+These journeys provided the material for a book which he thought of
+calling "Verdi Prati," after one of Handel's most beautiful songs;
+but he changed his mind, and it appeared at the end of 1881 as Alps
+and Sanctuaries of Piedmont and the Canton Ticino with more than
+eighty illustrations, nearly all by Butler. Charles Gogin made an
+etching for the frontispiece, drew some of the pictures, and put
+figures into others; half a dozen are mine. They were all redrawn
+in ink from sketches made on the spot, in oil, water-colour, and
+pencil. There were also many illustrations of another kind--
+extracts from Handel's music, each chosen because Butler thought it
+suitable to the spirit of the scene he wished to bring before the
+reader. The introduction concludes with these words: "I have
+chosen Italy as my second country, and would dedicate this book to
+her as a thank-offering for the happiness she has afforded me."
+
+In the spring of 1883 he began to compose music, and in 1885 we
+published together an album of minuets, gavottes, and fugues. This
+led to our writing Narcissus, which is an Oratorio Buffo in the
+Handelian manner--that is as nearly so as we could make it. It is a
+mistake to suppose that all Handel's oratorios are upon sacred
+subjects; some of them are secular. And not only so, but, whatever
+the subject, Handel was never at a loss in treating anything that
+came into his words by way of allusion or illustration. As Butler
+puts it in one of his sonnets:
+
+He who gave eyes to ears and showed in sound
+All thoughts and things in earth or heaven above--
+From fire and hailstones running along the ground
+To Galatea grieving for her love--
+He who could show to all unseeing eyes
+Glad shepherds watching o'er their flocks by night,
+Or Iphis angel-wafted to the skies,
+Or Jordan standing as an heap upright--
+
+And so on. But there is one subject which Handel never treated--I
+mean the Money Market. Perhaps he avoided it intentionally; he was
+twice bankrupt, and Mr. R. A. Streatfeild tells me that the British
+Museum possesses a MS. letter from him giving instructions as to the
+payment of the dividends on 500 pounds South Sea Stock. Let us hope
+he sold out before the bubble burst; if so, he was more fortunate
+than Butler, who was at this time of his life in great anxiety about
+his own financial affairs. It seemed a pity that Dr. Morell had
+never offered Handel some such words as these:
+
+The steadfast funds maintain their wonted state
+While all the other markets fluctuate.
+
+Butler wondered whether Handel would have sent the steadfast funds
+up above par and maintained them on an inverted pedal with all the
+other markets fluctuating iniquitously round them like the sheep
+that turn every one to his own way in the Messiah. He thought
+something of the kind ought to have been done, and in the absence of
+Handel and Dr. Morell we determined to write an oratorio that should
+attempt to supply the want. In order to make our libretto as
+plausible as possible, we adopted the dictum of Monsieur Jourdain's
+Maitre a danser: "Lorsqu'on a des personnes a faire parler en
+musique, il faut bien que, pour la vraisemblance, on donne dans la
+bergerie." Narcissus is accordingly a shepherd in love with
+Amaryllis; they come to London with other shepherds and lose their
+money in imprudent speculations on the Stock Exchange. In the
+second part the aunt and godmother of Narcissus, having died at an
+advanced age worth one hundred thousand pounds, all of which she has
+bequeathed to her nephew and godson, the obstacle to his union with
+Amaryllis is removed. The money is invested in consols and all ends
+happily.
+
+In December, 1886, Butler's father died, and his financial
+difficulties ceased. He engaged Alfred Emery Cathie as clerk, but
+made no other change, except that he bought a pair of new hair
+brushes and a larger wash-hand basin. Any change in his mode of
+life was an event. When in London he got up at 6.30 in the summer
+and 7.30 in the winter, went into his sitting-room, lighted the
+fire, put the kettle on and returned to bed. In half an hour he got
+up again, fetched the kettle of hot water, emptied it into the cold
+water that was already in his bath, refilled the kettle and put it
+back on the fire. After dressing, he came into his sitting-room,
+made tea and cooked, in his Dutch oven, something he had bought the
+day before. His laundress was an elderly woman, and he could not
+trouble her to come to his rooms so early in the morning; on the
+other hand, he could not stay in bed until he thought it right for
+her to go out; so it ended in his doing a great deal for himself.
+He then got his breakfast and read the Times. At 9.30 Alfred came,
+with whom he discussed anything requiring attention, and soon
+afterwards his laundress arrived. Then he started to walk to the
+British Museum, where he arrived about 10.30, every alternate
+morning calling at the butcher's in Fetter Lane to order his meat.
+In the Reading Room at the Museum he sat at Block B ("B for Butler")
+and spent an hour "posting his notes"--that is reconsidering,
+rewriting, amplifying, shortening, and indexing the contents of the
+little note-book he always carried in his pocket. After the notes
+he went on till 1.30 with whatever book he happened to be writing.
+
+On three days of the week he dined in a restaurant on his way home,
+and on the other days he dined in his chambers where his laundress
+had cooked his dinner. At two o'clock Alfred returned (having been
+home to dinner with his wife and children) and got tea ready for
+him. He then wrote letters and attended to his accounts till 3.45,
+when he smoked his first cigarette. He used to smoke a great deal,
+but, believing it to be bad for him, took to cigarettes instead of
+pipes, and gradually smoked less and less, making it a rule not to
+begin till some particular hour, and pushing this hour later and
+later in the day, till it settled itself at 3.45. There was no
+water laid on in his rooms, and every day he fetched one can full
+from the tap in the court, Alfred fetching the rest. When anyone
+expostulated with him about cooking his own breakfast and fetching
+his own water, he replied that it was good for him to have a change
+of occupation. This was partly the fact, but the real reason, which
+he could not tell everyone, was that he shrank from inconveniencing
+anybody; he always paid more than was necessary when anything was
+done for him, and was not happy then unless he did some of the work
+himself.
+
+At 5.30 he got his evening meal, he called it his tea, and it was
+little more than a facsimile of breakfast. Alfred left in time to
+post the letters before six. Butler then wrote music till about 8,
+when he came to see me in Staple Inn, returning to Clifford's Inn by
+about 10. After a light supper, latterly not more than a piece of
+toast and a glass of milk, he played one game of his own particular
+kind of Patience, prepared his breakfast things and fire ready for
+the next morning, smoked his seventh and last cigarette, and went to
+bed at eleven o'clock.
+
+He was fond of the theatre, but avoided serious pieces. He
+preferred to take his Shakespeare from the book, finding that the
+spirit of the plays rather evaporated under modern theatrical
+treatment. In one of his books he brightens up the old illustration
+of Hamlet without the Prince of Denmark by putting it thus: "If the
+character of Hamlet be entirely omitted, the play must suffer, even
+though Henry Irving himself be cast for the title-role." Anyone
+going to the theatre in this spirit would be likely to be less
+disappointed by performances that were comic or even frankly
+farcical. Latterly, when he grew slightly deaf, listening to any
+kind of piece became too much of an effort; nevertheless, he
+continued to the last the habit of going to one pantomime every
+winter.
+
+There were about twenty houses where he visited, but he seldom
+accepted an invitation to dinner--it upset the regularity of his
+life; besides, he belonged to no club and had no means of returning
+hospitality. When two colonial friends called unexpectedly about
+noon one day, soon after he settled in London, he went to the
+nearest cook-shop in Fetter Lane and returned carrying a dish of hot
+roast pork and greens. This was all very well once in a way, but
+not the sort of thing to be repeated indefinitely.
+
+On Thursdays, instead of going to the Museum, he often took a day
+off, going into the country sketching or walking, and on Sundays,
+whatever the weather, he nearly always went into the country
+walking; his map of the district for thirty miles round London is
+covered all over with red lines showing where he had been. He
+sometimes went out of town from Saturday to Monday, and for over
+twenty years spent Christmas at Boulogne-sur-Mer.
+
+There is a Sacro Monte at Varallo-Sesia with many chapels, each
+containing life-sized statues and frescoes illustrating the life of
+Christ. Butler had visited this sanctuary repeatedly, and was a
+great favourite with the townspeople, who knew that he was studying
+the statues and frescoes in the chapels, and who remembered that in
+the preface to Alps and Sanctuaries he had declared his intention of
+writing about them. In August, 1887, the Varallesi brought matters
+to a head by giving him a civic dinner on the Mountain. Everyone
+was present, there were several speeches and, when we were coming
+down the slippery mountain path after it was all over, he said to
+me:
+
+"You know, there's nothing for it now but to write that book about
+the Sacro Monte at once. It must be the next thing I do."
+
+Accordingly, on returning home, he took up photography and,
+immediately after Christmas, went back to Varallo to photograph the
+statues and collect material. Much research was necessary and many
+visits to out-of-the-way sanctuaries which might have contained work
+by the sculptor Tabachetti, whom he was rescuing from oblivion and
+identifying with the Flemish Jean de Wespin. One of these visits,
+made after his book was published, forms the subject of "The
+Sanctuary of Montrigone," reproduced in this volume. Ex Voto, the
+book about Varallo, appeared in 1888, and an Italian translation by
+Cavaliere Angelo Rizzetti was published at Novara in 1894.
+
+"Quis Desiderio . . .?" the second essay in this volume, was
+developed in 1888 from something in a letter from Miss Savage nearly
+ten years earlier. On the 15th of December, 1878, in acknowledging
+this letter, Butler wrote:
+
+I am sure that any tree or flower nursed by Miss Cobbe would be
+the _very_ first to fade away and that her gazelles would die
+long before they ever came to know her _well_. The sight of the
+brass buttons on her pea-jacket would settle them out of hand.
+
+There was an enclosure in Miss Savage's letter, but it is
+unfortunately lost; I suppose it must have been a newspaper cutting
+with an allusion to Moore's poem and perhaps a portrait of Miss
+Frances Power Cobbe--pea-jacket, brass buttons, and all.
+
+On the 10th November, 1879, Miss Savage, having been ill, wrote to
+Butler:
+
+I have been dipping into the books of Moses, being sometimes at a
+loss for something to read while shut up in my apartment. You
+know that I have never read the Bible much, consequently there is
+generally something of a novelty that I hit on. As you do know
+your Bible well, perhaps you can tell me what became of Aaron.
+The account given of his end in Numbers XX is extremely ambiguous
+and unsatisfactory. Evidently he did not come by his death
+fairly, but whether he was murdered secretly for the furtherance
+of some private ends, or publicly in a State sacrifice, I can't
+make out. I myself rather incline to the former opinion, but I
+should like to know what the experts say about it. A very nice,
+exciting little tale might be made out of it in the style of the
+police stories in All the Year Round called "The Mystery of Mount
+Hor or What became of Aaron?" Don't forget to write to me.
+
+Butler's people had been suggesting that he should try to earn money
+by writing in magazines, and Miss Savage was falling in with the
+idea and offering a practical suggestion. I do not find that he had
+anything to tell her about the death of Aaron. On 23rd March, 1880,
+she wrote:
+
+Dear Mr. Butler: Read the subjoined poem of Wordsworth and let
+me know what you understand its meaning to be. Of course I have
+my opinion, which I think of communicating to the Wordsworth
+Society. You can belong to that Society for the small sum of 2/6
+per annum. I think of joining because it is cheap.
+
+"The subjoined poem" was the one beginning: "She dwelt among the
+untrodden ways," and Butler made this note on the letter:
+
+To the foregoing letter I answered that I concluded Miss Savage
+meant to imply that Wordsworth had murdered Lucy in order to
+escape a prosecution for breach of promise.
+
+Miss Savage to Butler.
+
+2nd April, 1880: My dear Mr. Butler: I don't think you see all
+that I do in the poem, and I am afraid that the suggestion of a
+DARK SECRET in the poet's life is not so very obvious after all.
+I was hoping you would propose to devote yourself for a few
+months to reading the Excursion, his letters, &c., with a view to
+following up the clue, and I am disappointed though, to say the
+truth, the idea of a _crime_ had not flashed upon me when I wrote
+to you. How well the works of _great_ men repay attention and
+study! But you, who know your Bible so well, how was it that you
+did not detect the plagiarism in the last verse? Just refer to
+the account of the disappearance of Aaron (I have not a Bible at
+hand, we want one sadly in the club) but I am sure that the words
+are identical [I cannot see what Miss Savage meant. 1901. S.
+B.] Cassell's Magazine have offered a prize for setting the poem
+to music, and I fell to thinking how it could be treated
+musically, and so came to a right comprehension of it.
+
+Although Butler, when editing Miss Savage's letters in 1901, could
+not see the resemblance between Wordsworth's poem and Numbers XX.,
+he at once saw a strong likeness between Lucy and Moore's heroine
+whom he had been keeping in an accessible pigeon-hole of his memory
+ever since his letter about Miss Frances Power Cobbe. He now sent
+Lucy to keep her company and often spoke of the pair of them as
+probably the two most disagreeable young women in English
+literature--an opinion which he must have expressed to Miss Savage
+and with which I have no doubt she agreed.
+
+In the spring of 1888, on his return from photographing the statues
+at Varallo, he found, to his disgust, that the authorities of the
+British Museum had removed Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians from
+its accustomed shelf in the Reading Room. Soon afterwards Harry
+Quilter asked him to write for the Universal Review and he responded
+with "Quis Desiderio . . .?" In this essay he compares himself to
+Wordsworth and dwells on the points of resemblance between Lucy and
+the book of whose assistance he had now been deprived in a passage
+which echoes the opening of Chapter V of Ex Voto, where he points
+out the resemblances between Varallo and Jerusalem.
+
+Early in 1888 the leading members of the Shrewsbury Archaeological
+Society asked Butler to write a memoir of his grandfather and of his
+father for their Quarterly Journal. This he undertook to do when he
+should have finished Ex Voto. In December, 1888, his sisters, with
+the idea of helping him to write the memoir, gave him his
+grandfather's correspondence, which extended from 1790 to 1839. On
+looking over these very voluminous papers he became penetrated with
+an almost Chinese reverence for his ancestor and, after getting the
+Archaeological Society to absolve him from his promise to write the
+memoir, set about a full life of Dr. Butler, which was not published
+till 1896. The delay was caused partly by the immense quantity of
+documents he had to sift and digest, the number of people he had to
+consult and the many letters he had to write, and partly by
+something that arose out of Narcissus, which we published in June,
+1888.
+
+Butler was not satisfied with having written only half of this work;
+he wanted it to have a successor, so that by adding his two halves
+together, he could say he had written a whole Handelian oratorio.
+While staying with his sisters at Shrewsbury with this idea in his
+mind, he casually took up a book by Alfred Ainger about Charles Lamb
+and therein stumbled upon something about the Odyssey. It was years
+since he had looked at the poem, but, from what he remembered, he
+thought it might provide a suitable subject for musical treatment.
+He did not, however, want to put Dr. Butler aside, so I undertook to
+investigate. It is stated on the title-page of both Narcissus and
+Ulysses that the words were written and the music composed by both
+of us. As to the music, each piece bears the initials of the one
+who actually composed it. As to the words, it was necessary first
+to settle some general scheme and this, in the case of Narcissus,
+grew in the course of conversation. The scheme of Ulysses was
+constructed in a more formal way and Butler had perhaps rather less
+to do with it. We were bound by the Odyssey, which is, of course,
+too long to be treated fully, and I selected incidents that
+attracted me and settled the order of the songs and choruses. For
+this purpose, as I out-Shakespeare Shakespeare in the smallness of
+my Greek, I used The Adventures of Ulysses by Charles Lamb, which we
+should have known nothing about but for Ainger's book. Butler
+acquiesced in my proposals, but, when it came to the words
+themselves, he wrote practically all the libretto, as he had done in
+the case of Narcissus; I did no more than suggest a few phrases and
+a few lines here and there.
+
+We had sent Narcissus for review to the papers, and, as a
+consequence, about this time, made the acquaintance of Mr. J. A.
+Fuller Maitland, then musical critic of the Times; he introduced us
+to that learned musician William Smith Rockstro, under whom we
+studied medieval counterpoint while composing Ulysses. We had
+already made some progress with it when it occurred to Butler that
+it would not take long and might, perhaps, be safer if he were to
+look at the original poem, just to make sure that Lamb had not
+misled me. Not having forgotten all his Greek, he bought a copy of
+the Odyssey and was so fascinated by it that he could not put it
+down. When he came to the Phoeacian episode of Ulysses at Scheria
+he felt he must be reading the description of a real place and that
+something in the personality of the author was eluding him. For
+months he was puzzled, and, to help in clearing up the mystery, set
+about translating the poem. In August, 1891, he had preceded me to
+Chiavenna and on a letter I wrote him, telling him when to expect
+me, he made this note:
+
+It was during the few days I was at Chiavenna (at the Hotel
+Grotta Crimee) that I hit upon the feminine authorship of the
+Odyssey. I did not find out its having been written at Trapani
+till January, 1892.
+
+He suspected that the authoress in describing both Scheria and
+Ithaca was drawing from her native country and searched on the
+Admiralty charts for the features enumerated in the poem; this led
+him to the conclusion that the country could only be Trapani, Mount
+Eryx, and the AEgadean Islands. As soon as he could after this
+discovery he went to Sicily to study the locality and found it in
+all respects suitable for his theory; indeed, it was astonishing how
+things kept turning up to support his view. It is all in his book
+The Authoress of the Odyssey, published in 1897 and dedicated to his
+friend Cavaliere Biagio Ingroja of Calatafimi.
+
+His first visit to Sicily was in 1892, in August--a hot time of the
+year, but it was his custom to go abroad in the autumn. He returned
+to Sicily every year (except one), but latterly went in the spring.
+He made many friends all over the island, and after his death the
+people of Calatafimi called a street by his name, the Via Samuel
+Butler, "thus," as Ingroja wrote when he announced the event to me,
+"honouring a great man's memory, handing down his name to posterity,
+and doing homage to the friendly English nation." Besides showing
+that the Odyssey was written by a woman in Sicily and translating
+the poem into English prose, he also translated the Iliad, and, in
+March, 1895, went to Greece and the Troad to see the country therein
+described, where he found nothing to cause him to disagree with the
+received theories.
+
+It has been said of him in a general way that the fact of an opinion
+being commonly held was enough to make him profess the opposite. It
+was enough to make him examine the opinion for himself, when it
+affected any of the many subjects which interested him, and if,
+after giving it his best attention, he found it did not hold water,
+then no weight of authority could make him say that it did. This
+matter of the geography of the Iliad is only one among many commonly
+received opinions which he examined for himself and found no reason
+to dispute; on these he considered it unnecessary to write.
+
+It is characteristic of his passion for doing things thoroughly that
+he learnt nearly the whole of the Odyssey and the Iliad by heart.
+He had a Pickering copy of each poem, which he carried in his pocket
+and referred to in railway trains, both in England and Italy, when
+saying the poems over to himself. These two little books are now in
+the library of St. John's College, Cambridge. He was, however,
+disappointed to find that he could not retain more than a book or
+two at a time and that, on learning more, he forgot what he had
+learnt first; but he was about sixty at the time. Shakespeare's
+Sonnets, on which he published a book in 1899, gave him less trouble
+in this respect; he knew them all by heart, and also their order,
+and one consequence of this was that he wrote some sonnets in the
+Shakespearian form. He found this intimate knowledge of the poet's
+work more useful for his purpose than reading commentaries by those
+who were less familiar with it. "A commentary on a poem," he would
+say, "may be useful as material on which to form an estimate of the
+commentator, but the poem itself is the most important document you
+can consult, and it is impossible to know it too intimately if you
+want to form an opinion about it and its author."
+
+It was always the author, the work of God, that interested him more
+than the book--the work of man; the painter more than the picture;
+the composer more than the music. "If a writer, a painter, or a
+musician makes me feel that he held those things to be lovable which
+I myself hold to be lovable I am satisfied; art is only interesting
+in so far as it reveals the personality of the artist." Handel was,
+of course, "the greatest of all musicians." Among the painters he
+chiefly loved Giovanni Bellini, Carpaccio, Gaudenzio Ferrari,
+Rembrandt, Holbein, Velasquez, and De Hooghe; in poetry Shakespeare,
+Homer, and the Authoress of the Odyssey; and in architecture the
+man, whoever he was, who designed the Temple of Neptune at Paestum.
+Life being short, he did not see why he should waste any of it in
+the company of inferior people when he had these. And he treated
+those he met in daily life in the same spirit: it was what he found
+them to be that attracted or repelled him; what others thought about
+them was of little or no consequence.
+
+And now, at the end of his life, his thoughts reverted to the two
+subjects which had occupied him more than thirty years previously--
+namely, Erewhon and the evidence for the death and resurrection of
+Jesus Christ. The idea of what might follow from belief in one
+single supposed miracle had been slumbering during all those years
+and at last rose again in the form of a sequel to Erewhon. In
+Erewhon Revisited Mr. Higgs returns to find that the Erewhonians now
+believe in him as a god in consequence of the supposed miracle of
+his going up in a balloon to induce his heavenly father to send the
+rain. Mr. Higgs and the reader know that there was no miracle in
+the case, but Butler wanted to show that whether it was a miracle or
+not did not signify provided that the people believed it to be one.
+And so Mr. Higgs is present in the temple which is being dedicated
+to him and his worship.
+
+The existence of his son George was an after-thought and gave
+occasion for the second leading idea of the book--the story of a
+father trying to win the love of a hitherto unknown son by risking
+his life in order to show himself worthy of it--and succeeding.
+
+Butler's health had already begun to fail, and when he started for
+Sicily on Good Friday, 1902, it was for the last time: he knew he
+was unfit to travel, but was determined to go, and was looking
+forward to meeting Mr. and Mrs. J. A. Fuller Maitland, whom he was
+to accompany over the Odyssean scenes at Trapani and Mount Eryx.
+But he did not get beyond Palermo; there he was so much worse that
+he could not leave his room. In a few weeks he was well enough to
+be removed to Naples, and Alfred went out and brought him home to
+London. He was taken to a nursing home in St. John's Wood where he
+lay for a month, attended by his old friend Dr. Dudgeon, and where
+he died on the 18th June, 1902.
+
+There was a great deal he still wanted to do. He had intended to
+revise The Way of All Flesh, to write a book about Tabachetti, and
+to publish a new edition of Ex Voto with the mistakes corrected.
+Also he wished to reconsider the articles reprinted in this volume
+and was looking forward to painting more sketches and composing more
+music. While lying ill and very feeble within a few days of the
+end, and not knowing whether it was to be the end or not, he said to
+me:
+
+"I am much better to-day. I don't feel at all as though I were
+going to die. Of course, it will be all wrong if I do get well, for
+there is my literary position to be considered. First I write
+Erewhon--that is my opening subject; then, after modulating freely
+through all my other books and the music and so on, I return
+gracefully to my original key and write Erewhon Revisited.
+Obviously, now is the proper moment to come to a full close, make my
+bow and retire; but I believe I am getting well after all. It's
+very inartistic, but I cannot help it."
+
+Some of his readers complain that they often do not know whether he
+is serious or jesting. He wrote of Lord Beaconsfield: "Earnestness
+was his greatest danger, but if he did not quite overcome it (as
+indeed who can? it is the last enemy that shall be subdued), he
+managed to veil it with a fair amount of success." To veil his own
+earnestness he turned most naturally to humour, employing it in a
+spirit of reverence, as all the great humorists have done, to
+express his deepest and most serious convictions. He was aware that
+he ran the risk of being misunderstood by some, but he also knew
+that it is useless to try to please all, and, like Mozart, he wrote
+to please himself and a few intimate friends.
+
+I cannot speak at length of his kindness, consideration, and
+sympathy; nor of his generosity, the extent of which was very great
+and can never be known--it was sometimes exercised in unexpected
+ways, as when he gave my laundress a shilling because it was "such a
+beastly foggy morning"; nor of his slightly archaic courtliness--
+unless among people he knew well he usually left the room backwards,
+bowing to the company; nor of his punctiliousness, industry, and
+painstaking attention to detail--he kept accurate accounts not only
+of all his property by double entry but also of his daily
+expenditure, which he balanced to a halfpenny every evening, and his
+handwriting, always beautiful and legible, was more so at sixty-six
+than at twenty-six; nor of his patience and cheerfulness during
+years of anxiety when he had few to sympathize with him; nor of the
+strange mixture of simplicity and shrewdness that caused one who
+knew him well to say: "II sait tout; il ne sait rien; il est
+poete."
+
+Epitaphs always fascinated him, and formerly he used to say he
+should like to be buried at Langar and to have on his tombstone the
+subject of the last of Handel's Six Great Fugues. He called this
+"The Old Man Fugue," and said it was like an epitaph composed for
+himself by one who was very old and tired and sorry for things; and
+he made young Ernest Pontifex in The Way of all Flesh offer it to
+Edward Overton as an epitaph for his Aunt Alethea. Butler, however,
+left off wanting any tombstone long before he died. In accordance
+with his wish his body was cremated, and a week later Alfred and I
+returned to Woking and buried his ashes under the shrubs in the
+garden of the crematorium, with nothing to mark the spot.
+
+
+
+
+
+The Humour of Homer {59}
+
+
+The first of the two great poems commonly ascribed to Homer is
+called the Iliad--a title which we may be sure was not given it by
+the author. It professes to treat of a quarrel between Agamemnon
+and Achilles that broke out while the Greeks were besieging the city
+of Troy, and it does, indeed, deal largely with the consequences of
+this quarrel; whether, however, the ostensible subject did not
+conceal another that was nearer the poet's heart--I mean the last
+days, death, and burial of Hector--is a point that I cannot
+determine. Nor yet can I determine how much of the Iliad as we now
+have it is by Homer, and how much by a later writer or writers.
+This is a very vexed question, but I myself believe the Iliad to be
+entirely by a single poet.
+
+The second poem commonly ascribed to the same author is called the
+Odyssey. It deals with the adventures of Ulysses during his ten
+years of wandering after Troy had fallen. These two works have of
+late years been believed to be by different authors. The Iliad is
+now generally held to be the older work by some one or two hundred
+years.
+
+The leading ideas of the Iliad are love, war, and plunder, though
+this last is less insisted on than the other two. The key-note is
+struck with a woman's charms, and a quarrel among men for their
+possession. It is a woman who is at the bottom of the Trojan war
+itself. Woman throughout the Iliad is a being to be loved, teased,
+laughed at, and if necessary carried off. We are told in one place
+of a fine bronze cauldron for heating water which was worth twenty
+oxen, whereas a few lines lower down a good serviceable maid-of-all-
+work is valued at four oxen. I think there is a spice of malicious
+humour in this valuation, and am confirmed in this opinion by noting
+that though woman in the Iliad is on one occasion depicted as a wife
+so faithful and affectionate that nothing more perfect can be found
+either in real life or fiction, yet as a general rule she is drawn
+as teasing, scolding, thwarting, contradicting, and hoodwinking the
+sex that has the effrontery to deem itself her lord and master.
+Whether or no this view may have arisen from any domestic
+difficulties between Homer and his wife is a point which again I
+find it impossible to determine.
+
+We cannot refrain from contemplating such possibilities. If we are
+to be at home with Homer there must be no sitting on the edge of
+one's chair dazzled by the splendour of his reputation. He was
+after all only a literary man, and those who occupy themselves with
+letters must approach him as a very honoured member of their own
+fraternity, but still as one who must have felt, thought, and acted
+much as themselves. He struck oil, while we for the most part
+succeed in boring only; still we are his literary brethren, and if
+we would read his lines intelligently we must also read between
+them. That one so shrewd, and yet a dreamer of such dreams as have
+been vouchsafed to few indeed besides himself--that one so genially
+sceptical, and so given to looking into the heart of a matter,
+should have been in such perfect harmony with his surroundings as to
+think himself in the best of all possible worlds--this is not
+believable. The world is always more or less out of joint to the
+poet--generally more so; and unfortunately he always thinks it more
+or less his business to set it right--generally more so. We are all
+of us more or less poets--generally, indeed, less so; still we feel
+and think, and to think at all is to be out of harmony with much
+that we think about. We may be sure, then, that Homer had his full
+share of troubles, and also that traces of these abound up and down
+his work if we could only identify them, for everything that
+everyone does is in some measure a portrait of himself; but here
+comes the difficulty--not to read between the lines, not to try and
+detect the hidden features of the writer--this is to be a dull,
+unsympathetic, incurious reader; and on the other hand to try and
+read between them is to be in danger of running after every Will o'
+the Wisp that conceit may raise for our delusion.
+
+I believe it will help you better to understand the broad humour of
+the Iliad, which we shall presently reach, if you will allow me to
+say a little more about the general characteristics of the poem.
+Over and above the love and war that are his main themes, there is
+another which the author never loses sight of--I mean distrust and
+dislike of the ideas of his time as regards the gods and omens. No
+poet ever made gods in his own image more defiantly than the author
+of the Iliad. In the likeness of man created he them, and the only
+excuse for him is that he obviously desired his readers not to take
+them seriously. This at least is the impression he leaves upon his
+reader, and when so great a man as Homer leaves an impression it
+must be presumed that he does so intentionally. It may be almost
+said that he has made the gods take the worse, not the better, side
+of man's nature upon them, and to be in all respects as we
+ourselves--yet without virtue. It should be noted, however, that
+the gods on the Trojan side are treated far more leniently than
+those who help the Greeks.
+
+The chief gods on the Grecian side are Juno, Minerva, and Neptune.
+Juno, as you will shortly see, is a scolding wife, who in spite of
+all Jove's bluster wears the breeches, or tries exceedingly hard to
+do so. Minerva is an angry termagant--mean, mischief-making, and
+vindictive. She begins by pulling Achilles' hair, and later on she
+knocks the helmet from off the head of Mars. She hates Venus, and
+tells the Grecian hero Diomede that he had better not wound any of
+the other gods, but that he is to hit Venus if he can, which he
+presently does 'because he sees that she is feeble and not like
+Minerva or Bellona.' Neptune is a bitter hater.
+
+Apollo, Mars, Venus, Diana, and Jove, so far as his wife will let
+him, are on the Trojan side. These, as I have said, meet with
+better, though still somewhat contemptuous, treatment at the poet's
+hand. Jove, however, is being mocked and laughed at from first to
+last, and if one moral can be drawn from the Iliad more clearly than
+another, it is that he is only to be trusted to a very limited
+extent. Homer's position, in fact, as regards divine interference
+is the very opposite of David's. David writes, "Put not your trust
+in princes nor in any child of man; there is no sure help but from
+the Lord." With Homer it is, "Put not your trust in Jove neither in
+any omen from heaven; there is but one good omen--to fight for one's
+country. Fortune favours the brave; heaven helps those who help
+themselves."
+
+The god who comes off best is Vulcan, the lame, hobbling, old
+blacksmith, who is the laughing-stock of all the others, and whose
+exquisitely graceful skilful workmanship forms such an effective
+contrast to the uncouth exterior of the workman. Him, as a man of
+genius and an artist, and furthermore as a somewhat despised artist,
+Homer treats, if with playfulness, still with respect, in spite of
+the fact that circumstances have thrown him more on the side of the
+Greeks than of the Trojans, with whom I understand Homer's
+sympathies mainly to lie.
+
+The poet either dislikes music or is at best insensible to it.
+Great poets very commonly are so. Achilles, indeed, does on one
+occasion sing to his own accompaniment on the lyre, but we are not
+told that it was any pleasure to hear him, and Patroclus, who was in
+the tent at the time, was not enjoying it; he was only waiting for
+Achilles to leave off. But though not fond of music, Homer has a
+very keen sense of the beauties of nature, and is constantly
+referring both in and out of season to all manner of homely
+incidents that are as familiar to us as to himself. Sparks in the
+train of a shooting-star; a cloud of dust upon a high road;
+foresters going out to cut wood in a forest; the shrill cry of the
+cicale; children making walls of sand on the sea-shore, or teasing
+wasps when they have found a wasps' nest; a poor but very honest
+woman who gains a pittance for her children by selling wool, and
+weighs it very carefully; a child clinging to its mother's dress and
+crying to be taken up and carried--none of these things escape him.
+Neither in the Iliad nor the Odyssey do we ever receive so much as a
+hint as to the time of year at which any of the events described are
+happening; but on one occasion the author of the Iliad really has
+told us that it was a very fine day, and this not from a business
+point of view, but out of pure regard to the weather for its own
+sake.
+
+With one more observation I will conclude my preliminary remarks
+about the Iliad. I cannot find its author within the four corners
+of the work itself. I believe the writer of the Odyssey to appear
+in the poem as a prominent and very fascinating character whom we
+shall presently meet, but there is no one in the Iliad on whom I can
+put my finger with even a passing idea that he may be the author.
+Still, if under some severe penalty I were compelled to find him, I
+should say it was just possible that he might consider his own lot
+to have been more or less like that which he forecasts for Astyanax,
+the infant son of Hector. At any rate his intimate acquaintance
+with the topography of Troy, which is now well ascertained, and
+still more his obvious attempt to excuse the non-existence of a
+great wall which, according to his story, ought to be there and
+which he knew had never existed, so that no trace could remain,
+while there were abundant traces of all the other features he
+describes--these facts convince me that he was in all probability a
+native of the Troad, or country round Troy. His plausibly concealed
+Trojan sympathies, and more particularly the aggravated exaggeration
+with which the flight of Hector is described, suggest to me, coming
+as they do from an astute and humorous writer, that he may have been
+a Trojan, at any rate by the mother's side, made captive, enslaved,
+compelled to sing the glories of his captors, and determined so to
+overdo them that if his masters cannot see through the irony others
+sooner or later shall. This, however, is highly speculative, and
+there are other views that are perhaps more true, but which I cannot
+now consider.
+
+I will now ask you to form your own opinions as to whether Homer is
+or is not a shrewd and humorous writer.
+
+Achilles, whose quarrel with Agamemnon is the ostensible subject of
+the poem, is son to a marine goddess named Thetis, who had rendered
+Jove an important service at a time when he was in great
+difficulties. Achilles, therefore, begs his mother Thetis to go up
+to Jove and ask him to let the Trojans discomfit the Greeks for a
+time, so that Agamemnon may find he cannot get on without Achilles'
+help, and may thus be brought to reason.
+
+Thetis tells her son that for the moment there is nothing to be
+done, inasmuch as the gods are all of them away from home. They are
+gone to pay a visit to Oceanus in Central Africa, and will not be
+back for another ten or twelve days; she will see what can be done,
+however, as soon as ever they return. This in due course she does,
+going up to Olympus and laying hold of Jove by the knee and by the
+chin. I may say in passing that it is still a common Italian form
+of salutation to catch people by the chin. Twice during the last
+summer I have been so seized in token of affectionate greeting, once
+by a lady and once by a gentleman.
+
+Thetis tells her tale to Jove, and concludes by saying that he is to
+say straight out 'yes' or 'no' whether he will do what she asks. Of
+course he can please himself, but she should like to know how she
+stands.
+
+"It will be a plaguy business," answers Jove, "for me to offend Juno
+and put up with all the bitter tongue she will give me. As it is,
+she is always nagging at me and saying I help the Trojans, still, go
+away now at once before she finds out that you have been here, and
+leave the rest to me. See, I nod my head to you, and this is the
+most solemn form of covenant into which I can enter. I never go
+back upon it, nor shilly-shally with anybody when I have once nodded
+my head." Which, by the way, amounts to an admission that he does
+shilly-shally sometimes.
+
+Then he frowns and nods, shaking the hair on his immortal head till
+Olympus rocks again. Thetis goes off under the sea and Jove returns
+to his own palace. All the other gods stand up when they see him
+coming, for they do not dare to remain sitting while he passes, but
+Juno knows he has been hatching mischief against the Greeks with
+Thetis, so she attacks him in the following words:
+
+"You traitorous scoundrel," she exclaims, "which of the gods have
+you been taking into your counsel now? You are always trying to
+settle matters behind my back, and never tell me, if you can help
+it, a single word about your designs."
+
+"'Juno,' replied the father of gods and men, 'you must not expect to
+be told everything that I am thinking about: you are my wife, it is
+true, but you might not be able always to understand my meaning; in
+so far as it is proper for you to know of my intentions you are the
+first person to whom I communicate them either among the gods or
+among mankind, but there are certain points which I reserve entirely
+for myself, and the less you try to pry into these, or meddle with
+them, the better for you.'"
+
+"'Dread son of Saturn,' answered Juno, 'what in the world are you
+talking about? I meddle and pry? No one, I am sure, can have his
+own way in everything more absolutely than you have. Still I have a
+strong misgiving that the old merman's daughter Thetis has been
+talking you over. I saw her hugging your knees this very self-same
+morning, and I suspect you have been promising her to kill any
+number of people down at the Grecian ships, in order to gratify
+Achilles.'"
+
+"'Wife,' replied Jove, 'I can do nothing but you suspect me. You
+will not do yourself any good, for the more you go on like that the
+more I dislike you, and it may fare badly with you. If I mean to
+have it so, I mean to have it so, you had better therefore sit still
+and hold your tongue as I tell you, for if I once begin to lay my
+hands about you, there is not a god in heaven who will be of the
+smallest use to you.'
+
+"When Juno heard this she thought it better to submit, so she sat
+down without a word, but all the gods throughout Jove's mansion were
+very much perturbed. Presently the cunning workman Vulcan tried to
+pacify his mother Juno, and said, 'It will never do for you two to
+go on quarrelling and setting heaven in an uproar about a pack of
+mortals. The thing will not bear talking about. If such counsels
+are to prevail a god will not be able to get his dinner in peace.
+Let me then advise my mother (and I am sure it is her own opinion)
+to make her peace with my dear father, lest he should scold her
+still further, and spoil our banquet; for if he does wish to turn us
+all out there can be no question about his being perfectly able to
+do so. Say something civil to him, therefore, and then perhaps he
+will not hurt us.'
+
+"As he spoke he took a large cup of nectar and put it into his
+mother's hands, saying, 'Bear it, my dear mother, and make the best
+of it. I love you dearly and should be very sorry to see you get a
+thrashing. I should not be able to help you, for my father Jove is
+not a safe person to differ from. You know once before when I was
+trying to help you he caught me by the foot and chucked me from the
+heavenly threshold. I was all day long falling from morn to eve,
+but at sunset I came to ground on the island of Lemnos, and there
+was very little life left in me, till the Sintians came and tended
+me.'
+
+"On this Juno smiled, and with a laugh took the cup from her son's
+hand. Then Vulcan went about among all other gods drawing nectar
+for them from his goblet, and they laughed immoderately as they saw
+him bustling about the heavenly mansion."
+
+Then presently the gods go home to bed, each one in his own house
+that Vulcan had cunningly built for him or her. Finally Jove
+himself went to the bed which he generally occupied; and Jove his
+wife went with him.
+
+There is another quarrel between Jove and Juno at the beginning of
+the fourth book.
+
+The gods are sitting on the golden floor of Jove's palace and
+drinking one another's health in the nectar with which Hebe from
+time to time supplies them. Jove begins to tease Juno, and to
+provoke her with some sarcastic remarks that are pointed at her
+though not addressed to her directly.
+
+"'Menelaus,' he exclaimed, 'has two good friends among the
+goddesses, Juno and Minerva, but they only sit still and look on,
+while Venus on the other hand takes much better care of Paris, and
+defends him when he is in danger. She has only just this moment
+been rescuing him when he made sure he was at death's door, for the
+victory really did lie with Menelaus. We must think what we are to
+do about all this. Shall we renew strife between the combatants or
+shall we make them friends again? I think the best plan would be
+for the City of Priam to remain unpillaged, but for Menelaus to have
+his wife Helen sent back to him.'
+
+"Minerva and Juno groaned in spirit when they heard this. They were
+sitting side by side, and thinking what mischief they could do to
+the Trojans. Minerva for her part said not one word, but sat
+scowling at her father, for she was in a furious passion with him,
+but Juno could not contain herself, so she said--
+
+"'What, pray, son of Saturn, is all this about? Is my trouble then
+to go for nothing, and all the pains that I have taken, to say
+nothing of my horses, and the way we have sweated and toiled to get
+the people together against Priam and his children? You can do as
+you please, but you must not expect all of us to agree with you.'
+
+"And Jove answered, 'Wife, what harm have Priam and Priam's children
+done you that you rage so furiously against them, and want to sack
+their city? Will nothing do for you but you must eat Priam with his
+sons and all the Trojans into the bargain? Have it your own way
+then, for I will not quarrel with you--only remember what I tell
+you: if at any time I want to sack a city that belongs to any
+friend of yours, it will be no use your trying to hinder me, you
+will have to let me do it, for I only yield to you now with the
+greatest reluctance. If there was one city under the sun which I
+respected more than another it was Troy with its king and people.
+My altars there have never been without the savour of fat or of
+burnt sacrifice and all my dues were paid.'
+
+"'My own favourite cities,' answered Juno, 'are Argos, Sparta, and
+Mycenae. Sack them whenever you may be displeased with them. I
+shall not make the smallest protest against your doing so. It would
+be no use if I did, for you are much stronger than I am, only I will
+not submit to seeing my own work wasted. I am a goddess of the same
+race as yourself. I am Saturn's eldest daughter and am not only
+nearly related to you in blood, but I am wife to yourself, and you
+are king over the gods. Let it be a case, then, of give and take
+between us, and the other gods will follow our lead. Tell Minerva,
+therefore, to go down at once and set the Greeks and Trojans by the
+ears again, and let her so manage it that the Trojans shall break
+their oaths and be the aggressors.'"
+
+This is the very thing to suit Minerva, so she goes at once and
+persuades the Trojans to break their oath.
+
+In a later book we are told that Jove has positively forbidden the
+gods to interfere further in the struggle. Juno therefore
+determines to hoodwink him. First she bolted herself inside her own
+room on the top of Mount Ida and had a thorough good wash. Then she
+scented herself, brushed her golden hair, put on her very best dress
+and all her jewels. When she had done this, she went to Venus and
+besought her for the loan of her charms.
+
+"'You must not be angry with me, Venus,' she began, 'for being on
+the Grecian side while you are yourself on the Trojan; but you know
+every one falls in love with you at once, and I want you to lend me
+some of your attractions. I have to pay a visit at the world's end
+to Oceanus and Mother Tethys. They took me in and were very good to
+me when Jove turned Saturn out of heaven and shut him up under the
+sea. They have been quarrelling this long time past and will not
+speak to one another. So I must go and see them, for if I can only
+make them friends again I am sure that they will be grateful to me
+for ever afterwards.'"
+
+Venus thought this reasonable, so she took off her girdle and lent
+it to Juno, an act by the way which argues more good nature than
+prudence on her part. Then Juno goes down to Thrace, and in search
+of Sleep the brother of Death. She finds him and shakes hands with
+him. Then she tells him she is going up to Olympus to make love to
+Jove, and that while she is occupying his attention Sleep is to send
+him off into a deep slumber.
+
+Sleep says he dares not do it. He would lull any of the other gods,
+but Juno must remember that she had got him into a great scrape once
+before in this way, and Jove hurled the gods about all over the
+palace, and would have made an end of him once for all, if he had
+not fled under the protection of Night, whom Jove did not venture to
+offend.
+
+Juno bribes him, however, with a promise that if he will consent she
+will marry him to the youngest of the Graces, Pasithea. On this he
+yields; the pair then go up to the top of Mount Ida, and Sleep gets
+into a high pine tree just in front of Jove.
+
+As soon as Jove sees Juno, armed as she for the moment was with all
+the attractions of Venus, he falls desperately in love with her, and
+says she is the only goddess he ever really loved. True, there had
+been the wife of Ixion and Danae, and Europa and Semele, and
+Alcmena, and Latona, not to mention herself in days gone by, but he
+never loved any of these as he now loved her, in spite of his having
+been married to her for so many years. What then does she want?
+
+Juno tells him the same rigmarole about Oceanus and Mother Tethys
+that she had told Venus, and when she has done Jove tries to embrace
+her.
+
+"What," exclaims Juno, "kiss me in such a public place as the top of
+Mount Ida! Impossible! I could never show my face in Olympus
+again, but I have a private room of my own and"--"What nonsense, my
+love!" exclaims the sire of gods and men as he catches her in his
+arms. On this Sleep sends him into a deep slumber, and Juno then
+sends Sleep to bid Neptune go off to help the Greeks at once.
+
+When Jove awakes and finds the trick that has been played upon him,
+he is very angry and blusters a good deal as usual, but somehow or
+another it turns out that he has got to stand it and make the best
+of it.
+
+In an earlier book he has said that he is not surprised at anything
+Juno may do, for she always has crossed him and always will; but he
+cannot put up with such disobedience from his own daughter Minerva.
+Somehow or another, however, here too as usual it turns out that he
+has got to stand it. "And then," Minerva exclaims in yet another
+place (VIII. 373), "I suppose he will be calling me his grey-eyed
+darling again, presently."
+
+Towards the end of the poem the gods have a set-to among themselves.
+Minerva sends Mars sprawling, Venus comes to his assistance, but
+Minerva knocks her down and leaves her. Neptune challenges Apollo,
+but Apollo says it is not proper for a god to fight his own uncle,
+and declines the contest. His sister Diana taunts him with
+cowardice, so Juno grips her by the wrist and boxes her ears till
+she writhes again. Latona, the mother of Apollo and Diana, then
+challenges Mercury, but Mercury says that he is not going to fight
+with any of Jove's wives, so if she chooses to say she has beaten
+him she is welcome to do so. Then Latona picks up poor Diana's bow
+and arrows that have fallen from her during her encounter with Juno,
+and Diana meanwhile flies up to the knees of her father Jove,
+sobbing and sighing till her ambrosial robe trembles all around her.
+
+"Jove drew her towards him, and smiling pleasantly exclaimed, 'My
+dear child, which of the heavenly beings has been wicked enough to
+behave in this way to you, as though you had been doing something
+naughty?'
+
+"'Your wife, Juno,' answered Diana, 'has been ill-treating me; all
+our quarrels always begin with her.'"
+
+* * * * *
+
+The above extracts must suffice as examples of the kind of divine
+comedy in which Homer brings the gods and goddesses upon the scene.
+Among mortals the humour, what there is of it, is confined mainly to
+the grim taunts which the heroes fling at one another when they are
+fighting, and more especially to crowing over a fallen foe. The
+most subtle passage is the one in which Briseis, the captive woman
+about whom Achilles and Agamemnon have quarrelled, is restored by
+Agamemnon to Achilles. Briseis on her return to the tent of
+Achilles finds that while she has been with Agamemnon, Patroclus has
+been killed by Hector, and his dead body is now lying in state. She
+flings herself upon the corpse and exclaims--
+
+"How one misfortune does keep falling upon me after another! I saw
+the man to whom my father and mother had married me killed before my
+eyes, and my three own dear brothers perished along with him; but
+you, Patroclus, even when Achilles was sacking our city and killing
+my husband, told me that I was not to cry; for you said that
+Achilles himself should marry me, and take me back with him to
+Phthia, where we should have a wedding feast among the Myrmidons.
+You were always kind to me, and I should never cease to grieve for
+you."
+
+This may of course be seriously intended, but Homer was an acute
+writer, and if we had met with such a passage in Thackeray we should
+have taken him to mean that so long as a woman can get a new
+husband, she does not much care about losing the old one--a
+sentiment which I hope no one will imagine that I for one moment
+endorse or approve of, and which I can only explain as a piece of
+sarcasm aimed possibly at Mrs. Homer.
+
+* * * * *
+
+And now let us turn to the Odyssey, a work which I myself think of
+as the Iliad's better half or wife. Here we have a poem of more
+varied interest, instinct with not less genius, and on the whole I
+should say, if less robust, nevertheless of still greater
+fascination--one, moreover, the irony of which is pointed neither at
+gods nor woman, but with one single and perhaps intercalated
+exception, at man. Gods and women may sometimes do wrong things,
+but, except as regards the intrigue between Mars and Venus just
+referred to, they are never laughed at. The scepticism of the Iliad
+is that of Hume or Gibbon; that of the Odyssey (if any) is like the
+occasional mild irreverence of the Vicar's daughter. When Jove says
+he will do a thing, there is no uncertainty about his doing it.
+Juno hardly appears at all, and when she does she never quarrels
+with her husband. Minerva has more to do than any of the other gods
+or goddesses, but she has nothing in common with the Minerva whom we
+have already seen in the Iliad. In the Odyssey she is the fairy
+god-mother who seems to have no object in life but to protect
+Ulysses and Telemachus, and keep them straight at any touch and turn
+of difficulty. If she has any other function, it is to be patroness
+of the arts and of all intellectual development. The Minerva of the
+Odyssey may indeed sit on a rafter like a swallow and hold up her
+aegis to strike panic into the suitors while Ulysses kills them; but
+she is a perfect lady, and would no more knock Mars and Venus down
+one after the other than she would stand on her head. She is, in
+fact, a distinct person in all respects from the Minerva of the
+Iliad. Of the remaining gods Neptune, as the persecutor of the
+hero, comes worst off; but even he is treated as though he were a
+very important person.
+
+In the Odyssey the gods no longer live in houses and sleep in four-
+post bedsteads, but the conception of their abode, like that of
+their existence altogether, is far more spiritual. Nobody knows
+exactly where they live, but they say it is in Olympus, where there
+is neither rain nor hail nor snow, and the wind never beats roughly;
+but it abides in everlasting sunshine, and in great peacefulness of
+light wherein the blessed gods are illumined for ever and ever. It
+is hardly possible to conceive anything more different from the
+Olympus of the Iliad.
+
+Another very material point of difference between the Iliad and the
+Odyssey lies in the fact that the Homer of the Iliad always knows
+what he is talking about, while the supposed Homer of the Odyssey
+often makes mistakes that betray an almost incredible ignorance of
+detail. Thus the giant Polyphemus drives in his ewes home from
+their pasture, and milks them. The lambs of course have not been
+running with them; they have been left in the yards, so they have
+had nothing to eat. When he has milked the ewes, the giant lets
+each one of them have her lamb--to get, I suppose, what strippings
+it can, and beyond this what milk the ewe may yield during the
+night. In the morning, however, Polyphemus milks the ewes again.
+Hence it is plain either that he expected his lambs to thrive on one
+pull per diem at a milked ewe, and to be kind enough not to suck
+their mothers, though left with them all night through, or else that
+the writer of the Odyssey had very hazy notions about the relations
+between lambs and ewes, and of the ordinary methods of procedure on
+an upland dairy-farm.
+
+In nautical matters the same inexperience is betrayed. The writer
+knows all about the corn and wine that must be put on board; the
+store-room in which these are kept and the getting of them are
+described inimitably, but there the knowledge ends; the other things
+put on board are "the things that are generally taken on board
+ships." So on a voyage we are told that the sailors do whatever is
+wanted doing, but we have no details. There is a shipwreck, which
+does duty more than once without the alteration of a word. I have
+seen such a shipwreck at Drury Lane. Anyone, moreover, who reads
+any authentic account of actual adventures will perceive at once
+that those of the Odyssey are the creation of one who has had no
+history. Ulysses has to make a raft; he makes it about as broad as
+they generally make a good big ship, but we do not seem to have been
+at the pains to measure a good big ship.
+
+I will add no more however on this head. The leading
+characteristics of the Iliad, as we saw, were love, war, and
+plunder. The leading idea of the Odyssey is the infatuation of man,
+and the key-note is struck in the opening paragraph, where we are
+told how the sailors of Ulysses must needs, in spite of every
+warning, kill and eat the cattle of the sun-god, and perished
+accordingly.
+
+A few lines lower down the same note is struck with even greater
+emphasis. The gods have met in council, and Jove happens at the
+moment to be thinking of AEgisthus, who had met his death at the
+hand of Agamemnon's son Orestes, in spite of the solemn warning that
+Jove had sent him through the mouth of Mercury. It does not seem
+necessary for Jove to turn his attention to Clytemnestra, the
+partner of AEgisthus's guilt. Of this lady we are presently told
+that she was naturally of an excellent disposition, and would never
+have gone wrong but for the loss of the protector in whose charge
+Agamemnon had left her. When she was left alone without an adviser--
+well, if a base designing man took to flattering and misleading
+her--what else could be expected? The infatuation of man, with its
+corollary, the superior excellence of woman, is the leading theme;
+next to this come art, religion, and, I am almost ashamed to add,
+money. There is no love-business in the Odyssey except the return
+of a bald elderly married man to his elderly wife and grown-up son
+after an absence of twenty years, and furious at having been robbed
+of so much money in the meantime. But this can hardly be called
+love-business; it is at the utmost domesticity. There is a charming
+young princess, Nausicaa, but though she affects a passing
+tenderness for the elderly hero of her creation as soon as Minerva
+has curled his bald old hair for him and tittivated him up all over,
+she makes it abundantly plain that she will not look at a single one
+of her actual flesh and blood admirers. There is a leading young
+gentleman, Telemachus, who is nothing if he is not [Greek], or
+canny, well-principled, and discreet; he has an amiable and most
+sensible young male friend who says that he does not like crying at
+meal times--he will cry in the forenoon on an empty stomach as much
+as anyone pleases, but he cannot attend properly to his dinner and
+cry at the same time. Well, there is no lady provided either for
+this nice young man or for Telemachus. They are left high and dry
+as bachelors. Two goddesses indeed, Circe and Calypso, do one after
+the other take possession of Ulysses, but the way in which he
+accepts a situation which after all was none of his seeking, and
+which it is plain he does not care two straws about, is, I believe,
+dictated solely by a desire to exhibit the easy infidelity of
+Ulysses himself in contrast with the unswerving constancy and
+fidelity of his wife Penelope. Throughout the Odyssey the men do
+not really care for women, nor the women for men; they have to
+pretend to do so now and again, but it is a got-up thing, and the
+general attitude of the sexes towards one another is very much that
+of Helen, who says that her husband Menelaus is really not deficient
+in person or understanding: or again of Penelope herself, who, on
+being asked by Ulysses on his return what she thought of him, said
+that she did not think very much of him nor very little of him; in
+fact, she did not think much about him one way or the other. True,
+later on she relents and becomes more effusive; in fact, when she
+and Ulysses sat up talking in bed and Ulysses told her the story of
+his adventures, she never went to sleep once. Ulysses never had to
+nudge her with his elbow and say, "Come, wake up, Penelope, you are
+not listening"; but, in spite of the devotion exhibited here, the
+love-business in the Odyssey is artificial and described by one who
+had never felt it, whereas in the Iliad it is spontaneous and
+obviously genuine, as by one who knows all about it perfectly well.
+The love-business in fact of the Odyssey is turned on as we turn on
+the gas--when we cannot get on without it, but not otherwise.
+
+A fascinating brilliant girl, who naturally adopts for her patroness
+the blue-stocking Minerva; a man-hatress, as clever girls so often
+are, and determined to pay the author of the Iliad out for his
+treatment of her sex by insisting on its superior moral, not to say
+intellectual, capacity, and on the self-sufficient imbecility of man
+unless he has a woman always at his elbow to keep him tolerably
+straight and in his proper place--this, and not the musty fusty old
+bust we see in libraries, is the kind of person who I believe wrote
+the Odyssey. Of course in reality the work must be written by a
+man, because they say so at Oxford and Cambridge, and they know
+everything down in Oxford and Cambridge; but I venture to say that
+if the Odyssey were to appear anonymously for the first time now,
+and to be sent round to the papers for review, there is not even a
+professional critic who would not see that it is a woman's writing
+and not a man's. But letting this pass, I can hardly doubt, for
+reasons which I gave in yesterday's Athenaeum, and for others that I
+cannot now insist upon, that the poem was written by a native of
+Trapani on the coast of Sicily, near Marsala. Fancy what the
+position of a young, ardent, brilliant woman must have been in a
+small Sicilian sea-port, say some eight or nine hundred years before
+the birth of Christ. It makes one shudder to think of it. Night
+after night she hears the dreary blind old bard Demodocus drawl out
+his interminable recitals taken from our present Iliad, or from some
+other of the many poems now lost that dealt with the adventures of
+the Greeks before Troy or on their homeward journey. Man and his
+doings! always the same old story, and woman always to be treated
+either as a toy or as a beast of burden, or at any rate as an
+incubus. Why not sing of woman also as she is when she is
+unattached and free from the trammels and persecutions of this
+tiresome tyrant, this insufferably self-conceited bore and booby,
+man?
+
+"I wish, my dear," exclaims her mother Arete, after one of these
+little outbreaks, "that you would do it yourself. I am sure you
+could do it beautifully if you would only give your mind to it."
+
+"Very well, mother," she replies, "and I will bring in all about you
+and father, and how I go out for a washing-day with the maids,"--and
+she kept her word, as I will presently show you.
+
+I should tell you that Ulysses, having got away from the goddess
+Calypso, with whom he had been living for some seven or eight years
+on a lonely and very distant island in mid-ocean, is shipwrecked on
+the coast of Phaeacia, the chief town of which is Scheria. After
+swimming some forty-eight hours in the water he effects a landing at
+the mouth of a stream, and, not having a rag of clothes on his back,
+covers himself up under a heap of dried leaves and goes to sleep. I
+will now translate from the Odyssey itself.
+
+"So here Ulysses slept, worn out with labour and sorrow; but Minerva
+went off to the chief town of the Phaeacians, a people who used to
+live in Hypereia near the wicked Cyclopes. Now the Cyclopes were
+stronger than they and plundered them, so Nausithous settled them in
+Scheria far from those who would loot them. He ran a wall round
+about the city, built houses and temples, and allotted the lands
+among his people; but he was gathered to his fathers, and the good
+king Alcinous was now reigning. To his palace then Minerva hastened
+that she might help Ulysses to get home.
+
+"She went straight to the painted bedroom of Nausicaa, who was
+daughter to King Alcinous, and lovely as a goddess. Near her there
+slept two maids-in-waiting, both very pretty, one on either side of
+the doorway, which was closed with a beautifully made door. She
+took the form of the famous Captain Dumas's daughter, who was a
+bosom friend of Nausicaa and just her own age; then coming into the
+room like a breath of wind she stood near the head of the bed and
+said--
+
+"'Nausicaa, what could your mother have been about to have such a
+lazy daughter? Here are your clothes all lying in disorder, yet you
+are going to be married almost directly, and should not only be
+well-dressed yourself, but should see that those about you look
+clean and tidy also. This is the way to make people speak well of
+you, and it will please your father and mother, so suppose we make
+to-morrow a washing day, and begin the first thing in the morning.
+I will come and help you, for all the best young men among your own
+people are courting you, and you are not going to remain a maid much
+longer. Ask your father, then, to have a horse and cart ready for
+us at daybreak to take the linen and baskets, and you can ride too,
+which will be much pleasanter for you than walking, for the washing
+ground is a long way out of the town.'
+
+"When she had thus spoken Minerva went back to Olympus. By and by
+morning came, and as soon as Nausicaa woke she began thinking about
+her dream. She went to the other end of the house to tell her
+father and mother all about it, and found them in their own room.
+Her mother was sitting by the fireside spinning with her maids-in-
+waiting all around her, and she happened to catch her father just as
+he was going out to attend a meeting of the Town Council which the
+Phaeacian aldermen had convened. So she stopped him and said,
+'Papa, dear, could you manage to let me have a good big waggon? I
+want to take all our dirty clothes to the river and wash them. You
+are the chief man here, so you ought to have a clean shirt on when
+you attend meetings of the Council. Moreover, you have five sons at
+home, two of them married and the other three are good-looking young
+bachelors; you know they always like to have clean linen when they
+go out to a dance, and I have been thinking about all this.'"
+
+You will observe that though Nausicaa dreams that she is going to be
+married shortly, and that all the best young men of Scheria are in
+love with her, she does not dream that she has fallen in love with
+any one of them in particular, and that thus every preparation is
+made for her getting married except the selection of the bridegroom.
+
+You will also note that Nausicaa has to keep her father up to
+putting a clean shirt on when he ought to have one, whereas her
+young brothers appear to keep herself up to having a clean shirt
+ready for them when they want one. These little touches are so
+lifelike and so feminine that they suggest drawing from life by a
+female member of Alcinous's own family who knew his character from
+behind the scenes.
+
+I would also say before proceeding further that in some parts of
+France and Germany it is still the custom to have but one or at most
+two great washing days in the year. Each household is provided with
+an enormous quantity of linen, which when dirty is just soaked and
+rinsed, and then put aside till the great washing day of the year.
+This is why Nausicaa wants a waggon, and has to go so far afield.
+If it was only a few collars and a pocket-handkerchief or two she
+could no doubt have found water enough near at hand. The big spring
+or autumn wash, however, is evidently intended.
+
+Returning now to the Odyssey, when he had heard what Nausicaa wanted
+Alcinous said:
+
+"'You shall have the mules, my love, and whatever else you have a
+mind for, so be off with you.'
+
+"Then he told the servants, and they got the waggon out and
+harnessed the mules, while the princess brought the clothes down
+from the linen room and placed them on the waggon. Her mother got
+ready a nice basket of provisions with all sorts of good things, and
+a goatskin full of wine. The princess now got into the waggon, and
+her mother gave her a golden cruse of oil that she and her maids
+might anoint themselves.
+
+"Then Nausicaa took the whip and reins and gave the mules a touch
+which sent them off at a good pace. They pulled without nagging,
+and carried not only Nausicaa and her wash of clothes, but the women
+also who were with her.
+
+"When they got to the river they went to the washing pools, through
+which even in summer there ran enough pure water to wash any
+quantity of linen, no matter how dirty. Here they unharnessed the
+mules and turned them out to feed in the sweet juicy grass that grew
+by the river-side. They got the clothes out of the waggon, brought
+them to the water, and vied with one another in treading upon them
+and banging them about to get the dirt out of them. When they had
+got them quite clean, they laid them out by the seaside where the
+waves had raised a high beach of shingle, and set about washing and
+anointing themselves with olive oil. Then they got their dinner by
+the side of the river, and waited for the sun to finish drying the
+clothes. By and by, after dinner, they took off their head-dresses
+and began to play at ball, and Nausicaa sang to them."
+
+I think you will agree with me that there is no haziness--no milking
+of ewes that have had a lamb with them all night--here. The writer
+is at home and on her own ground.
+
+"When they had done folding the clothes and were putting the mules
+to the waggon before starting home again, Minerva thought it was
+time Ulysses should wake up and see the handsome girl who was to
+take him to the city of the Phaeacians. So the princess threw a
+ball at one of the maids, which missed the maid and fell into the
+water. On this they all shouted, and the noise they made woke up
+Ulysses, who sat up in his bed of leaves and wondered where in the
+world he could have got to.
+
+"Then he crept from under the bush beneath which he had slept, broke
+off a thick bough so as to cover his nakedness, and advanced towards
+Nausicaa and her maids; these last all ran away, but Nausicaa stood
+her ground, for Minerva had put courage into her heart, so she kept
+quite still, and Ulysses could not make up his mind whether it would
+be better to go up to her, throw himself at her feet, and embrace
+her knees as a suppliant--[in which case, of course, he would have
+to drop the bough] or whether it would be better for him to make an
+apology to her at a reasonable distance, and ask her to be good
+enough to give him some clothes and show him the way to the town.
+On the whole he thought it would be better to keep at arm's length,
+in case the princess should take offence at his coming too near
+her."
+
+Let me say in passing that this is one of many passages which have
+led me to conclude that the Odyssey is written by a woman. A girl,
+such as Nausicaa describes herself, young, unmarried, unattached,
+and hence, after all, knowing little of what men feel on these
+matters, having by a cruel freak of inspiration got her hero into
+such an awkward predicament, might conceivably imagine that he would
+argue as she represents him, but no man, except such a woman's
+tailor as could never have written such a masterpiece as the
+Odyssey, would ever get his hero into such an undignified scrape at
+all, much less represent him as arguing as Ulysses does. I suppose
+Minerva was so busy making Nausicaa brave that she had no time to
+put a little sense into Ulysses' head, and remind him that he was
+nothing if not full of sagacity and resource. To return--
+
+Ulysses now begins with the most judicious apology that his unaided
+imagination can suggest. "I beg your ladyship's pardon," he
+exclaims, "but are you goddess or are you a mortal woman? If you
+are a goddess and live in heaven, there can be no doubt but you are
+Jove's daughter Diana, for your face and figure are exactly like
+hers," and so on in a long speech which I need not further quote
+from.
+
+"Stranger," replied Nausicaa, as soon as the speech was ended, "you
+seem to be a very sensible well-disposed person. There is no
+accounting for luck; Jove gives good or ill to every man, just as he
+chooses, so you must take your lot, and make the best of it." She
+then tells him she will give him clothes and everything else that a
+foreigner in distress can reasonably expect. She calls back her
+maids, scolds them for running away, and tells them to take Ulysses
+and wash him in the river after giving him something to eat and
+drink. So the maids give him the little gold cruse of oil and tell
+him to go and wash himself, and as they seem to have completely
+recovered from their alarm, Ulysses is compelled to say, "Young
+ladies, please stand a little on one side, that I may wash the brine
+from off my shoulders and anoint myself with oil; for it is long
+enough since my skin has had a drop of oil upon it. I cannot wash
+as long as you keep standing there. I have no clothes on, and it
+makes me very uncomfortable."
+
+So they stood aside and went and told Nausicaa. Meanwhile (I am
+translating closely), "Minerva made him look taller and stronger
+than before; she gave him some more hair on the top of his head, and
+made it flow down in curls most beautifully; in fact she glorified
+him about the head and shoulders as a cunning workman who has
+studied under Vulcan or Minerva enriches a fine piece of plate by
+gilding it."
+
+Again I argue that I am reading a description of as it were a
+prehistoric Mr. Knightley by a not less prehistoric Jane Austen--
+with this difference that I believe Nausicaa is quietly laughing at
+her hero and sees through him, whereas Jane Austen takes Mr.
+Knightley seriously.
+
+"Hush, my pretty maids," exclaimed Nausicaa as soon as she saw
+Ulysses coming back with his hair curled, "hush, for I want to say
+something. I believe the gods in heaven have sent this man here.
+There is something very remarkable about him. When I first saw him
+I thought him quite plain and commonplace, and now I consider him
+one of the handsomest men I ever saw in my life. I should like my
+future husband [who, it is plain, then, is not yet decided upon] to
+be just such another as he is, if he would only stay here, and not
+want to go away. However, give him something to eat and drink."
+
+Nausicaa now says they must be starting homeward; so she tells
+Ulysses that she will drive on first herself, but that he is to
+follow after her with the maids. She does not want to be seen
+coming into the town with him; and then follows another passage
+which clearly shows that for all the talk she has made about getting
+married she has no present intention of changing her name.
+
+"'I am afraid,' she says, 'of the gossip and scandal which may be
+set on foot about me behind my back, for there are some very ill-
+natured people in the town, and some low fellow, if he met us, might
+say, 'Who is this fine-looking stranger who is going about with
+Nausicaa? Where did she pick him up? I suppose she is going to
+marry him, or perhaps he is some shipwrecked sailor from foreign
+parts; or has some god come down from heaven in answer to her
+prayers, and she is going to live with him? It would be a good
+thing if she would take herself off and find a husband somewhere
+else, for she will not look at one of the many excellent young
+Phaeacians who are in love with her'; and I could not complain, for
+I should myself think ill of any girl whom I saw going about with
+men unknown to her father and mother, and without having been
+married to him in the face of all the world.'"
+
+This passage could never have been written by the local bard, who
+was in great measure dependent on Nausicaa's family; he would never
+speak thus of his patron's daughter; either the passage is
+Nausicaa's apology for herself, written by herself, or it is pure
+invention, and this last, considering the close adherence to the
+actual topography of Trapani on the Sicilian Coast, and a great deal
+else that I cannot lay before you here, appears to me improbable.
+
+Nausicaa then gives Ulysses directions by which he can find her
+father's house. "When you have got past the courtyard," she says,
+"go straight through the main hall, till you come to my mother's
+room. You will find her sitting by the fire and spinning her purple
+wool by firelight. She will make a lovely picture as she leans back
+against a column with her maids ranged behind her. Facing her
+stands my father's seat in which he sits and topes like an immortal
+god. Never mind him, but go up to my mother and lay your hands upon
+her knees, if you would be forwarded on your homeward voyage." From
+which I conclude that Arete ruled Alcinous, and Nausicaa ruled
+Arete.
+
+Ulysses follows his instructions aided by Minerva, who makes him
+invisible as he passes through the town and through the crowds of
+Phaeacian guests who are feasting in the king's palace. When he has
+reached the queen, the cloak of thick darkness falls off, and he is
+revealed to all present, kneeling at the feet of Queen Arete, to
+whom he makes his appeal. It has already been made apparent in a
+passage extolling her virtue at some length, but which I have not
+been able to quote, that Queen Arete is, in the eyes of the writer,
+a much more important person than her husband Alcinous.
+
+Every one, of course, is very much surprised at seeing Ulysses, but
+after a little discussion, from which it appears that the writer
+considers Alcinous to be a person who requires a good deal of
+keeping straight in other matters besides clean linen, it is settled
+that Ulysses shall be feted on the following day and then escorted
+home. Ulysses now has supper and remains with Alcinous and Arete
+after the other guests are gone away for the night. So the three
+sit by the fire while the servants take away the things, and Arete
+is the first to speak. She has been uneasy for some time about
+Ulysses' clothes, which she recognized as her own make, and at last
+she says, "Stranger, there is a question or two that I should like
+to put to you myself. Who in the world are you? And who gave you
+those clothes? Did you not say you had come here from beyond the
+seas?"
+
+Ulysses explains matters, but still withholds his name, nevertheless
+Alcinous (who seems to have shared in the general opinion that it
+was high time his daughter got married, and that, provided she
+married somebody, it did not much matter who the bridegroom might
+be) exclaimed, "By Father Jove, Minerva, and Apollo, now that I see
+what kind of a person you are and how exactly our opinions coincide
+upon every subject, I should so like it if you would stay with us
+always, marry Nausicaa, and become my son-in-law." Ulysses turns
+the conversation immediately, and meanwhile Queen Arete told her
+maids to put a bed in the corridor, and make it with red blankets,
+and it was to have at least one counterpane. They were also to put
+a woollen nightgown for Ulysses. "The maids took a torch, and made
+the bed as fast as they could: when they had done so they came up
+to Ulysses and said, 'This way, sir, if you please, your room is
+quite ready'; and Ulysses was very glad to hear them say so."
+
+On the following day Alcinous holds a meeting of the Phaeacians and
+proposes that Ulysses should have a ship got ready to take him home
+at once: this being settled he invites all the leading people, and
+the fifty-two sailors who are to man Ulysses' ship, to come up to
+his own house, and he will give them a banquet--for which he kills a
+dozen sheep, eight pigs, and two oxen. Immediately after gorging
+themselves at the banquet they have a series of athletic
+competitions, and from this I gather the poem to have been written
+by one who saw nothing very odd in letting people compete in sports
+requiring very violent exercise immediately after a heavy meal.
+Such a course may have been usual in those days, but certainly is
+not generally adopted in our own.
+
+At the games Alcinous makes himself as ridiculous as he always does,
+and Ulysses behaves much as the hero of the preceding afternoon
+might be expected to do--but on his praising the Phaeacians towards
+the close of the proceedings Alcinous says he is a person of such
+singular judgment that they really must all of them make him a very
+handsome present. "Twelve of you," he exclaims, "are magistrates,
+and there is myself--that makes thirteen; suppose we give him each
+one of us a clean cloak, a tunic, and a talent of gold,"--which in
+those days was worth about two hundred and fifty pounds.
+
+This is unanimously agreed to, and in the evening, towards sundown,
+the presents began to make their appearance at the palace of King
+Alcinous, and the king's sons, perhaps prudently as you will
+presently see, place them in the keeping of their mother Arete.
+
+When the presents have all arrived, Alcinous says to Arete, "Wife,
+go and fetch the best chest we have, and put a clean cloak and a
+tunic in it. In the meantime Ulysses will take a bath."
+
+Arete orders the maids to heat a bath, brings the chest, packs up
+the raiment and gold which the Phaeacians have brought, and adds a
+cloak and a good tunic as King Alcinous's own contribution.
+
+Yes, but where--and that is what we are never told--is the 250
+pounds which he ought to have contributed as well as the cloak and
+tunic? And where is the beautiful gold goblet which he had also
+promised?
+
+"See to the fastening yourself," says Queen Arete to Ulysses, "for
+fear anyone should rob you while you are asleep in the ship."
+
+Ulysses, we may be sure, was well aware that Alcinous's 250 pounds
+was not in the box, nor yet the goblet, but he took the hint at once
+and made the chest fast without the delay of a moment, with a bond
+which the cunning goddess Circe had taught him.
+
+He does not seem to have thought his chance of getting the 250
+pounds and the goblet, and having to unpack his box again, was so
+great as his chance of having his box tampered with before he got it
+away, if he neglected to double-lock it at once and put the key in
+his pocket. He has always a keen eye to money; indeed the whole
+Odyssey turns on what is substantially a money quarrel, so this time
+without the prompting of Minerva he does one of the very few
+sensible things which he does, on his own account, throughout the
+whole poem.
+
+Supper is now served, and when it is over, Ulysses, pressed by
+Alcinous, announces his name and begins the story of his adventures.
+
+It is with profound regret that I find myself unable to quote any of
+the fascinating episodes with which his narrative abounds, but I
+have said I was going to lecture on the humour of Homer--that is to
+say of the Iliad and the Odyssey--and must not be diverted from my
+subject. I cannot, however, resist the account which Ulysses gives
+of his meeting with his mother in Hades, the place of departed
+spirits, which he has visited by the advice of Circe. His mother
+comes up to him and asks him how he managed to get into Hades, being
+still alive. I will translate freely, but quite closely, from
+Ulysses' own words, as spoken to the Phaeacians.
+
+"And I said, 'Mother, I had to come here to consult the ghost of the
+old Theban prophet Teiresias, I have never yet been near Greece, nor
+set foot on my native land, and have had nothing but one long run of
+ill luck from the day I set out with Agamemnon to fight at Troy.
+But tell me how you came here yourself? Did you have a long and
+painful illness or did heaven vouchsafe you a gentle easy passage to
+eternity? Tell me also about my father and my son? Is my property
+still in their hands, or has someone else got hold of it who thinks
+that I shall not return to claim it? How, again, is my wife
+conducting herself? Does she live with her son and make a home for
+him, or has she married again?'
+
+"My mother answered, 'Your wife is still mistress of your house, but
+she is in very great straits and spends the greater part of her time
+in tears. No one has actually taken possession of your property,
+and Telemachus still holds it. He has to accept a great many
+invitations, and gives much the sort of entertainments in return
+that may be expected from one in his position. Your father remains
+in the old place, and never goes near the town; he is very badly
+off, and has neither bed nor bedding, nor a stick of furniture of
+any kind. In winter he sleeps on the floor in front of the fire
+with the men, and his clothes are in a shocking state, but in
+summer, when the warm weather comes on again, he sleeps out in the
+vineyard on a bed of vine leaves. He takes on very much about your
+not having returned, and suffers more and more as he grows older:
+as for me I died of nothing whatever in the world but grief about
+yourself. There was not a thing the matter with me, but my
+prolonged anxiety on your account was too much for me, and in the
+end it just wore me out.'"
+
+In the course of time Ulysses comes to a pause in his narrative and
+Queen Arete makes a little speech.
+
+"'What do you think,' she said to the Phaeacians, 'of such a guest
+as this? Did you ever see anyone at once so good-looking and so
+clever? It is true, indeed, that his visit is paid more
+particularly to myself, but you all participate in the honour
+conferred upon us by a visitor of such distinction. Do not be in a
+hurry to send him off, nor stingy in the presents you make to one in
+so great need; for you are all of you very well off.'"
+
+You will note that the queen does not say "_we_ are all of _us_ very
+well off."
+
+"Then the hero Echeneus, who was the oldest man among them, added a
+few words of his own. 'My friends,' he said, 'there cannot be two
+opinions about the graciousness and sagacity of the remarks that
+have just fallen from Her Majesty; nevertheless it is with His
+Majesty King Alcinous that the decision must ultimately rest.'
+
+"'The thing shall be done,' exclaimed Alcinous, 'if I am still king
+over the Phaeacians. As for our guest, I know he is anxious to
+resume his journey, still we must persuade him if we can to stay
+with us until to-morrow, by which time I shall be able to get
+together the balance of the sum which I mean to press on his
+acceptance.'"
+
+So here we have it straight out that the monarch knew he had only
+contributed the coat and waistcoat, and did not know exactly how he
+was to lay his hands on the 250 pounds. What with piracy--for we
+have been told of at least one case in which Alcinous had looted a
+town and stolen his housemaid Eurymedusa--what with insufficient
+changes of linen, toping like an immortal god, swaggering at large,
+and open-handed hospitality, it is plain and by no means surprising
+that Alcinous is out at elbows; nor can there be a better example of
+the difference between the occasional broad comedy of the Iliad and
+the delicate but very bitter satire of the Odyssey than the way in
+which the fact that Alcinous is in money difficulties is allowed to
+steal upon us, as contrasted with the obvious humour of the quarrels
+between Jove and Juno. At any rate we can hardly wonder at Ulysses
+having felt that to a monarch of such mixed character the unfastened
+box might prove a temptation greater than he could resist. To
+return, however, to the story--
+
+"If it please your Majesty," said he, in answer to King Alcinous, "I
+should be delighted to stay here for another twelve months, and to
+accept from your hands the vast treasures and the escort which you
+are go generous as to promise me. I should obviously gain by doing
+so, for I should return fuller-handed to my own people and should
+thus be both more respected and more loved by my acquaintance.
+Still to receive such presents--"
+
+The king perceived his embarrassment, and at once relieved him. "No
+one," he exclaimed, "who looks at you can for one moment take you
+for a charlatan or a swindler. I know there are many of these
+unscrupulous persons going about just now with such plausible
+stories that it is very hard to disbelieve them; there is, however,
+a finish about your style which convinces me of your good
+disposition," and so on for more than I have space to quote; after
+which Ulysses again proceeds with his adventures.
+
+When he had finished them Alcinous insists that the leading
+Phaeacians should each one of them give Ulysses a still further
+present of a large kitchen copper and a three-legged stand to set it
+on, "but," he continues, "as the expense of all these presents is
+really too heavy for the purse of any private individual, I shall
+charge the whole of them on the rates": literally, "We will repay
+ourselves by getting it in from among the people, for this is too
+heavy a present for the purse of a private individual." And what
+this can mean except charging it on the rates I do not know.
+
+Of course everyone else sends up his tripod and his cauldron, but we
+hear nothing about any, either tripod or cauldron, from King
+Alcinous. He is very fussy next morning stowing them under the
+ship's benches, but his time and trouble seem to be the extent of
+his contribution. It is hardly necessary to say that Ulysses had to
+go away without the 250 pounds, and that we never hear of the
+promised goblet being presented. Still he had done pretty well.
+
+I have not quoted anything like all the absurd remarks made by
+Alcinous, nor shown you nearly as completely as I could do if I had
+more time how obviously the writer is quietly laughing at him in her
+sleeve. She understands his little ways as she understands those of
+Menelaus, who tells Telemachus and Pisistratus that if they like he
+will take them a personally conducted tour round the Peloponnese,
+and that they can make a good thing out of it, for everyone will
+give them something--fancy Helen or Queen Arete making such a
+proposal as this. They are never laughed at, but then they are
+women, whereas Alcinous and Menelaus are men, and this makes all the
+difference.
+
+And now in conclusion let me point out the irony of literature in
+connection with this astonishing work. Here is a poem in which the
+hero and heroine have already been married many years before it
+begins: it is marked by a total absence of love-business in such
+sense as we understand it: its interest centres mainly in the fact
+of a bald elderly gentleman, whose little remaining hair is red,
+being eaten out of house and home during his absence by a number of
+young men who are courting the supposed widow--a widow who, if she
+be fair and fat, can hardly also be less than forty. Can any
+subject seem more hopeless? Moreover, this subject so initially
+faulty is treated with a carelessness in respect of consistency,
+ignorance of commonly known details, and disregard of ordinary
+canons, that can hardly be surpassed, and yet I cannot think that in
+the whole range of literature there is a work which can be
+decisively placed above it. I am afraid you will hardly accept
+this; I do not see how you can be expected to do so, for in the
+first place there is no even tolerable prose translation, and in the
+second, the Odyssey, like the Iliad, has been a school book for over
+two thousand five hundred years, and what more cruel revenge than
+this can dullness take on genius? The Iliad and Odyssey have been
+used as text-books for education during at least two thousand five
+hundred years, and yet it is only during the last forty or fifty
+that people have begun to see that they are by different authors.
+There was, indeed, so I learn from Colonel Mure's valuable work, a
+band of scholars some few hundreds of years before the birth of
+Christ, who refused to see the Iliad and Odyssey as by the same
+author, but they were snubbed and snuffed out, and for more than two
+thousand years were considered to have been finally refuted. Can
+there be any more scathing satire upon the value of literary
+criticism? It would seem as though Minerva had shed the same thick
+darkness over both the poems as she shed over Ulysses, so that they
+might go in and out among the dons of Oxford and Cambridge from
+generation to generation, and none should see them. If I am right,
+as I believe I am, in holding the Odyssey to have been written by a
+young woman, was ever sleeping beauty more effectually concealed
+behind a more impenetrable hedge of dulness?--and she will have to
+sleep a good many years yet before anyone wakes her effectually.
+But what else can one expect from people, not one of whom has been
+at the very slight exertion of noting a few of the writer's main
+topographical indications, and then looking for them in an Admiralty
+chart or two? Can any step be more obvious and easy--indeed, it is
+so simple that I am ashamed of myself for not having taken it forty
+years ago. Students of the Odyssey for the most part are so
+engrossed with the force of the zeugma, and of the enclitic particle
+[Greek]; they take so much more interest in the digamma and in the
+AEolic dialect, than they do in the living spirit that sits behind
+all these things and alone gives them their importance, that,
+naturally enough, not caring about the personality, it remains and
+always must remain invisible to them.
+
+If I have helped to make it any less invisible to yourselves, let me
+ask you to pardon the somewhat querulous tone of my concluding
+remarks.
+
+
+
+
+Quis Desiderio . . .? {99}
+
+
+Like Mr. Wilkie Collins, I, too, have been asked to lay some of my
+literary experiences before the readers of the Universal Review. It
+occurred to me that the Review must be indeed universal before it
+could open its pages to one so obscure as myself; but, nothing
+daunted by the distinguished company among which I was for the first
+time asked to move, I resolved to do as I was told, and went to the
+British Museum to see what books I had written. Having refreshed my
+memory by a glance at the catalogue, I was about to try and diminish
+the large and ever-increasing circle of my non-readers when I became
+aware of a calamity that brought me to a standstill, and indeed bids
+fair, so far as I can see at present, to put an end to my literary
+existence altogether.
+
+I should explain that I cannot write unless I have a sloping desk,
+and the reading-room of the British Museum, where alone I can
+compose freely, is unprovided with sloping desks. Like every other
+organism, if I cannot get exactly what I want I make shift with the
+next thing to it; true, there are no desks in the reading-room, but,
+as I once heard a visitor from the country say, "it contains a large
+number of very interesting works." I know it was not right, and
+hope the Museum authorities will not be severe upon me if any of
+them reads this confession; but I wanted a desk, and set myself to
+consider which of the many very interesting works which a grateful
+nation places at the disposal of its would-be authors was best
+suited for my purpose.
+
+For mere reading I suppose one book is pretty much as good as
+another; but the choice of a desk-book is a more serious matter. It
+must be neither too thick nor too thin; it must be large enough to
+make a substantial support; it must be strongly bound so as not to
+yield or give; it must not be too troublesome to carry backwards and
+forwards; and it must live on shelf C, D, or E, so that there need
+be no stooping or reaching too high. These are the conditions which
+a really good book must fulfil; simple, however, as they are, it is
+surprising how few volumes comply with them satisfactorily;
+moreover, being perhaps too sensitively conscientious, I allowed
+another consideration to influence me, and was sincerely anxious not
+to take a book which would be in constant use for reference by
+readers, more especially as, if I did this, I might find myself
+disturbed by the officials.
+
+For weeks I made experiments upon sundry poetical and philosophical
+works, whose names I have forgotten, but could not succeed in
+finding my ideal desk, until at length, more by luck than cunning, I
+happened to light upon Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians, which I
+had no sooner tried than I discovered it to be the very perfection
+and ne plus ultra of everything that a book should be. It lived in
+Case No. 2008, and I accordingly took at once to sitting in Row B,
+where for the last dozen years or so I have sat ever since.
+
+The first thing I have done whenever I went to the Museum has been
+to take down Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians and carry it to my
+seat. It is not the custom of modern writers to refer to the works
+to which they are most deeply indebted, and I have never, that I
+remember, mentioned it by name before; but it is to this book alone
+that I have looked for support during many years of literary labour,
+and it is round this to me invaluable volume that all my own have
+page by page grown up. There is none in the Museum to which I have
+been under anything like such constant obligation, none which I can
+so ill spare, and none which I would choose so readily if I were
+allowed to select one single volume and keep it for my own.
+
+On finding myself asked for a contribution to the Universal Review,
+I went, as I have explained, to the Museum, and presently repaired
+to bookcase No. 2008 to get my favourite volume. Alas! it was in
+the room no longer. It was not in use, for its place was filled up
+already; besides, no one ever used it but myself. Whether the ghost
+of the late Mr. Frost has been so eminently unchristian as to
+interfere, or whether the authorities have removed the book in
+ignorance of the steady demand which there has been for it on the
+part of at least one reader, are points I cannot determine. All I
+know is that the book is gone, and I feel as Wordsworth is generally
+supposed to have felt when he became aware that Lucy was in her
+grave, and exclaimed so emphatically that this would make a
+considerable difference to him, or words to that effect.
+
+Now I think of it, Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians was very like
+Lucy. The one resided at Dovedale in Derbyshire, the other in Great
+Russell Street, Bloomsbury. I admit that I do not see the
+resemblance here at this moment, but if I try to develop my
+perception I shall doubtless ere long find a marvellously striking
+one. In other respects, however, than mere local habitat the
+likeness is obvious. Lucy was not particularly attractive either
+inside or out--no more was Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians;
+there were few to praise her, and of those few still fewer could
+bring themselves to like her; indeed, Wordsworth himself seems to
+have been the only person who thought much about her one way or the
+other. In like manner, I believe I was the only reader who thought
+much one way or the other about Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians,
+but this in itself was one of the attractions of the book; and as
+for the grief we respectively felt and feel, I believe my own to be
+as deep as Wordsworth's, if not more so.
+
+I said above, "as Wordsworth is generally supposed to have felt";
+for anyone imbued with the spirit of modern science will read
+Wordsworth's poem with different eyes from those of a mere literary
+critic. He will note that Wordsworth is most careful not to explain
+the nature of the difference which the death of Lucy will occasion
+to him. He tells us that there will be a difference; but there the
+matter ends. The superficial reader takes it that he was very sorry
+she was dead; it is, of course, possible that he may have actually
+been so, but he has not said this. On the contrary, he has hinted
+plainly that she was ugly, and generally disliked; she was only like
+a violet when she was half-hidden from the view, and only fair as a
+star when there were so few stars out that it was practically
+impossible to make an invidious comparison. If there were as many
+as even two stars the likeness was felt to be at an end. If
+Wordsworth had imprudently promised to marry this young person
+during a time when he had been unusually long in keeping to good
+resolutions, and had afterwards seen someone whom he liked better,
+then Lucy's death would undoubtedly have made a considerable
+difference to him, and this is all that he has ever said that it
+would do. What right have we to put glosses upon the masterly
+reticence of a poet, and credit him with feelings possibly the very
+reverse of those he actually entertained?
+
+Sometimes, indeed, I have been inclined to think that a mystery is
+being hinted at more dark than any critic has suspected. I do not
+happen to possess a copy of the poem, but the writer, if I am not
+mistaken, says that "few could know when Lucy ceased to be."
+"Ceased to be" is a suspiciously euphemistic expression, and the
+words "few could know" are not applicable to the ordinary peaceful
+death of a domestic servant such as Lucy appears to have been. No
+matter how obscure the deceased, any number of people commonly can
+know the day and hour of his or her demise, whereas in this case we
+are expressly told it would be impossible for them to do so.
+Wordsworth was nothing if not accurate, and would not have said that
+few could know, but that few actually did know, unless he was aware
+of circumstances that precluded all but those implicated in the
+crime of her death from knowing the precise moment of its
+occurrence. If Lucy was the kind of person not obscurely portrayed
+in the poem; if Wordsworth had murdered her, either by cutting her
+throat or smothering her, in concert, perhaps, with his friends
+Southey and Coleridge; and if he had thus found himself released
+from an engagement which had become irksome to him, or possibly from
+the threat of an action for breach of promise, then there is not a
+syllable in the poem with which he crowns his crime that is not
+alive with meaning. On any other supposition to the general reader
+it is unintelligible.
+
+We cannot be too guarded in the interpretations we put upon the
+words of great poets. Take the young lady who never loved the dear
+gazelle--and I don't believe she did; we are apt to think that Moore
+intended us to see in this creation of his fancy a sweet, amiable,
+but most unfortunate young woman, whereas all he has told us about
+her points to an exactly opposite conclusion. In reality, he wished
+us to see a young lady who had been a habitual complainer from her
+earliest childhood; whose plants had always died as soon as she
+bought them, while those belonging to her neighbours had flourished.
+The inference is obvious, nor can we reasonably doubt that Moore
+intended us to draw it; if her plants were the very first to fade
+away, she was evidently the very first to neglect or otherwise
+maltreat them. She did not give them enough water, or left the door
+of her fern-case open when she was cooking her dinner at the gas
+stove, or kept them too near the paraffin oil, or other like folly;
+and as for her temper, see what the gazelles did; as long as they
+did not know her "well," they could just manage to exist, but when
+they got to understand her real character, one after another felt
+that death was the only course open to it, and accordingly died
+rather than live with such a mistress. True, the young lady herself
+said the gazelles loved her; but disagreeable people are apt to
+think themselves amiable, and in view of the course invariably taken
+by the gazelles themselves anyone accustomed to weigh evidence will
+hold that she was probably mistaken.
+
+I must, however, return to Frost's Lives of Eminent Christians. I
+will leave none of the ambiguity about my words in which Moore and
+Wordsworth seem to have delighted. I am very sorry the book is
+gone, and know not where to turn for its successor. Till I have
+found a substitute I can write no more, and I do not know how to
+find even a tolerable one. I should try a volume of Migne's
+Complete Course of Patrology, but I do not like books in more than
+one volume, for the volumes vary in thickness, and one never can
+remember which one took; the four volumes, however, of Bede in
+Giles's Anglican Fathers are not open to this objection, and I have
+reserved them for favourable consideration. Mather's Magnalia might
+do, but the binding does not please me; Cureton's Corpus Ignatianum
+might also do if it were not too thin. I do not like taking
+Norton's Genuineness of the Gospels, as it is just possible someone
+may be wanting to know whether the Gospels are genuine or not, and
+be unable to find out because I have got Mr. Norton's book.
+Baxter's Church History of England, Lingard's Anglo-Saxon Church,
+and Cardwell's Documentary Annals, though none of them as good as
+Frost, are works of considerable merit; but on the whole I think
+Arvine's Cyclopedia of Moral and Religious Anecdote is perhaps the
+one book in the room which comes within measurable distance of
+Frost. I should probably try this book first, but it has a fatal
+objection in its too seductive title. "I am not curious," as Miss
+Lottie Venne says in one of her parts, "but I like to know," and I
+might be tempted to pervert the book from its natural uses and open
+it, so as to find out what kind of a thing a moral and religious
+anecdote is. I know, of course, that there are a great many
+anecdotes in the Bible, but no one thinks of calling them either
+moral or religious, though some of them certainly seem as if they
+might fairly find a place in Mr. Arvine's work. There are some
+things, however, which it is better not to know, and take it all
+round I do not think I should be wise in putting myself in the way
+of temptation, and adopting Arvine as the successor to my beloved
+and lamented Frost.
+
+Some successor I must find, or I must give up writing altogether,
+and this I should be sorry to do. I have only as yet written about
+a third, or from that--counting works written but not published--to
+a half of the books which I have set myself to write. It would not
+so much matter if old age was not staring me in the face. Dr. Parr
+said it was "a beastly shame for an old man not to have laid down a
+good cellar of port in his youth"; I, like the greater number, I
+suppose, of those who write books at all, write in order that I may
+have something to read in my old age when I can write no longer. I
+know what I shall like better than anyone can tell me, and write
+accordingly; if my career is nipped in the bud, as seems only too
+likely, I really do not know where else I can turn for present
+agreeable occupation, nor yet how to make suitable provision for my
+later years. Other writers can, of course, make excellent provision
+for their own old ages, but they cannot do so for mine, any more
+than I should succeed if I were to try to cater for theirs. It is
+one of those cases in which no man can make agreement for his
+brother.
+
+I have no heart for continuing this article, and if I had, I have
+nothing of interest to say. No one's literary career can have been
+smoother or more unchequered than mine. I have published all my
+books at my own expense, and paid for them in due course. What can
+be conceivably more unromantic? For some years I had a little
+literary grievance against the authorities of the British Museum
+because they would insist on saying in their catalogue that I had
+published three sermons on Infidelity in the year 1820. I thought I
+had not, and got them out to see. They were rather funny, but they
+were not mine. Now, however, this grievance has been removed. I
+had another little quarrel with them because they would describe me
+as "of St. John's College, Cambridge," an establishment for which I
+have the most profound veneration, but with which I have not had the
+honour to be connected for some quarter of a century. At last they
+said they would change this description if I would only tell them
+what I was, for, though they had done their best to find out, they
+had themselves failed. I replied with modest pride that I was a
+Bachelor of Arts. I keep all my other letters inside my name, not
+outside. They mused and said it was unfortunate that I was not a
+Master of Arts. Could I not get myself made a Master? I said I
+understood that a Mastership was an article the University could not
+do under about five pounds, and that I was not disposed to go
+sixpence higher than three ten. They again said it was a pity, for
+it would be very inconvenient to them if I did not keep to something
+between a bishop and a poet. I might be anything I liked in reason,
+provided I showed proper respect for the alphabet; but they had got
+me between "Samuel Butler, bishop," and "Samuel Butler, poet." It
+would be very troublesome to shift me, and bachelor came before
+bishop. This was reasonable, so I replied that, under those
+circumstances, if they pleased, I thought I would like to be a
+philosophical writer. They embraced the solution, and, no matter
+what I write now, I must remain a philosophical writer as long as I
+live, for the alphabet will hardly be altered in my time, and I must
+be something between "Bis" and "Poe." If I could get a volume of my
+excellent namesake's Hudibras out of the list of my works, I should
+be robbed of my last shred of literary grievance, so I say nothing
+about this, but keep it secret, lest some worse thing should happen
+to me. Besides, I have a great respect for my namesake, and always
+say that if Erewhon had been a racehorse it would have been got by
+Hudibras out of Analogy. Someone said this to me many years ago,
+and I felt so much flattered that I have been repeating the remark
+as my own ever since.
+
+But how small are these grievances as compared with those endured
+without a murmur by hundreds of writers far more deserving than
+myself. When I see the scores and hundreds of workers in the
+reading-room who have done so much more than I have, but whose work
+is absolutely fruitless to themselves, and when I think of the
+prompt recognition obtained by my own work, I ask myself what I have
+done to be thus rewarded. On the other hand, the feeling that I
+have succeeded far beyond my deserts hitherto, makes it all the
+harder for me to acquiesce without complaint in the extinction of a
+career which I honestly believe to be a promising one; and once more
+I repeat that, unless the Museum authorities give me back my Frost,
+or put a locked clasp on Arvine, my career must be extinguished.
+Give me back Frost, and, if life and health are spared, I will write
+another dozen of volumes yet before I hang up my fiddle--if so
+serious a confusion of metaphors may be pardoned. I know from long
+experience how kind and considerate both the late and present
+superintendents of the reading-room were and are, but I doubt how
+far either of them would be disposed to help me on this occasion;
+continue, however, to rob me of my Frost, and, whatever else I may
+do, I will write no more books.
+
+Note by Dr. Garnett, British Museum.--The frost has broken up. Mr.
+Butler is restored to literature. Mr. Mudie may make himself easy.
+England will still boast a humorist; and the late Mr. Darwin (to
+whose posthumous machinations the removal of the book was owing)
+will continue to be confounded.--R. GARNETT.
+
+
+
+
+
+Ramblings in Cheapside {110}
+
+
+Walking the other day in Cheapside I saw some turtles in Mr.
+Sweeting's window, and was tempted to stay and look at them. As I
+did so I was struck not more by the defences with which they were
+hedged about, than by the fatuousness of trying to hedge that in at
+all which, if hedged thoroughly, must die of its own defencefulness.
+The holes for the head and feet through which the turtle leaks out,
+as it were, on to the exterior world, and through which it again
+absorbs the exterior world into itself--"catching on" through them
+to things that are thus both turtle and not turtle at one and the
+same time--these holes stultify the armour, and show it to have been
+designed by a creature with more of faithfulness to a fixed idea,
+and hence one-sidedness, than of that quick sense of relative
+importances and their changes, which is the main factor of good
+living.
+
+The turtle obviously had no sense of proportion; it differed so
+widely from myself that I could not comprehend it; and as this word
+occurred to me, it occurred also that until my body comprehended its
+body in a physical material sense, neither would my mind be able to
+comprehend its mind with any thoroughness. For unity of mind can
+only be consummated by unity of body; everything, therefore, must be
+in some respects both knave and fool to all that which has not eaten
+it, or by which it has not been eaten. As long as the turtle was in
+the window and I in the street outside, there was no chance of our
+comprehending one another.
+
+Nevertheless, I knew that I could get it to agree with me if I could
+so effectually buttonhole and fasten on to it as to eat it. Most
+men have an easy method with turtle soup, and I had no misgiving but
+that if I could bring my first premise to bear I should prove the
+better reasoner. My difficulty lay in this initial process, for I
+had not with me the argument that would alone compel Mr. Sweeting to
+think that I ought to be allowed to convert the turtles--I mean I
+had no money in my pocket. No missionary enterprise can be carried
+on without any money at all, but even so small a sum as half a crown
+would, I suppose, have enabled me to bring the turtle partly round,
+and with many half-crowns I could in time no doubt convert the lot,
+for the turtle needs must go where the money drives. If, as is
+alleged, the world stands on a turtle, the turtle stands on money.
+No money no turtle. As for money, that stands on opinion, credit,
+trust, faith--things that, though highly material in connection with
+money, are still of immaterial essence.
+
+The steps are perfectly plain. The men who caught the turtles
+brought a fairly strong and definite opinion to bear upon them, that
+passed into action, and later on into money. They thought the
+turtles would come that way, and verified their opinion; on this,
+will and action were generated, with the result that the men turned
+the turtles on their backs and carried them off. Mr. Sweeting
+touched these men with money, which is the outward and visible sign
+of verified opinion. The customer touches Mr. Sweeting with money,
+Mr. Sweeting touches the waiter and the cook with money. They touch
+the turtle with skill and verified opinion. Finally, the customer
+applies the clinching argument that brushes all sophisms aside, and
+bids the turtle stand protoplasm to protoplasm with himself, to know
+even as it is known.
+
+But it must be all touch, touch, touch; skill, opinion, power, and
+money, passing in and out with one another in any order we like, but
+still link to link and touch to touch. If there is failure anywhere
+in respect of opinion, skill, power, or money, either as regards
+quantity or quality, the chain can be no stronger than its weakest
+link, and the turtle and the clinching argument will fly asunder.
+Of course, if there is an initial failure in connection, through
+defect in any member of the chain, or of connection between the
+links, it will no more be attempted to bring the turtle and the
+clinching argument together, than it will to chain up a dog with two
+pieces of broken chain that are disconnected. The contact
+throughout must be conceived as absolute; and yet perfect contact is
+inconceivable by us, for on becoming perfect it ceases to be
+contact, and becomes essential, once for all inseverable, identity.
+The most absolute contact short of this is still contact by courtesy
+only. So here, as everywhere else, Eurydice glides off as we are
+about to grasp her. We can see nothing face to face; our utmost
+seeing is but a fumbling of blind finger-ends in an overcrowded
+pocket.
+
+Presently my own blind finger-ends fished up the conclusion, that as
+I had neither time nor money to spend on perfecting the chain that
+would put me in full spiritual contact with Mr. Sweeting's turtles,
+I had better leave them to complete their education at someone
+else's expense rather than mine, so I walked on towards the Bank.
+As I did so it struck me how continually we are met by this melting
+of one existence into another. The limits of the body seem well
+defined enough as definitions go, but definitions seldom go far.
+What, for example, can seem more distinct from a man than his banker
+or his solicitor? Yet these are commonly so much parts of him that
+he can no more cut them off and grow new ones, than he can grow new
+legs or arms; neither must he wound his solicitor; a wound in the
+solicitor is a very serious thing. As for his bank--failure of his
+bank's action may be as fatal to a man _as_ failure of his heart. I
+have said nothing about the medical or spiritual adviser, but most
+men grow into the society that surrounds them by the help of these
+four main tap-roots, and not only into the world of humanity, but
+into the universe at large. We can, indeed, grow butchers, bakers,
+and greengrocers, almost ad libitum, but these are low developments,
+and correspond to skin, hair, or finger-nails. Those of us again
+who are not highly enough organized to have grown a solicitor or
+banker can generally repair the loss of whatever social organization
+they may possess as freely as lizards are said to grow new tails;
+but this with the higher social, as well as organic, developments is
+only possible to a very limited extent.
+
+The doctrine of metempsychosis, or transmigration of souls--a
+doctrine to which the foregoing considerations are for the most part
+easy corollaries--crops up no matter in what direction we allow our
+thoughts to wander. And we meet instances of transmigration of body
+as well as of soul. I do not mean that both body and soul have
+transmigrated together, far from it; but that, as we can often
+recognize a transmigrated mind in an alien body, so we not less
+often see a body that is clearly only a transmigration, linked on to
+someone else's new and alien soul. We meet people every day whose
+bodies are evidently those of men and women long dead, but whose
+appearance we know through their portraits. We see them going about
+in omnibuses, railway carriages, and in all public places. The
+cards have been shuffled, and they have drawn fresh lots in life and
+nationalities, but anyone fairly well up in medieval and last-
+century portraiture knows them at a glance.
+
+Going down once towards Italy I saw a young man in the train whom I
+recognized, only he seemed to have got younger. He was with a
+friend, and his face was in continual play, but for some little time
+I puzzled in vain to recollect where it was that I had seen him
+before. All of a sudden I remembered he was King Francis I of
+France. I had hitherto thought the face of this king impossible,
+but when I saw it in play I understood it. His great contemporary
+Henry VIII keeps a restaurant in Oxford Street. Falstaff drove one
+of the St. Gothard diligences for many years, and only retired when
+the railway was opened. Titian once made me a pair of boots at
+Vicenza, and not very good ones. At Modena I had my hair cut by a
+young man whom I perceived to be Raffaelle. The model who sat to
+him for his celebrated Madonnas is first lady in a confectionery
+establishment at Montreal. She has a little motherly pimple on the
+left side of her nose that is misleading at first, but on
+examination she is readily recognized; probably Raffaelle's model
+had the pimple too, but Raffaelle left it out--as he would.
+
+Handel, of course, is Madame Patey. Give Madame Patey Handel's wig
+and clothes, and there would be no telling her from Handel. It is
+not only that the features and the shape of the head are the same,
+but there is a certain imperiousness of expression and attitude
+about Handel which he hardly attempts to conceal in Madame Patey.
+It is a curious coincidence that he should continue to be such an
+incomparable renderer of his own music. Pope Julius II was the late
+Mr. Darwin. Rameses II is a blind woman now, and stands in Holborn,
+holding a tin mug. I never could understand why I always found
+myself humming "They oppressed them with burthens" when I passed
+her, till one day I was looking in Mr. Spooner's window in the
+Strand, and saw a photograph of Rameses II. Mary Queen of Scots
+wears surgical boots and is subject to fits, near the Horse Shoe in
+Tottenham Court Road.
+
+Michael Angelo is a commissionaire; I saw him on board the Glen
+Rosa, which used to run every day from London to Clacton-on-Sea and
+back. It gave me quite a turn when I saw him coming down the stairs
+from the upper deck, with his bronzed face, flattened nose, and with
+the familiar bar upon his forehead. I never liked Michael Angelo,
+and never shall, but I am afraid of him, and was near trying to hide
+when I saw him coming towards me. He had not got his
+commissionaire's uniform on, and I did not know he was one till I
+met him a month or so later in the Strand. When we got to Blackwall
+the music struck up and people began to dance. I never saw a man
+dance so much in my life. He did not miss a dance all the way to
+Clacton, nor all the way back again, and when not dancing he was
+flirting and cracking jokes. I could hardly believe my eyes when I
+reflected that this man had painted the famous "Last Judgment," and
+had made all those statues.
+
+Dante is, or was a year or two ago, a waiter at Brissago on the Lago
+Maggiore, only he is better-tempered-looking, and has a more
+intellectual expression. He gave me his ideas upon beauty: "Tutto
+ch' e vero e bello," he exclaimed, with all his old self-confidence.
+I am not afraid of Dante. I know people by their friends, and he
+went about with Virgil, so I said with some severity, "No, Dante, il
+naso della Signora Robinson e vero, ma non e bello"; and he admitted
+I was right. Beatrice's name is Towler; she is waitress at a small
+inn in German Switzerland. I used to sit at my window and hear
+people call "Towler, Towler, Towler," fifty times in a forenoon.
+She was the exact antithesis to Abra; Abra, if I remember, used to
+come before they called her name, but no matter how often they
+called Towler, everyone came before she did. I suppose they spelt
+her name Taula, but to me it sounded Towler; I never, however, met
+anyone else with this name. She was a sweet, artless little hussy,
+who made me play the piano to her, and she said it was lovely. Of
+course I only played my own compositions; so I believed her, and it
+all went off very nicely. I thought it might save trouble if I did
+not tell her who she really was, so I said nothing about it.
+
+I met Socrates once. He was my muleteer on an excursion which I
+will not name, for fear it should identify the man. The moment I
+saw my guide I knew he was somebody, but for the life of me I could
+not remember who. All of a sudden it flashed across me that he was
+Socrates. He talked enough for six, but it was all in dialetto, so
+I could not understand him, nor, when I had discovered who he was,
+did I much try to do so. He was a good creature, a trifle given to
+stealing fruit and vegetables, but an amiable man enough. He had
+had a long day with his mule and me, and he only asked me five
+francs. I gave him ten, for I pitied his poor old patched boots,
+and there was a meekness about him that touched me. "And now,
+Socrates," said I at parting, "we go on our several ways, you to
+steal tomatoes, I to filch ideas from other people; for the rest--
+which of these two roads will be the better going, our father which
+is in heaven knows, but we know not."
+
+I have never seen Mendelssohn, but there is a fresco of him on the
+terrace, or open-air dining-room, of an inn at Chiavenna. He is not
+called Mendelssohn, but I knew him by his legs. He is in the
+costume of a dandy of some five-and-forty years ago, is smoking a
+cigar, and appears to be making an offer of marriage to his cook.
+Beethoven both my friend Mr. H. Festing Jones and I have had the
+good fortune to meet; he is an engineer now, and does not know one
+note from another; he has quite lost his deafness, is married, and
+is, of course, a little squat man with the same refractory hair that
+he always had. It was very interesting to watch him, and Jones
+remarked that before the end of dinner he had become positively
+posthumous. One morning I was told the Beethovens were going away,
+and before long I met their two heavy boxes being carried down the
+stairs. The boxes were so squab and like their owners, that I half
+thought for a moment that they were inside, and should hardly have
+been surprised to see them spring up like a couple of Jacks-in-the-
+box. "Sono indentro?" said I, with a frown of wonder, pointing to
+the boxes. The porters knew what I meant, and laughed. But there
+is no end to the list of people whom I have been able to recognize,
+and before I had got through it myself, I found I had walked some
+distance, and had involuntarily paused in front of a second-hand
+bookstall.
+
+I do not like books. I believe I have the smallest library of any
+literary man in London, and I have no wish to increase it. I keep
+my books at the British Museum and at Mudie's, and it makes me very
+angry if anyone gives me one for my private library. I once heard
+two ladies disputing in a railway carriage as to whether one of them
+had or had not been wasting money. "I spent it in books," said the
+accused, "and it's not wasting money to buy books." "Indeed, my
+dear, I think it is," was the rejoinder, and in practice I agree
+with it. Webster's Dictionary, Whitaker's Almanack, and Bradshaw's
+Railway Guide should be sufficient for any ordinary library; it will
+be time enough to go beyond these when the mass of useful and
+entertaining matter which they provide has been mastered.
+Nevertheless, I admit that sometimes, if not particularly busy, I
+stop at a second-hand bookstall and turn over a book or two from
+mere force of habit.
+
+I know not what made me pick up a copy of AEschylus--of course in an
+English version--or rather I know not what made AEschylus take up
+with me, for he took me rather than I him; but no sooner had he got
+me than he began puzzling me, as he has done any time this forty
+years, to know wherein his transcendent merit can be supposed to
+lie. To me he is, like the greater number of classics in all ages
+and countries, a literary Struldbrug, rather than a true ambrosia-
+fed immortal. There are true immortals, but they are few and far
+between; most classics are as great impostors dead as they were when
+living, and while posing as gods are, five-sevenths of them, only
+Struldbrugs. It comforts me to remember that Aristophanes liked
+AEschylus no better than I do. True, he praises him by comparison
+with Sophocles and Euripides, but he only does so that he may run
+down these last more effectively. Aristophanes is a safe man to
+follow, nor do I see why it should not be as correct to laugh with
+him as to pull a long face with the Greek Professors; but this is
+neither here nor there, for no one really cares about AEschylus; the
+more interesting question is how he contrived to make so many people
+for so many years pretend to care about him.
+
+Perhaps he married somebody's daughter. If a man would get hold of
+the public ear, he must pay, marry, or fight. I have never
+understood that AEschylus was a man of means, and the fighters do
+not write poetry, so I suppose he must have married a theatrical
+manager's daughter, and got his plays brought out that way. The ear
+of any age or country is like its land, air, and water; it seems
+limitless but is really limited, and is already in the keeping of
+those who naturally enough will have no squatting on such valuable
+property. It is written and talked up to as closely as the means of
+subsistence are bred up to by a teeming population. There is not a
+square inch of it but is in private hands, and he who would freehold
+any part of it must do so by purchase, marriage, or fighting, in the
+usual way--and fighting gives the longest, safest tenure. The
+public itself has hardly more voice in the question who shall have
+its ear, than the land has in choosing its owners. It is farmed as
+those who own it think most profitable to themselves, and small
+blame to them; nevertheless, it has a residuum of mulishness which
+the land has not, and does sometimes dispossess its tenants. It is
+in this residuum that those who fight place their hope and trust.
+
+Or perhaps AEschylus squared the leading critics of his time. When
+one comes to think of it, he must have done so, for how is it
+conceivable that such plays should have had such runs if he had not?
+I met a lady one year in Switzerland who had some parrots that
+always travelled with her and were the idols of her life. These
+parrots would not let anyone read aloud in their presence, unless
+they heard their own names introduced from time to time. If these
+were freely interpolated into the text they would remain as still as
+stones, for they thought the reading was about themselves. If it
+was not about them it could not be allowed. The leaders of
+literature are like these parrots; they do not look at what a man
+writes, nor if they did would they understand it much better than
+the parrots do; but they like the sound of their own names, and if
+these are freely interpolated in a tone they take as friendly, they
+may even give ear to an outsider. Otherwise they will scream him
+off if they can.
+
+I should not advise anyone with ordinary independence of mind to
+attempt the public ear unless he is confident that he can out-lung
+and out-last his own generation; for if he has any force, people
+will and ought to be on their guard against him, inasmuch as there
+is no knowing where he may not take them. Besides, they have staked
+their money on the wrong men so often without suspecting it, that
+when there comes one whom they do suspect it would be madness not to
+bet against him. True, he may die before he has out screamed his
+opponents, but that has nothing to do with it. If his scream was
+well pitched it will sound clearer when he is dead. We do not know
+what death is. If we know so little about life which we have
+experienced, how shall we know about death which we have not--and in
+the nature of things never can? Everyone, as I said years ago in
+Alps and Sanctuaries, is an immortal to himself, for he cannot know
+that he is dead until he is dead, and when dead how can he know
+anything about anything? All we know is, that even the humblest
+dead may live long after all trace of the body has disappeared; we
+see them doing it in the bodies and memories of those that come
+after them; and not a few live so much longer and more effectually
+than is desirable, that it has been necessary to get rid of them by
+Act of Parliament. It is love that alone gives life, and the truest
+life is that which we live not in ourselves but vicariously in
+others, and with which we have no concern. Our concern is so to
+order ourselves that we may be of the number of them that enter into
+life--although we know it not.
+
+AEschylus did so order himself; but his life is not of that
+inspiriting kind that can be won through fighting the good fight
+only--or being believed to have fought it. His voice is the echo of
+a drone, drone-begotten and drone-sustained. It is not a tone that
+a man must utter or die--nay, even though he die; and likely enough
+half the allusions and hard passages in AEschylus of which we can
+make neither head nor tail are in reality only puffs of some of the
+literary leaders of his time.
+
+The lady above referred to told me more about her parrots. She was
+like a Nasmyth's hammer going slow--very gentle, but irresistible.
+She always read the newspaper to them. What was the use of having a
+newspaper if one did not read it to one's parrots?
+
+"And have you divined," I asked, "to which side they incline in
+politics?"
+
+"They do not like Mr. Gladstone," was the somewhat freezing answer;
+"this is the only point on which we disagree, for I adore him.
+Don't ask more about this, it is a great grief to me. I tell them
+everything," she continued, "and hide no secret from them."
+
+"But can any parrot be trusted to keep a secret?"
+
+"Mine can."
+
+"And on Sundays do you give them the same course of reading as on a
+week-day, or do you make a difference?"
+
+"On Sundays I always read them a genealogical chapter from the Old
+or New Testament, for I can thus introduce their names without
+profanity. I always keep tea by me in case they should ask for it
+in the night, and I have an Etna to warm it for them; they take milk
+and sugar. The old white-headed clergyman came to see them last
+night; it was very painful, for Jocko reminded him so strongly of
+his late . . . "
+
+I thought she was going to say "wife," but it proved to have been
+only of a parrot that he had once known and loved.
+
+One evening she was in difficulties about the quarantine, which was
+enforced that year on the Italian frontier. The local doctor had
+gone down that morning to see the Italian doctor and arrange some
+details. "Then, perhaps, my dear," she said to her husband, "he is
+the quarantine." "No, my love," replied her husband. "The
+quarantine is not a person, it is a place where they put people";
+but she would not be comforted, and suspected the quarantine as an
+enemy that might at any moment pounce out upon her and her parrots.
+So a lady told me once that she had been in like trouble about the
+anthem. She read in her Prayer Book that in choirs and places where
+they sing "here followeth the anthem," yet the person with this most
+mysteriously sounding name never did follow. They had a choir, and
+no one could say the church was not a place where they sang, for
+they did sing--both chants and hymns. Why, then, this persistent
+slackness on the part of the anthem, who at this juncture should
+follow her papa, the rector, into the reading-desk? No doubt he
+would come some day, and then what would he be like? Fair or dark?
+Tall or short? Would he be bald and wear spectacles like papa,
+would he be young and good-looking? Anyhow, there was something
+wrong, for it was announced that he would follow, and he never did
+follow; therefore there was no knowing what he might not do next.
+
+I heard of the parrots a year or two later as giving lessons in
+Italian to an English maid. I do not know what their terms were.
+Alas! since then both they and their mistress have joined the
+majority. When the poor lady felt her end was near she desired (and
+the responsibility for this must rest with her, not me) that the
+birds might be destroyed, as fearing that they might come to be
+neglected, and knowing that they could never be loved again as she
+had loved them. On being told that all was over, she said, "Thank
+you," and immediately expired.
+
+Reflecting in such random fashion, and strolling with no greater
+method, I worked my way back through Cheapside and found myself once
+more in front of Sweeting's window. Again the turtles attracted me.
+They were alive, and so far at any rate they agreed with me. Nay,
+they had eyes, mouths, legs, if not arms, and feet, so there was
+much in which we were both of a mind, but surely they must be
+mistaken in arming themselves so very heavily. Any creature on
+getting what the turtle aimed at would overreach itself and be
+landed not in safety but annihilation. It should have no communion
+with the outside world at all, for death could creep in wherever the
+creature could creep out; and it must creep out somewhere if it was
+to hook on to outside things. What death can be more absolute than
+such absolute isolation? Perfect death, indeed, if it were
+attainable (which it is not), is as near perfect security as we can
+reach, but it is not the kind of security aimed at by any animal
+that is at the pains of defending itself. For such want to have
+things both ways, desiring the livingness of life without its
+perils, and the safety of death without its deadness, and some of us
+do actually get this for a considerable time, but we do not get it
+by plating ourselves with armour as the turtle does. We tried this
+in the Middle Ages, and no longer mock ourselves with the weight of
+armour that our forefathers carried in battle. Indeed the more
+deadly the weapons of attack become the more we go into the fight
+slug-wise.
+
+Slugs have ridden their contempt for defensive armour as much to
+death as the turtles their pursuit of it. They have hardly more
+than skin enough to hold themselves together; they court death every
+time they cross the road. Yet death comes not to them more than to
+the turtle, whose defences are so great that there is little left
+inside to be defended. Moreover, the slugs fare best in the long
+run, for turtles are dying out, while slugs are not, and there must
+be millions of slugs all the world over for every single turtle. Of
+the two vanities, therefore, that of the slug seems most
+substantial.
+
+In either case the creature thinks itself safe, but is sure to be
+found out sooner or later; nor is it easy to explain this mockery
+save by reflecting that everything must have its meat in due season,
+and that meat can only be found for such a multitude of mouths by
+giving everything as meat in due season to something else. This is
+like the Kilkenny cats, or robbing Peter to pay Paul; but it is the
+way of the world, and as every animal must contribute in kind to the
+picnic of the universe, one does not see what better arrangement
+could be made than the providing each race with a hereditary
+fallacy, which shall in the end get it into a scrape, but which
+shall generally stand the wear and tear of life for some time. "Do
+ut des" is the writing on all flesh to him that eats it; and no
+creature is dearer to itself than it is to some other that would
+devour it.
+
+Nor is there any statement or proposition more invulnerable than
+living forms are. Propositions prey upon and are grounded upon one
+another just like living forms. They support one another as plants
+and animals do; they are based ultimately on credit, or faith,
+rather than the cash of irrefragable conviction. The whole universe
+is carried on on the credit system, and if the mutual confidence on
+which it is based were to collapse, it must itself collapse
+immediately. Just or unjust, it lives by faith; it is based on
+vague and impalpable opinion that by some inscrutable process passes
+into will and action, and is made manifest in matter and in flesh:
+it is meteoric--suspended in mid-air; it is the baseless fabric of a
+vision so vast, so vivid, and so gorgeous that no base can seem more
+broad than such stupendous baselessness, and yet any man can bring
+it about his ears by being over-curious; when faith fails, a system
+based on faith fails also.
+
+Whether the universe is really a paying concern, or whether it is an
+inflated bubble that must burst sooner or later, this is another
+matter. If people were to demand cash payment in irrefragable
+certainty for everything that they have taken hitherto as paper
+money on the credit of the bank of public opinion, is there money
+enough behind it all to stand so great a drain even on so great a
+reserve? Probably there is not, but happily there can be no such
+panic, for even though the cultured classes may do so, the
+uncultured are too dull to have brains enough to commit such
+stupendous folly. It takes a long course of academic training to
+educate a man up to the standard which he must reach before he can
+entertain such questions seriously, and by a merciful dispensation
+of Providence university training is almost as costly as it is
+unprofitable. The majority will thus be always unable to afford it,
+and will base their opinions on mother wit and current opinion
+rather than on demonstration.
+
+So I turned my steps homewards; I saw a good many more things on my
+way home, but I was told that I was not to see more this time than I
+could get into twelve pages of the Universal Review; I must
+therefore reserve any remark which I think might perhaps entertain
+the reader for another occasion.
+
+
+
+
+
+The Aunt, the Nieces, and the Dog {127}
+
+
+When a thing is old, broken, and useless we throw it on the dust-
+heap, but when it is sufficiently old, sufficiently broken, and
+sufficiently useless we give money for it, put it into a museum, and
+read papers over it which people come long distances to hear. By
+and by, when the whirligig of time has brought on another revenge,
+the museum itself becomes a dust-heap, and remains so till after
+long ages it is rediscovered, and valued as belonging to a neo-
+rubbish age--containing, perhaps, traces of a still older paleo-
+rubbish civilization. So when people are old, indigent, and in all
+respects incapable, we hold them in greater and greater contempt as
+their poverty and impotence increase, till they reach the pitch when
+they are actually at the point to die, whereon they become sublime.
+Then we place every resource our hospitals can command at their
+disposal, and show no stint in our consideration for them.
+
+It is the same with all our interests. We care most about extremes
+of importance and of unimportance; but extremes of importance are
+tainted with fear, and a very imperfect fear casteth out love.
+Extremes of unimportance cannot hurt us, therefore we are well
+disposed towards them; the means may come to do so, therefore we do
+not love them. Hence we pick a fly out of a milk-jug and watch with
+pleasure over its recovery, for we are confident that under no
+conceivable circumstances will it want to borrow money from us; but
+we feel less sure about a mouse, so we show it no quarter. The
+compilers of our almanacs well know this tendency of our natures, so
+they tell us, not when Noah went into the ark, nor when the temple
+of Jerusalem was dedicated, but that Lindley Murray, grammarian,
+died January 16th, 1826. This is not because they could not find so
+many as three hundred and sixty-five events of considerable interest
+since the creation of the world, but because they well know we would
+rather hear of something less interesting. We care most about what
+concerns us either very closely, or so little that practically we
+have nothing whatever to do with it.
+
+I once asked a young Italian, who professed to have a considerable
+knowledge of English literature, which of all our poems pleased him
+best. He replied without a moment's hesitation:
+
+"Hey diddle diddle, the cat and the fiddle,
+ The cow jumped over the moon;
+The little dog laughed to see such sport,
+ And the dish ran away with the spoon."
+
+He said this was better than anything in Italian. They had Dante
+and Tasso, and ever so many more great poets, but they had nothing
+comparable to "Hey diddle diddle," nor had he been able to conceive
+how anyone could have written it. Did I know the author's name, and
+had we given him a statue? On this I told him of the young lady of
+Harrow who would go to church in a barrow, and plied him with
+whatever rhyming nonsense I could call to mind, but it was no use;
+all of these things had an element of reality that robbed them of
+half their charm, whereas "Hey diddle diddle" had nothing in it that
+could conceivably concern him.
+
+So again it is with the things that gall us most. What is it that
+rises up against us at odd times and smites us in the face again and
+again for years after it has happened? That we spent all the best
+years of our life in learning what we have found to be a swindle,
+and to have been known to be a swindle by those who took money for
+misleading us? That those on whom we most leaned most betrayed us?
+That we have only come to feel our strength when there is little
+strength left of any kind to feel? These things will hardly much
+disturb a man of ordinary good temper. But that he should have said
+this or that little unkind and wanton saying; that he should have
+gone away from this or that hotel and given a shilling too little to
+the waiter; that his clothes were shabby at such or such a garden-
+party--these things gall us _as_ a corn will sometimes do, though
+the loss of a limb may not be seriously felt.
+
+I have been reminded lately of these considerations with more than
+common force by reading the very voluminous correspondence left by
+my grandfather, Dr. Butler, of Shrewsbury, whose memoirs I am
+engaged in writing. I have found a large number of interesting
+letters on subjects of serious import, but must confess that it is
+to the hardly less numerous lighter letters that I have been most
+attracted, nor do I feel sure that my eminent namesake did not share
+my predilection. Among other letters in my possession I have one
+bundle that has been kept apart, and has evidently no connection
+with Dr. Butler's own life. I cannot use these letters, therefore,
+for my book, but over and above the charm of their inspired
+spelling, I find them of such an extremely trivial nature that I
+incline to hope the reader may derive as much amusement from them as
+I have done myself, and venture to give them the publicity here
+which I must refuse them in my book. The dates and signatures have,
+with the exception of Mrs. Newton's, been carefully erased, but I
+have collected that they were written by the two servants of a
+single lady who resided at no great distance from London, to two
+nieces of the said lady who lived in London itself. The aunt never
+writes, but always gets one of the servants to do so for her. She
+appears either as "your aunt" or as "She"; her name is not given,
+but she is evidently looked upon with a good deal of awe by all who
+had to do with her.
+
+The letters almost all of them relate to visits either of the aunt
+to London, or of the nieces to the aunt's home, which, from
+occasional allusions to hopping, I gather to have been in Kent,
+Sussex, or Surrey. I have arranged them to the best of my power,
+and take the following to be the earliest. It has no signature, but
+is not in the handwriting of the servant who styles herself
+Elizabeth, or Mrs. Newton. It runs:--
+
+"MADAM,--Your Aunt Wishes me to inform you she will be glad if
+you will let hir know if you think of coming To hir House thiss
+month or Next as she cannot have you in September on a kount of
+the Hoping If you ar coming she thinkes she had batter Go to
+London on the Day you com to hir House she says you shall have
+everry Thing raddy for you at hir House and Mrs. Newton to meet
+you and stay with you till She returnes a gann.
+
+"if you arnot Coming thiss Summer She will be in London before
+thiss Month is out and will Sleep on the Sofy As She willnot be
+in London more thann two nits. and She Says she willnot truble
+you on anny a kount as She Will returne the Same Day before She
+will plage you anny more. but She thanks you for asking hir to
+London. but She says She cannot leve the house at prassant She
+sayhir Survants ar to do for you as she cannot lodge yours nor
+she willnot have thim in at the house anny more to brake and
+destroy hir thinks and beslive hir and make up Lies by hir and
+Skandel as your too did She says she mens to pay fore 2 Nits and
+one day, She says the Pepelwill let hir have it if you ask thim
+to let hir: you Will be so good as to let hir know sun: wish
+She is to do, as She says She dos not care anny thing a bout it.
+which way tiss she is batter than She was and desirs hir Love to
+bouth bouth.
+
+"Your aunt wises to know how the silk Clocks ar madup [how the
+silk cloaks are made up] with a Cape or a wood as she is a goin
+to have one madeup to rideout in in hir littel shas [chaise].
+
+"Charles is a butty and so good.
+
+"Mr & Mrs Newton ar quite wall & desires to be remembered to
+you."
+
+I can throw no light on the meaning of the verb to "beslive." Each
+letter in the MS. is so admirably formed that there can be no
+question about the word being as I have given it. Nor have I been
+able to discover what is referred to by the words "Charles is a
+butty and so good." We shall presently meet with a Charles who
+"flies in the Fier," but that Charles appears to have been in
+London, whereas this one is evidently in Kent, or wherever the aunt
+lived.
+
+The next letter is from Mrs. Newton:--
+
+"DER MISS ---, I Receve your Letter your Aunt is vary Ill and
+Lowspireted I Donte think your Aunt wood Git up all Day if My
+Sister Wasnot to Persage her We all Think hir lif is two
+monopolous. you Wish to know Who Was Liveing With your Aunt.
+that is My Sister and Willian --- and Cariline --- as Cock and
+Old Poll Pepper is Come to Stay With her a Littel Wile and I
+hoped [hopped] for Your Aunt, and Harry has Worked for your Aunt
+all the Summer. Your Aunt and Harry Whent to the Wells Races and
+Spent a very Pleasant Day your Aunt has Lost Old Fanney Sow She
+Died about a Week a Go Harry he Wanted your Aunt to have her
+killed and send her to London and Shee Wold Fech her 11 pounds
+the Farmers have Lost a Great Deal of Cattel such as Hogs and
+Cows What theay call the Plage I Whent to your Aunt as you Wish
+Mee to Do But She Told Mee She Did not wont aney Boddy She Told
+Mee She Should Like to Come up to see you But She Cant Come know
+for she is Boddyley ill and Harry Donte Work there know But he Go
+up there Once in Two or Three Day Harry Offered is self to Go up
+to Live With your Aunt But She Made him know Ancer. I hav Been
+up to your Aunt at Work for 5 Weeks Hopping and Ragluting Your
+Aunt Donte Eat nor Drink But vary Littel indeed.
+
+"I am Happy to Say We are Both Quite Well and I am Glad no hear
+you are Both Quite Well
+
+"MRS NEWTON."
+
+This seems to have made the nieces propose to pay a visit to their
+aunt, perhaps to try and relieve the monopoly of her existence and
+cheer her up a little. In their letter, doubtless, the dog motive
+is introduced that is so finely developed presently by Mrs. Newton.
+I should like to have been able to give the theme as enounced by the
+nieces themselves, but their letters are not before me. Mrs. Newton
+writes:--
+
+"MY DEAR GIRLS,--Your Aunt receiv your Letter your Aunt will Be
+vary glad to see you as it quite a greeable if it tis to you and
+Shee is Quite Willing to Eair the beds and the Rooms if you Like
+to Trust to hir and the Servantes; if not I may Go up there as
+you Wish. My Sister Sleeps in the Best Room as she allways Did
+and the Coock in the garret and you Can have the Rooms the same
+as you allways Did as your Aunt Donte set in the Parlour She
+Continlery Sets in the Ciching. your Aunt says she Cannot Part
+from the dog know hows and She Says he will not hurt you for he
+is Like a Child and I can safeley say My Self he wonte hurt you
+as She Cannot Sleep in the Room With out him as he allWay Sleep
+in the Same Room as She Dose. your Aunt is agreeable to Git in
+What Coles and Wood you Wish for I am know happy to say your Aunt
+is in as Good health as ever She Was and She is happy to hear you
+are Both Well your Aunt Wishes for Ancer By Return of Post."
+
+The nieces replied that their aunt must choose between the dog and
+them, and Mrs. Newton sends a second letter which brings her
+development to a climax. It runs:--
+
+"DEAR MISS --- I have Receve your Letter and i Whent up to your
+Aunt as you Wish me and i Try to Perveal With her about the Dog
+But she Wold not Put the Dog away nor it alow him to Be Tied up
+But She Still Wishes you to Come as Shee says the Dog Shall not
+interrup you for She Donte alow the Dog nor it the Cats to Go in
+the Parlour never sence She has had it Donup ferfere of Spoiling
+the Paint your Aunt think it vary Strange you Should Be so vary
+Much afraid of a Dog and She says you Cant Go out in London But
+What you are up a gance one and She says She Wonte Trust the Dog
+in know one hands But her Owne for She is afraid theay Will not
+fill is Belley as he Lives upon Rost Beeff and Rost and Boil
+Moutten Wich he Eats More then the Servantes in the House there
+is not aney One Wold Beable to Give Sattefacktion upon that
+account Harry offerd to Take the Dog But She Wood not Trust him
+in our hands so I Cold not Do aney thing With her your Aunt youse
+to Tell Me When we was at your House in London She Did not know
+how to make you amens and i Told her know it was the Time to Do
+it But i Considder She sets the Dog Before you your Aunt keep
+know Beer know Sprits know Wines in the House of aney Sort Oneley
+a Little Barl of Wine I made her in the Summer the Workmen and
+servantes are a Blige to Drink wauter Morning Noon and Night your
+Aunt the Same She Donte Low her Self aney Tee nor Coffee But is
+Loocking Wonderful Well
+
+"I Still Remane your Humble Servant Mrs Newton
+
+"I am vary sorry to think the Dog Perventes your Comeing
+
+"I am Glad to hear you are Both Well and we are the same."
+
+The nieces remained firm, and from the following letter it is plain
+the aunt gave way. The dog motive is repeated pianissimo, and is
+not returned to--not at least by Mrs. Newton.
+
+"DEAR MISS ---, I Receve your Letter on Thursday i Whent to your
+Aunt and i see her and She is a Greable to everry thing i asked
+her and seme so vary Much Please to see you Both Next Tuseday and
+she has sent for the Faggots to Day and she Will Send for the
+Coles to Morrow and i will Go up there to Morrow Morning and Make
+the Fiers and Tend to the Beds and sleep in it Till you Come Down
+your Aunt sends her Love to you Both and she is Quite well your
+Aunt Wishes you wold Write againe Before you Come as she ma
+Expeckye and the Dog is not to Gointo the Parlor a Tall
+
+"your Aunt kind Love to you Both & hopes you Wonte Fail in Coming
+according to Prommis
+
+"MRS NEWTON."
+
+From a later letter it appears that the nieces did not pay their
+visit after all, and what is worse a letter had miscarried, and the
+aunt sat up expecting them from seven till twelve at night, and
+Harry had paid for "Faggots and Coles quarter of Hund. Faggots Half
+tun of Coles 1l. 1s. 3d." Shortly afterwards, however, "She" again
+talks of coming up to London herself and writes through her
+servant:--
+
+"My Dear girls i Receve your kind letter & I am happy to hear you
+ar both Well and I Was in hopes of seeing of you Both Down at My
+House this spring to stay a Wile I am Quite well my self in Helth
+But vary Low Spireted I am vary sorry to hear the Misforting of
+Poor charles & how he cum to flie in the Fier I cannot think. I
+should like to know if he is dead or a Live, and I shall come to
+London in August & stay three or four daies if it is agreable to
+you. Mrs. Newton has lost her mother in Law 4 day March & I hope
+you send me word Wather charles is Dead or a Live as soon as
+possible, and will you send me word what Little Betty is for I
+cannot make her out."
+
+The next letter is a new handwriting, and tells the nieces of their
+aunt's death in the following terms:--
+
+"DEAR MISS ---, It is my most painful duty to inform you that
+your dear aunt expired this morning comparatively easy as Hannah
+informs me and in so doing restored her soul to the custody of
+him whom she considered to be alone worthy of its care.
+
+"The doctor had visited her about five minutes previously and had
+applied a blister.
+
+"You and your sister will I am sure excuse further details at
+present and believe me with kindest remembrances to remain
+
+"Yours truly, &c."
+
+After a few days a lawyer's letter informs the nieces that their
+aunt had left them the bulk of her not very considerable property,
+but had charged them with an annuity of 1 pound a week to be paid
+to Harry and Mrs. Newton so long as the dog lived.
+
+The only other letters by Mrs. Newton are written on paper of a
+different and more modern size; they leave an impression of having
+been written a good many years later. I take them as they come.
+The first is very short:--
+
+"DEAR MISS ---, i write to say i cannot possiblely come on
+Wednesday as we have killed a pig. your's truely,
+
+"ELIZABETH NEWTON."
+
+The second runs:--
+
+"DEAR MISS ---, i hope you are both quite well in health & your
+Leg much better i am happy to say i am getting quite well again i
+hope Amandy has reached you safe by this time i sent a small
+parcle by Amandy, there was half a dozen Pats of butter & the
+Cakes was very homely and not so light as i could wish i hope by
+this time Sarah Ann has promised she will stay untill next monday
+as i think a few daies longer will not make much diferance and as
+her young man has been very considerate to wait so long as he has
+i think he would for a few days Longer dear Miss --- I wash for
+William and i have not got his clothes yet as it has been delayed
+by the carrier & i cannot possiblely get it done before Sunday
+and i do not Like traviling on a Sunday but to oblige you i would
+come but to come sooner i cannot possiblely but i hope Sarah Ann
+will be prevailed on once more as She has so many times i feel
+sure if she tells her young man he will have patient for he is a
+very kind young man
+
+"i remain your sincerely
+
+"ELIZABETH NEWTON."
+
+The last letter in my collection seems written almost within
+measurable distance of the Christmas-card era. The sheet is headed
+by a beautifully embossed device of some holly in red and green,
+wishing the recipient of the letter a merry Xmas and a happy new
+year, while the border is crimped and edged with blue. I know not
+what it is, but there is something in the writer's highly finished
+style that reminds me of Mendelssohn. It would almost do for the
+words of one of his celebrated "Lieder ohne Worte":--
+
+"DEAR MISS MARIA,--I hasten to acknowledge the receipt of your
+kind note with the inclosure for which I return my best thanks.
+I need scarcely say how glad I was to know that the volumes
+secured your approval, and that the announcement of the
+improvement in the condition of your Sister's legs afforded me
+infinite pleasure. The gratifying news encouraged me in the hope
+that now the nature of the disorder is comprehended her legs
+will--notwithstanding the process may be gradual--ultimately get
+quite well. The pretty Robin Redbreast which lay ensconced in
+your epistle, conveyed to me, in terms more eloquent than words,
+how much you desired me those Compliments which the little
+missive he bore in his bill expressed; the emblem is sweetly
+pretty, and now that we are again allowed to felicitate each
+other on another recurrence of the season of the Christian's
+rejoicing, permit me to tender to yourself, and by you to your
+Sister, mine and my Wife's heartfelt congratulations and warmest
+wishes with respect to the coming year. It is a common belief
+that if we take a retrospective view of each departing year, as
+it behoves us annually to do, we shall find the blessings which
+we have received to immeasurably outnumber our causes of sorrow.
+Speaking for myself I can fully subscribe to that sentiment, and
+doubtless neither Miss --- nor yourself are exceptions. Miss ---
+'s illness and consequent confinement to the house has been a
+severe trial, but in that trouble an opportunity was afforded you
+to prove a Sister's devotion and she has been enabled to realise
+a larger (if possible) display of sisterly affection.
+
+"A happy Christmas to you both, and may the new year prove a
+Cornucopia from which still greater blessings than even those we
+have hitherto received, shall issue, to benefit us all by
+contributing to our temporal happiness and, what is of higher
+importance, conducing to our felicity hereafter.
+
+"I was sorry to hear that you were so annoyed with mice and rats,
+and if I should have an opportunity to obtain a nice cat I will
+do so and send my boy to your house with it.
+
+"I remain,
+
+"Yours truly."
+
+How little what is commonly called education can do after all
+towards the formation of a good style, and what a delightful volume
+might not be entitled "Half Hours with the Worst Authors." Why, the
+finest word I know of in the English language was coined, not by my
+poor old grandfather, whose education had left little to desire, nor
+by any of the admirable scholars whom he in his turn educated, but
+by an old matron who presided over one of the halls, or houses of
+his school. This good lady, whose name by the way was Bromfield,
+had a fine high temper of her own, or thought it politic to affect
+one. One night when the boys were particularly noisy she burst like
+a hurricane into the hall, collared a youngster, and told him he was
+the "rampingest-scampingest-rackety-tackety-tow-row-roaringest boy
+in the whole school." Would Mrs. Newton have been able to set the
+aunt and the dog before us so vividly if she had been more highly
+educated? Would Mrs. Bromfield have been able to forge and hurl her
+thunderbolt of a word if she had been taught how to do so, or indeed
+been at much pains to create it at all? It came. It was her
+[Greek]. She did not probably know that she had done what the
+greatest scholar would have had to rack his brains over for many an
+hour before he could even approach. Tradition says that having
+brought down her boy she looked round the hall in triumph, and then
+after a moment's lull said, "Young gentlemen, prayers are excused,"
+and left them.
+
+I have sometimes thought that, after all, the main use of a
+classical education consists in the check it gives to originality,
+and the way in which it prevents an inconvenient number of people
+from using their own eyes. That we will not be at the trouble of
+looking at things for ourselves if we can get anyone to tell us what
+we ought to see goes without saying, and it is the business of
+schools and universities to assist us in this respect. The theory
+of evolution teaches that any power not worked at pretty high
+pressure will deteriorate: originality and freedom from affectation
+are all very well in their way, but we can easily have too much of
+them, and it is better that none should be either original or free
+from cant but those who insist on being so, no matter what
+hindrances obstruct, nor what incentives are offered them to see
+things through the regulation medium. To insist on seeing things
+for oneself is to be an [Greek], or in plain English, an idiot; nor
+do I see any safer check against general vigour and clearness of
+thought, with consequent terseness of expression, than that provided
+by the curricula of our universities and schools of public
+instruction. If a young man, in spite of every effort to fit him
+with blinkers, will insist on getting rid of them, he must do so at
+his own risk. He will not be long in finding out his mistake. Our
+public schools and universities play the beneficent part in our
+social scheme that cattle do in forests: they browse the seedlings
+down and prevent the growth of all but the luckiest and sturdiest.
+Of course, if there are too many either cattle or schools, they
+browse so effectually that they find no more food, and starve till
+equilibrium is restored; but it seems to be a provision of nature
+that there should always be these alternate periods, during which
+either the cattle or the trees are getting the best of it; and,
+indeed, without such provision we should have neither the one nor
+the other. At this moment the cattle, doubtless, are in the
+ascendant, and if university extension proceeds much farther, we
+shall assuredly have no more Mrs. Newtons and Mrs. Bromfields; but
+whatever is is best, and, on the whole, I should propose to let
+things find pretty much their own level.
+
+However this may be, who can question that the treasures hidden in
+many a country house contain sleeping beauties even fairer than
+those that I have endeavoured to waken from long sleep in the
+foregoing article? How many Mrs. Quicklys are there not living in
+London at this present moment? For that Mrs. Quickly was an
+invention of Shakespeare's I will not believe. The old woman from
+whom he drew said every word that he put into Mrs. Quickly's mouth,
+and a great deal more which he did not and perhaps could not make
+use of. This question, however, would again lead me far from my
+subject, which I should mar were I to dwell upon it longer, and
+therefore leave with the hope that it may give my readers absolutely
+no food whatever for reflection.
+
+
+
+
+How to Make the Best of Life {142}
+
+
+I have been asked to speak on the question how to make the best of
+life, but may as well confess at once that I know nothing about it.
+I cannot think that I have made the best of my own life, nor is it
+likely that I shall make much better of what may or may not remain
+to me. I do not even know how to make the best of the twenty
+minutes that your committee has placed at my disposal, and as for
+life as a whole, who ever yet made the best of such a colossal
+opportunity by conscious effort and deliberation? In little things
+no doubt deliberate and conscious effort will help us, but we are
+speaking of large issues, and such kingdoms of heaven as the making
+the best of these come not by observation.
+
+The question, therefore, on which I have undertaken to address you
+is, as you must all know, fatuous, if it be faced seriously. Life
+is like playing a violin solo in public and learning the instrument
+as one goes on. One cannot make the best of such impossibilities,
+and the question is doubly fatuous until we are told which of our
+two lives--the conscious or the unconscious--is held by the asker to
+be the truer life. Which does the question contemplate--the life we
+know, or the life which others may know, but which we know not?
+
+Death gives a life to some men and women compared with which their
+so-called existence here is as nothing. Which is the truer life of
+Shakespeare, Handel, that divine woman who wrote the Odyssey, and of
+Jane Austen--the life which palpitated with sensible warm motion
+within their own bodies, or that in virtue of which they are still
+palpitating in ours? In whose consciousness does their truest life
+consist--their own, or ours? Can Shakespeare be said to have begun
+his true life till a hundred years or so after he was dead and
+buried? His physical life was but as an embryonic stage, a coming
+up out of darkness, a twilight and dawn before the sunrise of that
+life of the world to come which he was to enjoy hereafter. We all
+live for a while after we are gone hence, but we are for the most
+part stillborn, or at any rate die in infancy, as regards that life
+which every age and country has recognized as higher and truer than
+the one of which we are now sentient. As the life of the race is
+larger, longer, and in all respects more to be considered than that
+of the individual, so is the life we live in others larger and more
+important than the one we live in ourselves. This appears nowhere
+perhaps more plainly than in the case of great teachers, who often
+in the lives of their pupils produce an effect that reaches far
+beyond anything produced while their single lives were yet
+unsupplemented by those other lives into which they infused their
+own.
+
+Death to such people is the ending of a short life, but it does not
+touch the life they are already living in those whom they have
+taught; and happily, as none can know when he shall die, so none can
+make sure that he too shall not live long beyond the grave; for the
+life after death is like money before it--no one can be sure that it
+may not fall to him or her even at the eleventh hour. Money and
+immortality come in such odd unaccountable ways that no one is cut
+off from hope. We may not have made either of them for ourselves,
+but yet another may give them to us in virtue of his or her love,
+which shall illumine us for ever, and establish us in some heavenly
+mansion whereof we neither dreamed nor shall ever dream. Look at
+the Doge Loredano Loredani, the old man's smile upon whose face has
+been reproduced so faithfully in so many lands that it can never
+henceforth be forgotten--would he have had one hundredth part of the
+life he now lives had he not been linked awhile with one of those
+heaven-sent men who know che cosa e amor? Look at Rembrandt's old
+woman in our National Gallery; had she died before she was eighty-
+three years old she would not have been living now. Then, when she
+was eighty-three, immortality perched upon her as a bird on a
+withered bough.
+
+I seem to hear someone say that this is a mockery, a piece of
+special pleading, a giving of stones to those that ask for bread.
+Life is not life unless we can feel it, and a life limited to a
+knowledge of such fraction of our work as may happen to survive us
+is no true life in other people; salve it as we may, death is not
+life any more than black is white.
+
+The objection is not so true as it sounds. I do not deny that we
+had rather not die, nor do I pretend that much even in the case of
+the most favoured few can survive them beyond the grave. It is only
+because this is so that our own life is possible; others have made
+room for us, and we should make room for others in our turn without
+undue repining. What I maintain is that a not inconsiderable number
+of people do actually attain to a life beyond the grave which we can
+all feel forcibly enough, whether they can do so or not--that this
+life tends with increasing civilization to become more and more
+potent, and that it is better worth considering, in spite of its
+being unfelt by ourselves, than any which we have felt or can ever
+feel in our own persons.
+
+Take an extreme case. A group of people are photographed by
+Edison's new process--say Titiens, Trebelli, and Jenny Lind, with
+any two of the finest men singers the age has known--let them be
+photographed incessantly for half an hour while they perform a scene
+in Lohengrin; let all be done stereoscopically. Let them be
+phonographed at the same time so that their minutest shades of
+intonation are preserved, let the slides be coloured by a competent
+artist, and then let the scene be called suddenly into sight and
+sound, say a hundred years hence. Are those people dead or alive?
+Dead to themselves they are, but while they live so powerfully and
+so livingly in us, which is the greater paradox--to say that they
+are alive or that they are dead? To myself it seems that their life
+in others would be more truly life than their death to themselves is
+death. Granted that they do not present all the phenomena of life--
+who ever does so even when he is held to be alive? We are held to
+be alive because we present a sufficient number of living phenomena
+to let the others go without saying; those who see us take the part
+for the whole here as in everything else, and surely, in the case
+supposed above, the phenomena of life predominate so powerfully over
+those of death, that the people themselves must be held to be more
+alive than dead. Our living personality is, as the word implies,
+only our mask, and those who still own such a mask as I have
+supposed have a living personality. Granted again that the case
+just put is an extreme one; still many a man and many a woman has so
+stamped him or herself on his work that, though we would gladly have
+the aid of such accessories as we doubtless presently shall have to
+the livingness of our great dead, we can see them very sufficiently
+through the masterpieces they have left us.
+
+As for their own unconsciousness I do not deny it. The life of the
+embryo was unconscious before birth, and so is the life--I am
+speaking only of the life revealed to us by natural religion--after
+death. But as the embryonic and infant life of which we were
+unconscious was the most potent factor in our after life of
+consciousness, so the effect which we may unconsciously produce in
+others after death, and it may be even before it on those who have
+never seen us, is in all sober seriousness our truer and more
+abiding life, and the one which those who would make the best of
+their sojourn here will take most into their consideration.
+
+Unconsciousness is no bar to livingness. Our conscious actions are
+a drop in the sea as compared with our unconscious ones. Could we
+know all the life that is in us by way of circulation, nutrition,
+breathing, waste and repair, we should learn what an infinitesimally
+small part consciousness plays in our present existence; yet our
+unconscious life is as truly life as our conscious life, and though
+it is unconscious to itself it emerges into an indirect and
+vicarious consciousness in our other and conscious self, which
+exists but in virtue of our unconscious self. So we have also a
+vicarious consciousness in others. The unconscious life of those
+that have gone before us has in great part moulded us into such men
+and women as we are, and our own unconscious lives will in like
+manner have a vicarious consciousness in others, though we be dead
+enough to it in ourselves.
+
+If it is again urged that it matters not to us how much we may be
+alive in others, if we are to know nothing about it, I reply that
+the common instinct of all who are worth considering gives the lie
+to such cynicism. I see here present some who have achieved, and
+others who no doubt will achieve, success in literature. Will one
+of them hesitate to admit that it is a lively pleasure to her to
+feel that on the other side of the world someone may be smiling
+happily over her work, and that she is thus living in that person
+though she knows nothing about it? Here it seems to me that true
+faith comes in. Faith does not consist, as the Sunday School pupil
+said, "in the power of believing that which we know to be untrue."
+It consists in holding fast that which the healthiest and most
+kindly instincts of the best and most sensible men and women are
+intuitively possessed of, without caring to require much evidence
+further than the fact that such people are so convinced; and for my
+own part I find the best men and women I know unanimous in feeling
+that life in others, even though we know nothing about it, is
+nevertheless a thing to be desired and gratefully accepted if we can
+get it either before death or after. I observe also that a large
+number of men and women do actually attain to such life, and in some
+cases continue so to live, if not for ever, yet to what is
+practically much the same thing. Our life then in this world is, to
+natural religion as much as to revealed, a period of probation. The
+use we make of it is to settle how far we are to enter into another,
+and whether that other is to be a heaven of just affection or a hell
+of righteous condemnation.
+
+Who, then, are the most likely so to run that they may obtain this
+veritable prize of our high calling? Setting aside such lucky
+numbers, drawn as it were in the lottery of immortality, which I
+have referred to casually above, and setting aside also the chances
+and changes from which even immortality is not exempt, who on the
+whole are most likely to live anew in the affectionate thoughts of
+those who never so much as saw them in the flesh, and know not even
+their names? There is a nisus, a straining in the dull dumb economy
+of things, in virtue of which some, whether they will it and know it
+or no, are more likely to live after death than others, and who are
+these? Those who aimed at it as by some great thing that they would
+do to make them famous? Those who have lived most in themselves and
+for themselves, or those who have been most ensouled consciously,
+but perhaps better unconsciously, directly but more often
+indirectly, by the most living souls past and present that have
+flitted near them? Can we think of a man or woman who grips us
+firmly, at the thought of whom we kindle when we are alone in our
+honest daw's plumes, with none to admire or shrug his shoulders, can
+we think of one such, the secret of whose power does not lie in the
+charm of his or her personality--that is to say, in the wideness of
+his or her sympathy with, and therefore life in and communion with
+other people? In the wreckage that comes ashore from the sea of
+time there is much tinsel stuff that we must preserve and study if
+we would know our own times and people; granted that many a dead
+charlatan lives long and enters largely and necessarily into our own
+lives; we use them and throw them away when we have done with them.
+I do not speak of these, I do not speak of the Virgils and Alexander
+Popes, and who can say how many more whose names I dare not mention
+for fear of offending. They are as stuffed birds or beasts in a
+museum; serviceable no doubt from a scientific standpoint, but with
+no vivid or vivifying hold upon us. They seem to be alive, but are
+not. I am speaking of those who do actually live in us, and move us
+to higher achievements though they be long dead, whose life thrusts
+out our own and overrides it. I speak of those who draw us ever
+more towards them from youth to age, and to think of whom is to feel
+at once that we are in the hands of those we love, and whom we would
+most wish to resemble. What is the secret of the hold that these
+people have upon us? Is it not that while, conventionally speaking,
+alive, they most merged their lives in, and were in fullest
+communion with those among whom they lived? They found their lives
+in losing them. We never love the memory of anyone unless we feel
+that he or she was himself or herself a lover.
+
+I have seen it urged, again, in querulous accents, that the so-
+called immortality even of the most immortal is not for ever. I see
+a passage to this effect in a book that is making a stir as I write.
+I will quote it. The writer says:--
+
+"So, it seems to me, is the immortality we so glibly predicate of
+departed artists. If they survive at all, it is but a shadowy
+life they live, moving on through the gradations of slow decay to
+distant but inevitable death. They can no longer, as heretofore,
+speak directly to the hearts of their fellow-men, evoking their
+tears or laughter, and all the pleasures, be they sad or merry,
+of which imagination holds the secret. Driven from the market-
+place they become first the companions of the student, then the
+victims of the specialist. He who would still hold familiar
+intercourse with them must train himself to penetrate the veil
+which in ever-thickening folds conceals them from the ordinary
+gaze; he must catch the tone of a vanished society, he must move
+in a circle of alien associations, he must think in a language
+not his own." {150}
+
+This is crying for the moon, or rather pretending to cry for it, for
+the writer is obviously insincere. I see the Saturday Review says
+the passage I have just quoted "reaches almost to poetry," and
+indeed I find many blank verses in it, some of them very aggressive.
+No prose is free from an occasional blank verse, and a good writer
+will not go hunting over his work to rout them out, but nine or ten
+in little more than as many lines is indeed reaching too near to
+poetry for good prose. This, however, is a trifle, and might pass
+if the tone of the writer was not so obviously that of cheap
+pessimism. I know not which is cheapest, pessimism or optimism.
+One forces lights, the other darks; both are equally untrue to good
+art, and equally sure of their effect with the groundlings. The one
+extenuates, the other sets down in malice. The first is the more
+amiable lie, but both are lies, and are known to be so by those who
+utter them. Talk about catching the tone of a vanished society to
+understand Rembrandt or Giovanni Bellini! It is nonsense--the folds
+do not thicken in front of these men; we understand them as well as
+those among whom they went about in the flesh, and perhaps better.
+Homer and Shakespeare speak to us probably far more effectually than
+they did to the men of their own time, and most likely we have them
+at their best. I cannot think that Shakespeare talked better than
+we hear him now in Hamlet or Henry the Fourth; like enough he would
+have been found a very disappointing person in a drawing-room.
+People stamp themselves on their work; if they have not done so they
+are naught, if they have we have them; and for the most part they
+stamp themselves deeper on their work than on their talk. No doubt
+Shakespeare and Handel will be one day clean forgotten, as though
+they had never been born. The world will in the end die; mortality
+therefore itself is not immortal, and when death dies the life of
+these men will die with it--but not sooner. It is enough that they
+should live within us and move us for many ages as they have and
+will. Such immortality, therefore, as some men and women are born
+to achieve, or have thrust upon them, is a practical if not a
+technical immortality, and he who would have more let him have
+nothing.
+
+I see I have drifted into speaking rather of how to make the best of
+death than of life, but who can speak of life without his thoughts
+turning instantly to that which is beyond it? He or she who has
+made the best of the life after death has made the best of the life
+before it; who cares one straw for any such chances and changes as
+will commonly befall him here if he is upheld by the full and
+certain hope of everlasting life in the affections of those that
+shall come after? If the life after death is happy in the hearts of
+others, it matters little how unhappy was the life before it.
+
+And now I leave my subject, not without misgiving that I shall have
+disappointed you. But for the great attention which is being paid
+to the work from which I have quoted above, I should not have
+thought it well to insist on points with which you are, I doubt not,
+as fully impressed as I am: but that book weakens the sanctions of
+natural religion, and minimizes the comfort which it affords us,
+while it does more to undermine than to support the foundations of
+what is commonly called belief. Therefore I was glad to embrace
+this opportunity of protesting. Otherwise I should not have been so
+serious on a matter that transcends all seriousness. Lord
+Beaconsfield cut it shorter with more effect. When asked to give a
+rule of life for the son of a friend he said, "Do not let him try
+and find out who wrote the letters of Junius." Pressed for further
+counsel, he added, "Nor yet who was the man in the iron mask"--and
+he would say no more. Don't bore people. And yet I am by no means
+sure that a good many people do not think themselves ill-used unless
+he who addresses them has thoroughly well bored them--especially if
+they have paid any money for hearing him. My great namesake said,
+"Surely the pleasure is as great of being cheated as to cheat," and
+great as the pleasure both of cheating and boring undoubtedly is, I
+believe he was right. So I remember a poem which came out some
+thirty years ago in Punch, about a young lady who went forth in
+quest to "Some burden make or burden bear, but which she did not
+greatly care, oh Miserie." So, again, all the holy men and women
+who in the Middle Ages professed to have discovered how to make the
+best of life took care that being bored, if not cheated, should have
+a large place in their programme. Still there are limits, and I
+close not without fear that I may have exceeded them.
+
+
+
+
+
+The Sanctuary of Montrigone {153a}
+
+
+The only place in the Valsesia, except Varallo, where I at present
+suspect the presence of Tabachetti {153b} is at Montrigone, a
+little-known sanctuary dedicated to St. Anne, about three-quarters
+of a mile south of Borgo-Sesia station. The situation is, of
+course, lovely, but the sanctuary does not offer any features of
+architectural interest. The sacristan told me it was founded in
+1631; and in 1644 Giovanni d'Enrico, while engaged in superintending
+and completing the work undertaken here by himself and Giacomo
+Ferro, fell ill and died. I do not know whether or no there was an
+earlier sanctuary on the same site, but was told it was built on the
+demolition of a stronghold belonging to the Counts of Biandrate.
+
+The incidents which it illustrates are treated with even more than
+the homeliness usual in works of this description when not dealing
+with such solemn events as the death and passion of Christ. Except
+when these subjects were being represented, something of the
+latitude, and even humour, allowed in the old mystery plays was
+permitted, doubtless from a desire to render the work more
+attractive to the peasants, who were the most numerous and most
+important pilgrims. It is not until faith begins to be weak that it
+fears an occasionally lighter treatment of semi-sacred subjects, and
+it is impossible to convey an accurate idea of the spirit prevailing
+at this hamlet of sanctuary without attuning oneself somewhat to the
+more pagan character of the place. Of irreverence, in the sense of
+a desire to laugh at things that are of high and serious import,
+there is not a trace, but at the same time there is a certain
+unbending of the bow at Montrigone which is not perceivable at
+Varallo.
+
+The first chapel to the left on entering the church is that of the
+Birth of the Virgin. St. Anne is sitting up in bed. She is not at
+all ill--in fact, considering that the Virgin has only been born
+about five minutes, she is wonderful; still the doctors think it may
+be perhaps better that she should keep her room for half an hour
+longer, so the bed has been festooned with red and white paper
+roses, and the counterpane is covered with bouquets in baskets and
+in vases of glass and china. These cannot have been there during
+the actual birth of the Virgin, so I suppose they had been in
+readiness, and were brought in from an adjoining room as soon as the
+baby had been born. A lady on her left is bringing in some more
+flowers, which St. Anne is receiving with a smile and most gracious
+gesture of the hands. The first thing she asked for, when the birth
+was over, was for her three silver hearts. These were immediately
+brought to her, and she has got them all on, tied round her neck
+with a piece of blue silk ribbon.
+
+Dear mamma has come. We felt sure she would, and that any little
+misunderstandings between her and Joachim would ere long be
+forgotten and forgiven. They are both so good and sensible, if they
+would only understand one another. At any rate, here she is, in
+high state at the right hand of the bed. She is dressed in black,
+for she has lost her husband some few years previously, but I do not
+believe a smarter, sprier old lady for her years could be found in
+Palestine, nor yet that either Giovanni d'Enrico or Giacomo Ferro
+could have conceived or executed such a character. The sacristan
+wanted to have it that she was not a woman at all, but was a
+portrait of St. Joachim, the Virgin's father. "Sembra una donna,"
+he pleaded more than once, "ma non e donna." Surely, however, in
+works of art even more than in other things, there is no "is" but
+seeming, and if a figure seems female it must be taken as such.
+Besides, I asked one of the leading doctors at Varallo whether the
+figure was man or woman. He said it was evident I was not married,
+for that if I had been I should have seen at once that she was not
+only a woman but a mother-in-law of the first magnitude, or, as he
+called it, "una suocera tremenda," and this without knowing that I
+wanted her to be a mother-in-law myself. Unfortunately she had no
+real drapery, so I could not settle the question as my friend Mr. H.
+F. Jones and I had been able to do at Varallo with the figure of Eve
+that had been turned into a Roman soldier assisting at the capture
+of Christ. I am not, however, disposed to waste more time upon
+anything so obvious, and will content myself with saying that we
+have here the Virgin's grandmother. I had never had the pleasure,
+so far as I remembered, of meeting this lady before, and was glad to
+have an opportunity of making her acquaintance.
+
+Tradition says that it was she who chose the Virgin's name, and if
+so, what a debt of gratitude do we not owe her for her judicious
+selection! It makes one shudder to think what might have happened
+if she had named the child Keren-Happuch, as poor Job's daughter was
+called. How could we have said, "Ave Keren-Happuch!" What would
+the musicians have done? I forget whether Maher-Shalal-Hash-Baz was
+a man or a woman, but there were plenty of names quite as
+unmanageable at the Virgin's grandmother's option, and we cannot
+sufficiently thank her for having chosen one that is so euphonious
+in every language which we need take into account. For this reason
+alone we should not grudge her her portrait, but we should try to
+draw the line here. I do not think we ought to give the Virgin's
+great-grandmother a statue. Where is it to end? It is like Mr.
+Crookes's ultimissimate atoms; we used to draw the line at ultimate
+atoms, and now it seems we are to go a step farther back and have
+ultimissimate atoms. How long, I wonder, will it be before we feel
+that it will be a material help to us to have ultimissimissimate
+atoms? Quavers stopped at demi-semi-demi, but there is no reason to
+suppose that either atoms or ancestresses of the Virgin will be so
+complacent.
+
+I have said that on St. Anne's left hand there is a lady who is
+bringing in some flowers. St. Anne was always passionately fond of
+flowers. There is a pretty story told about her in one of the
+Fathers, I forget which, to the effect that when a child she was
+asked which she liked best--cakes or flowers? She could not yet
+speak plainly and lisped out, "Oh fowses, pretty fowses"; she added,
+however, with a sigh and as a kind of wistful corollary, "but cakes
+are very nice." She is not to have any cakes just now, but as soon
+as she has done thanking the lady for her beautiful nosegay, she is
+to have a couple of nice new-laid eggs, that are being brought her
+by another lady. Valsesian women immediately after their
+confinement always have eggs beaten up with wine and sugar, and one
+can tell a Valsesian Birth of the Virgin from a Venetian or a
+Florentine by the presence of the eggs. I learned this from an
+eminent Valsesian professor of medicine, who told me that, though
+not according to received rules, the eggs never seemed to do any
+harm. Here they are evidently to be beaten up, for there is neither
+spoon nor egg-cup, and we cannot suppose that they were hard-boiled.
+On the other hand, in the Middle Ages Italians never used egg-cups
+and spoons for boiled eggs. The medieval boiled egg was always
+eaten by dipping bread into the yolk.
+
+Behind the lady who is bringing in the eggs is the under-under-nurse
+who is at the fire warming a towel. In the foreground we have the
+regulation midwife holding the regulation baby (who, by the way, was
+an astonishingly fine child for only five minutes old). Then comes
+the under-nurse--a good buxom creature, who, as usual, is feeling
+the water in the bath to see that it is of the right temperature.
+Next to her is the head-nurse, who is arranging the cradle. Behind
+the head-nurse is the under-under-nurse's drudge, who is just going
+out upon some errands. Lastly--for by this time we have got all
+round the chapel--we arrive at the Virgin's grandmother's body-
+guard, a stately, responsible-looking lady, standing in waiting upon
+her mistress. I put it to the reader--is it conceivable that St.
+Joachim should have been allowed in such a room at such a time, or
+that he should have had the courage to avail himself of the
+permission, even though it had been extended to him? At any rate,
+is it conceivable that he should have been allowed to sit on St.
+Anne's right hand, laying down the law with a "Marry, come up" here,
+and a "Marry, go down" there, and a couple of such unabashed collars
+as the old lady has put on for the occasion?
+
+Moreover (for I may as well demolish this mischievous confusion
+between St. Joachim and his mother-in-law once and for all), the
+merest tyro in hagiology knows that St. Joachim was not at home when
+the Virgin was born. He had been hustled out of the temple for
+having no children, and had fled desolate and dismayed into the
+wilderness. It shows how silly people are, for all the time he was
+going, if they had only waited a little, to be the father of the
+most remarkable person of purely human origin who had ever been
+born, and such a parent as this should surely not be hurried. The
+story is told in the frescoes of the chapel of Loreto, only a
+quarter of an hour's walk from Varallo, and no one can have known it
+better than D'Enrico. The frescoes are explained by written
+passages that tell us how, when Joachim was in the desert, an angel
+came to him in the guise of a fair, civil young gentleman, and told
+him the Virgin was to be born. Then, later on, the same young
+gentleman appeared to him again, and bade him "in God's name be
+comforted, and turn again to his content," for the Virgin had been
+actually born. On which St. Joachim, who seems to have been of
+opinion that marriage after all _was_ rather a failure, said that,
+as things were going on so nicely without him, he would stay in the
+desert just a little longer, and offered up a lamb as a pretext to
+gain time. Perhaps he guessed about his mother-in-law, or he may
+have asked the angel. Of course, even in spite of such evidence as
+this, I may be mistaken about the Virgin's grandmother's sex, and
+the sacristan may be right; but I can only say that if the lady
+sitting by St. Anne's bedside at Montrigone is the Virgin's father--
+well, in that case I must reconsider a good deal that I have been
+accustomed to believe was beyond question.
+
+Taken singly, I suppose that none of the figures in the chapel,
+except the Virgin's grandmother, should be rated very highly. The
+under-nurse is the next best figure, and might very well be
+Tabachetti's, for neither Giovanni d'Enrico nor Giacomo Ferro was
+successful with his female characters. There is not a single really
+comfortable woman in any chapel by either of them on the Sacro Monte
+at Varallo. Tabachetti, on the other hand, delighted in women; if
+they were young he made them comely and engaging, if they were old
+he gave them dignity and individual character, and the under-nurse
+is much more in accordance with Tabachetti's habitual mental
+attitude than with D'Enrico's or Giacomo Ferro's. Still there are
+only four figures out of the eleven that are mere otiose supers, and
+taking the work as a whole it leaves a pleasant impression as being
+throughout naive and homely, and sometimes, which is of less
+importance, technically excellent.
+
+Allowance must, of course, be made for tawdry accessories and
+repeated coats of shiny oleaginous paint--very disagreeable where it
+has peeled off and almost more so where it has not. What work could
+stand against such treatment as the Valsesian terra-cotta figures
+have had to put up with? Take the Venus of Milo; let her be done in
+terra-cotta, and have run, not much, but still something, in the
+baking; paint her pink, two oils, all over, and then varnish her--it
+will help to preserve the paint; glue a lot of horsehair on to her
+pate, half of which shall have come off, leaving the glue still
+showing; scrape her, not too thoroughly, get the village drawing-
+master to paint her again, and the drawing-master in the next
+provincial town to put a forest background behind her with the
+brightest emerald-green leaves that he can do for the money; let
+this painting and scraping and repainting be repeated several times
+over; festoon her with pink and white flowers made of tissue paper;
+surround her with the cheapest German imitations of the cheapest
+decorations that Birmingham can produce; let the night air and
+winter fogs get at her for three hundred years, and how easy, I
+wonder, will it be to see the goddess who will be still in great
+part there? True, in the case of the Birth of the Virgin chapel at
+Montrigone, there is no real hair and no fresco background, but time
+has had abundant opportunities without these. I will conclude my
+notice of this chapel by saying that on the left, above the door
+through which the under-under-nurse's drudge is about to pass, there
+is a good painted terra-cotta bust, said--but I believe on no
+authority--to be a portrait of Giovanni d'Enrico. Others say that
+the Virgin's grandmother is Giovanni d'Enrico, but this is even more
+absurd than supposing her to be St. Joachim.
+
+The next chapel to the Birth of the Virgin is that of the
+Sposalizio. There is no figure here which suggests Tabachetti, but
+still there are some very good ones. The best have no taint of
+barocco; the man who did them, whoever he may have been, had
+evidently a good deal of life and go, was taking reasonable pains,
+and did not know too much. Where this is the case no work can fail
+to please. Some of the figures have real hair and some terra-cotta.
+There is no fresco background worth mentioning. A man sitting on
+the steps of the altar with a book on his lap, and holding up his
+hand to another, who is leaning over him and talking to him, is
+among the best figures; some of the disappointed suitors who are
+breaking their wands are also very good.
+
+The angel in the Annunciation chapel, which comes next in order, is
+a fine, burly, ship's-figurehead, commercial-hotel sort of being
+enough, but the Virgin is very ordinary. There is no real hair and
+no fresco background, only three dingy old blistered pictures of no
+interest whatever.
+
+In the Visit of Mary to Elizabeth there are three pleasing
+subordinate lady attendants, two to the left and one to the right of
+the principal figures; but these figures themselves are not
+satisfactory. There is no fresco background. Some of the figures
+have real hair and some terra-cotta.
+
+In the Circumcision and Purification chapel--for both these events
+seem contemplated in the one that follows--there are doves, but
+there is neither dog nor knife. Still Simeon, who has the infant
+Saviour in his arms, is looking at him in a way which can only mean
+that, knife or no knife, the matter is not going to end here. At
+Varallo they have now got a dreadful knife for the Circumcision
+chapel. They had none last winter. What they have now got would do
+very well to kill a bullock with, but could not be used
+professionally with safety for any animal smaller than a rhinoceros.
+I imagine that someone was sent to Novara to buy a knife, and that,
+thinking it was for the Massacre of the Innocents chapel, he got the
+biggest he could see. Then when he brought it back people said
+"chow" several times, and put it upon the table and went away.
+
+Returning to Montrigone, the Simeon is an excellent figure, and the
+Virgin is fairly good, but the prophetess Anna, who stands just
+behind her, is by far the most interesting in the group, and is
+alone enough to make me feel sure that Tabachetti gave more or less
+help here, as he had done years before at Orta. She, too, like the
+Virgin's grandmother, is a widow lady, and wears collars of a cut
+that seems to have prevailed ever since the Virgin was born some
+twenty years previously. There is a largeness and simplicity of
+treatment about the figure to which none but an artist of the
+highest rank can reach, and D'Enrico was not more than a second or
+third-rate man. The hood is like Handel's Truth sailing upon the
+broad wings of Time, a prophetic strain that nothing but the old
+experience of a great poet can reach. The lips of the prophetess
+are for the moment closed, but she has been prophesying all the
+morning, and the people round the wall in the background are in
+ecstasies at the lucidity with which she has explained all sorts of
+difficulties that they had never been able to understand till now.
+They are putting their forefingers on their thumbs and their thumbs
+on their forefingers, and saying how clearly they see it all and
+what a wonderful woman Anna is. A prophet indeed is not generally
+without honour save in his own country, but then a country is
+generally not without honour save with its own prophet, and Anna has
+been glorifying her country rather than reviling it. Besides, the
+rule may not have applied to prophetesses.
+
+The Death of the Virgin is the last of the six chapels inside the
+church itself. The Apostles, who of course are present, have all of
+them real hair, but, if I may say so, they want a wash and a brush-
+up so very badly that I cannot feel any confidence in writing about
+them. I should say that, take them all round, they are a good
+average sample of apostle as apostles generally go. Two or three of
+them are nervously anxious to find appropriate quotations in books
+that lie open before them, which they are searching with eager
+haste; but I do not see one figure about which I should like to say
+positively that it is either good or bad. There is a good bust of a
+man, matching the one in the Birth of the Virgin chapel, which is
+said to be a portrait of Giovanni d'Enrico, but it is not known whom
+it represents.
+
+Outside the church, in three contiguous cells that form part of the
+foundations, are:--
+
+1. A dead Christ, the head of which is very impressive, while the
+rest of the figure is poor. I examined the treatment of the hair,
+which is terra-cotta, and compared it with all other like hair in
+the chapels above described; I could find nothing like it, and think
+it most likely that Giacomo Ferro did the figure, and got Tabachetti
+to do the head, or that they brought the head from some unused
+figure by Tabachetti at Varallo, for I know no other artist of the
+time and neighbourhood who could have done it.
+
+2. A Magdalene in the desert. The desert is a little coal-cellar
+of an arch, containing a skull and a profusion of pink and white
+paper bouquets, the two largest of which the Magdalene is hugging
+while she is saying her prayers. She is a very self-sufficient
+lady, who we may be sure will not stay in the desert a day longer
+than she can help, and while there will flirt even with the skull if
+she can find nothing better to flirt with. I cannot think that her
+repentance is as yet genuine, and as for her praying there is no
+object in her doing so, for she does not want anything.
+
+3. In the next desert there is a very beautiful figure of St. John
+the Baptist kneeling and looking upwards. This figure puzzles me
+more than any other at Montrigone; it appears to be of the fifteenth
+rather than the sixteenth century; it hardly reminds me of
+Gaudenzio, and still less of any other Valsesian artist. It is a
+work of unusual beauty, but I can form no idea as to its authorship.
+
+I wrote the foregoing pages in the church at Montrigone itself,
+having brought my camp-stool with me. It was Sunday; the church was
+open all day, but there was no Mass said, and hardly anyone came.
+The sacristan was a kind, gentle, little old man, who let me do
+whatever I wanted. He sat on the doorstep of the main door, mending
+vestments, and to this end was cutting up a fine piece of figured
+silk from one to two hundred years old, which, if I could have got
+it, for half its value, I should much like to have bought. I sat in
+the cool of the church while he sat in the doorway, which was still
+in shadow, snipping and snipping, and then sewing, I am sure with
+admirable neatness. He made a charming picture, with the arched
+portico over his head, the green grass and low church wall behind
+him, and then a lovely landscape of wood and pasture and valleys and
+hillside. Every now and then he would come and chirrup about
+Joachim, for he was pained and shocked at my having said that his
+Joachim was someone else and not Joachim at all. I said I was very
+sorry, but I was afraid the figure was a woman. He asked me what he
+was to do. He had known it, man and boy, this sixty years, and had
+always shown it as St. Joachim; he had never heard anyone but myself
+question his ascription, and could not suddenly change his mind
+about it at the bidding of a stranger. At the same time he felt it
+was a very serious thing to continue showing it as the Virgin's
+father if it was really her grandmother. I told him I thought this
+was a case for his spiritual director, and that if he felt
+uncomfortable about it he should consult his parish priest and do as
+he was told.
+
+On leaving Montrigone, with a pleasant sense of having made
+acquaintance with a new and, in many respects, interesting work, I
+could not get the sacristan and our difference of opinion out of my
+head. What, I asked myself, are the differences that unhappily
+divide Christendom, and what are those that divide Christendom from
+modern schools of thought, but a seeing of Joachims as the Virgin's
+grandmothers on a larger scale? True, we cannot call figures
+Joachim when we know perfectly well that they are nothing of the
+kind; but I registered a vow that henceforward when I called
+Joachims the Virgin's grandmothers I would bear more in mind than I
+have perhaps always hitherto done, how hard it is for those who have
+been taught to see them as Joachims to think of them as something
+different. I trust that I have not been unfaithful to this vow in
+the preceding article. If the reader differs from me, let me ask
+him to remember how hard it is for one who has got a figure well
+into his head as the Virgin's grandmother to see it as Joachim.
+
+
+
+
+
+A Medieval Girl School {166}
+
+
+This last summer I revisited Oropa, near Biella, to see what
+connection I could find between the Oropa chapels and those at
+Varallo. I will take this opportunity of describing the chapels at
+Oropa, and more especially the remarkable fossil, or petrified girl
+school, commonly known as the Dimora, or Sojourn of the Virgin Mary
+in the Temple.
+
+If I do not take these works so seriously as the reader may expect,
+let me beg him, before he blames me, to go to Oropa and see the
+originals for himself. Have the good people of Oropa themselves
+taken them very seriously? Are we in an atmosphere where we need be
+at much pains to speak with bated breath? We, as is well known,
+love to take even our pleasures sadly; the Italians take even their
+sadness allegramente, and combine devotion with amusement in a
+manner that we shall do well to study if not imitate. For this best
+agrees with what we gather to have been the custom of Christ
+himself, who, indeed, never speaks of austerity but to condemn it.
+If Christianity is to be a living faith, it must penetrate a man's
+whole life, so that he can no more rid himself of it than he can of
+his flesh and bones or of his breathing. The Christianity that can
+be taken up and laid down as if it were a watch or a book is
+Christianity in name only. The true Christian can no more part from
+Christ in mirth than in sorrow. And, after all, what is the essence
+of Christianity? What is the kernel of the nut? Surely common
+sense and cheerfulness, with unflinching opposition to the
+charlatanisms and Pharisaisms of a man's own times. The essence of
+Christianity lies neither in dogma, nor yet in abnormally holy life,
+but in faith in an unseen world, in doing one's duty, in speaking
+the truth, in finding the true life rather in others than in
+oneself, and in the certain hope that he who loses his life on these
+behalfs finds more than he has lost. What can Agnosticism do
+against such Christianity as this? I should be shocked if anything
+I had ever written or shall ever write should seem to make light of
+these things. I should be shocked also if _I_ did not know how to
+be amused with things that amiable people obviously intended to be
+amusing.
+
+The reader may need to be reminded that Oropa is among the somewhat
+infrequent sanctuaries at which the Madonna and infant Christ are
+not white, but black. I shall return to this peculiarity of Oropa
+later on, but will leave it for the present. For the general
+characteristics of the place I must refer the reader to my book Alps
+and Sanctuaries. I propose to confine myself here to the ten or a
+dozen chapels containing life-sized terra-cotta figures, painted up
+to nature, that form one of the main features of the place. At a
+first glance, perhaps, all these chapels will seem uninteresting; I
+venture to think, however, that some, if not most of them, though
+falling a good deal short of the best work at Varallo and Crea, are
+still in their own way of considerable importance. The first chapel
+with which we need concern ourselves is numbered 4, and shows the
+Conception of the Virgin Mary. It represents St. Anne as kneeling
+before a terrific dragon or, as the Italians call it, "insect,"
+about the size of a Crystal Palace pleiosaur. This "insect" is
+supposed to have just had its head badly crushed by St. Anne, who
+seems to be begging its pardon. The text "Ipsa conteret caput tuum"
+is written outside the chapel. The figures have no artistic
+interest. As regards dragons being called insects, the reader may
+perhaps remember that the island of S. Giulio, in the Lago d'Orta,
+was infested with insetti, which S. Giulio destroyed, and which
+appear, in a fresco underneath the church on the island, to have
+been monstrous and ferocious dragons; but I cannot remember whether
+their bodies are divided into three sections, and whether or no they
+have exactly six legs--without which, I am told, they cannot be true
+insects.
+
+The fifth chapel represents the Birth of the Virgin. Having
+obtained permission to go inside it, I found the date 1715 cut large
+and deep on the back of one figure before baking, and I imagine that
+this date covers the whole. There is a Queen Anne feeling
+throughout the composition, and if we were told that the sculptor
+and Francis Bird, sculptor of the statue in front of St. Paul's
+Cathedral, had studied under the same master, we could very well
+believe it. The apartment in which the Virgin was born is spacious,
+and in striking contrast to the one in which she herself gave birth
+to the Redeemer. St. Anne occupies the centre of the composition,
+in an enormous bed; on her right there is a lady of the George
+Cruikshank style of beauty, and on the left an older person. Both
+are gesticulating and impressing upon St. Anne the enormous
+obligation she has just conferred upon mankind; they seem also to be
+imploring her not to overtax her strength, but, strange to say, they
+are giving her neither flowers nor anything to eat and drink. I
+know no other birth of the Virgin in which St. Anne wants so little
+keeping up.
+
+I have explained in my book Ex Voto, but should perhaps repeat here,
+that the distinguishing characteristic of the Birth of the Virgin,
+as rendered by Valsesian artists, is that St. Anne always has eggs
+immediately after the infant is born, and usually a good deal more,
+whereas the Madonna never has anything to eat or drink. The eggs
+are in accordance with a custom that still prevails among the
+peasant classes in the Valsesia, where women on giving birth to a
+child generally are given a sabaglione--an egg beaten up with a
+little wine, or rum, and sugar. East of Milan the Virgin's mother
+does not have eggs, and I suppose, from the absence of the eggs at
+Oropa, that the custom above referred to does not prevail in the
+Biellese district. The Virgin also is invariably washed. St. John
+the Baptist, when he is born at all, which is not very often, is
+also washed; but I have not observed that St. Elizabeth has anything
+like the attention paid her that is given to St. Anne. What,
+however, is wanting here at Oropa in meat and drink is made up in
+Cupids; they swarm like flies on the walls, clouds, cornices, and
+capitals of columns.
+
+Against the right-hand wall are two lady-helps, each warming a towel
+at a glowing fire, to be ready against the baby should come out of
+its bath; while in the right-hand foreground we have the levatrice,
+who having discharged her task, and being now so disposed, has
+removed the bottle from the chimney-piece, and put it near some
+bread, fruit and a chicken, over which she is about to discuss the
+confinement with two other gossips. The levatrice is a very
+characteristic figure, but the best in the chapel is the one of the
+head-nurse, near the middle of the composition; she has now the
+infant in full charge, and is showing it to St. Joachim, with an
+expression as though she were telling him that her husband was a
+merry man. I am afraid Shakespeare was dead before the sculptor was
+born, otherwise I should have felt certain that he had drawn
+Juliet's nurse from this figure. As for the little Virgin herself,
+I believe her to be a fine boy of about ten months old. Viewing the
+work as a whole, if I only felt more sure what artistic merit really
+is, I should say that, though the chapel cannot be rated very highly
+from some standpoints, there are others from which it may be praised
+warmly enough. It is innocent of anatomy-worship, free from
+affectation or swagger, and not devoid of a good deal of homely
+naivete. It can no more be compared with Tabachetti or Donatello
+than Hogarth can with Rembrandt or Giovanni Bellini; but as it does
+not transcend the limitations of its age, so neither is it wanting
+in whatever merits that age possessed; and there is no age without
+merits of some kind. There is no inscription saying who made the
+figures, but tradition gives them to Pietro Aureggio Termine, of
+Biella, commonly called Aureggio. This is confirmed by their strong
+resemblance to those in the Dimora Chapel, in which there is an
+inscription that names Aureggio as the sculptor.
+
+The sixth chapel deals with the Presentation of the Virgin in the
+Temple. The Virgin is very small, but it must be remembered that
+she is only seven years old and she is not nearly so small as she is
+at Crea, where though a life-sized figure is intended, the head is
+hardly bigger than an apple. She is rushing up the steps with open
+arms towards the High Priest, who is standing at the top. For her
+it is nothing alarming; it is the High Priest who appears
+frightened; but it will all come right in time. The Virgin seems to
+be saying, "Why, don't you know me? I'm the Virgin Mary." But the
+High Priest does not feel so sure about that, and will make further
+inquiries. The scene, which comprises some twenty figures, is
+animated enough, and though it hardly kindles enthusiasm, still does
+not fail to please. It looks as though of somewhat older date than
+the Birth of the Virgin chapel, and I should say shows more signs of
+direct Valsesian influence. In Marocco's book about Oropa it is
+ascribed to Aureggio, but I find it difficult to accept this.
+
+The seventh, and in many respects most interesting chapel at Oropa,
+shows what is in reality a medieval Italian girl school, as nearly
+like the thing itself as the artist could make it; we are expected,
+however, to see in this the high-class kind of Girton College for
+young gentlewomen that was attached to the Temple at Jerusalem,
+under the direction of the Chief Priest's wife, or some one of his
+near female relatives. Here all well-to-do Jewish young women
+completed their education, and here accordingly we find the Virgin,
+whose parents desired she should shine in every accomplishment, and
+enjoy all the advantages their ample means commanded.
+
+I have met with no traces of the Virgin during the years between her
+Presentation in the Temple and her becoming head girl at Temple
+College. These years, we may be assured, can hardly have been other
+than eventful; but incidents, or bits of life, are like living
+forms--it is only here and there, as by rare chance, that one of
+them gets arrested and fossilized; the greater number disappear like
+the greater number of antediluvian molluscs, and no one can say why
+one of these flies, as it were, of life should get preserved in
+amber more than another. Talk, indeed, about luck and cunning; what
+a grain of sand as against a hundredweight is cunning's share here
+as against luck's. What moment could be more humdrum and unworthy
+of special record than the one chosen by the artist for the chapel
+we are considering? Why should this one get arrested in its flight
+and made immortal when so many worthier ones have perished? Yet
+preserved it assuredly is; it is as though some fairy's wand had
+struck the medieval Miss Pinkerton, Amelia Sedley, and others who do
+duty instead of the Hebrew originals. It has locked them up as
+sleeping beauties, whose charms all may look upon. Surely the hours
+are like the women grinding at the mill--the one is taken and the
+other left, and none can give the reason more than he can say why
+Gallio should have won immortality by caring for none of "these
+things."
+
+It seems to me, moreover, that fairies have changed their practice
+now in the matter of sleeping beauties, much as shopkeepers have
+done in Regent Street. Formerly the shopkeeper used to shut up his
+goods behind strong shutters, so that no one might see them after
+closing hours. Now he leaves everything open to the eye and turns
+the gas on. So the fairies, who used to lock up their sleeping
+beauties in impenetrable thickets, now leave them in the most public
+places they can find, as knowing that they will there most certainly
+escape notice. Look at De Hooghe; look at The Pilgrim's Progress,
+or even Shakespeare himself--how long they slept unawakened, though
+they were in broad daylight and on the public thoroughfares all the
+time. Look at Tabachetti, and the masterpieces he left at Varallo.
+His figures there are exposed to the gaze of every passer-by; yet
+who heeds them? Who, save a very few, even know of their existence?
+Look again at Gaudenzio Ferrari, or the "Danse des Paysans," by
+Holbein, to which I ventured to call attention in the Universal
+Review. No, no; if a thing be in Central Africa, it is the glory of
+this age to find it out; so the fairies think it safer to conceal
+their proteges under a show of openness; for the schoolmaster is
+much abroad, and there is no hedge so thick or so thorny as the
+dulness of culture.
+
+It may be, again, that ever so many years hence, when Mr. Darwin's
+earth-worms shall have buried Oropa hundreds of feet deep, someone
+sinking a well or making a railway-cutting will unearth these
+chapels, and will believe them to have been houses, and to contain
+the exuviae of the living forms that tenanted them. In the
+meantime, however, let us return to a consideration of the chapel as
+it may now be seen by anyone who cares to pass that way.
+
+The work consists of about forty figures in all, not counting
+Cupids, and is divided into four main divisions. First, there is
+the large public sitting-room or drawing-room of the College, where
+the elder young ladies are engaged in various elegant employments.
+Three, at a table to the left, are making a mitre for the Bishop, as
+may be seen from the model on the table. Some are merely spinning
+or about to spin. One young lady, sitting rather apart from the
+others, is doing an elaborate piece of needlework at a tambour-frame
+near the window; others are making lace or slippers, probably for
+the new curate; another is struggling with a letter, or perhaps a
+theme, which seems to be giving her a good deal of trouble, but
+which, when done, will, I am sure, be beautiful. One dear little
+girl is simply reading Paul and Virginia underneath the window, and
+is so concealed that I hardly think she can be seen from the outside
+at all, though from inside she is delightful; it was with great
+regret that I could not get her into any photograph. One most
+amiable young woman has got a child's head on her lap, the child
+having played itself to sleep. All are industriously and agreeably
+employed in some way or other; all are plump; all are nice-looking;
+there is not one Becky Sharp in the whole school; on the contrary,
+as in "Pious Orgies," all is pious--or sub-pious--and all, if not
+great, is at least eminently respectable. One feels that St.
+Joachim and St. Anne could not have chosen a school more
+judiciously, and that if one had a daughter oneself this is exactly
+where one would wish to place her. If there is a fault of any kind
+in the arrangements, it is that they do not keep cats enough. The
+place is overrun with mice, though what these can find to eat I know
+not. It occurs to me also that the young ladies might be kept a
+little more free of spiders' webs; but in all these chapels, bats,
+mice, and spiders are troublesome.
+
+Off the main drawing-room on the side facing the window there is a
+dais, which is approached by a large raised semicircular step,
+higher than the rest of the floor, but lower than the dais itself.
+The dais is, of course, reserved for the venerable Lady Principal
+and the under-mistresses, one of whom, by the way, is a little more
+mondaine than might have been expected, and is admiring herself in a
+looking-glass--unless, indeed, she is only looking to see if there
+is a spot of ink on her face. The Lady Principal is seated near a
+table, on which lie some books in expensive bindings, which I
+imagine to have been presented to her by the parents of pupils who
+were leaving school. One has given her a photographic album;
+another a large scrapbook, for illustrations of all kinds; a third
+volume has red edges, and is presumably of a devotional character.
+If I dared venture another criticism, I should say it would be
+better not to keep the ink-pot on the top of these books. The Lady
+Principal is being read to by the monitress for the week, whose duty
+it was to recite selected passages from the most approved Hebrew
+writers; she appears to be a good deal outraged, possibly at the
+faulty intonation of the reader, which she has long tried vainly to
+correct; or perhaps she has been hearing of the atrocious way in
+which her forefathers had treated the prophets, and is explaining to
+the young ladies how impossible it would be, in their own more
+enlightened age, for a prophet to fail of recognition.
+
+On the half-dais, as I suppose the large semicircular step between
+the main room and the dais should be called, we find, first, the
+monitress for the week, who stands up while she recites; and
+secondly, the Virgin herself, who is the only pupil allowed a seat
+so near to the august presence of the Lady Principal. She is
+ostensibly doing a piece of embroidery which is stretched on a
+cushion on her lap, but I should say that she was chiefly interested
+in the nearest of four pretty little Cupids, who are all trying to
+attract her attention, though they pay no court to any other young
+lady. I have sometimes wondered whether the obviously scandalized
+gesture of the Lady Principal might not be directed at these Cupids,
+rather than at anything the monitress may have been reading, for she
+would surely find them disquieting. Or she may be saying, "Why,
+bless me! I do declare the Virgin has got another hamper, and St.
+Anne's cakes are always so terribly rich!" Certainly the hamper is
+there, close to the Virgin, and the Lady Principal's action may be
+well directed at it, but it may have been sent to some other young
+lady, and be put on the sub-dais for public exhibition. It looks as
+if it might have come from Fortnum and Mason's, and I half expected
+to find a label, addressing it to "The Virgin Mary, Temple College,
+Jerusalem," but if ever there was one the mice have long since eaten
+it. The Virgin herself does not seem to care much about it, but if
+she has a fault it is that she is generally a little apathetic.
+
+Whose the hamper was, however, is a point we shall never now
+certainly determine, for the best fossil is worse than the worst
+living form. Why, alas! was not Mr. Edison alive when this chapel
+was made? We might then have had a daily phonographic recital of
+the conversation, and an announcement might be put outside the
+chapels, telling us at what hours the figures would speak.
+
+On either side of the main room there are two annexes opening out
+from it; these are reserved chiefly for the younger children, some
+of whom, I think, are little boys. In the left annex, behind the
+ladies who are making a mitre, there is a child who has got a cake,
+and another has some fruit--possibly given them by the Virgin--and a
+third child is begging for some of it. The light failed so
+completely here that I was not able to photograph any of these
+figures. It was a dull September afternoon, and the clouds had
+settled thick round the chapel, which is never very light, and is
+nearly 4000 feet above the sea. I waited till such twilight as made
+it hopeless that more detail could be got--and a queer ghostly place
+enough it was to wait in--but after giving the plate an exposure of
+fifty minutes, I saw I could get no more, and desisted.
+
+These long photographic exposures have the advantage that one is
+compelled to study a work in detail through mere lack of other
+employment, and that one can take one's notes in peace without being
+tempted to hurry over them; but even so I continually find I have
+omitted to note, and have clean forgotten, much that I want later
+on.
+
+In the other annex there are also one or two younger children, but
+it seems to have been set apart for conversation and relaxation more
+than any other part of the establishment.
+
+I have already said that the work is signed by an inscription inside
+the chapel, to the effect that the sculptures are by Pietro Aureggio
+Termine di Biella. It will be seen that the young ladies are
+exceedingly like one another, and that the artist aimed at nothing
+more than a faithful rendering of the life of his own times. Let us
+be thankful that he aimed at nothing less. Perhaps his wife kept a
+girls' school; or he may have had a large family of fat, good-
+natured daughters, whose little ways he had studied attentively; at
+all events the work is full of spontaneous incident, and cannot fail
+to become more and more interesting as the age it renders falls
+farther back into the past. It is to be regretted that many
+artists, better-known men, have not been satisfied with the humbler
+ambitions of this most amiable and interesting sculptor. If he has
+left us no laboured life-studies, he has at least done something for
+us which we can find nowhere else, which we should be very sorry not
+to have, and the fidelity of which to Italian life at the beginning
+of the eighteenth century will not be disputed.
+
+The eighth chapel is that of the Sposalizio, is certainly not by
+Aureggio, and I should say was mainly by the same sculptor who did
+the Presentation in the Temple. On going inside I found the figures
+had come from more than one source; some of them are constructed so
+absolutely on Valsesian principles, as regards technique, that it
+may be assumed they came from Varallo. Each of these last figures
+is in three pieces, that are baked separately and cemented together
+afterwards, hence they are more easily transported; no more clay is
+used than is absolutely necessary; and the off-side of the figure is
+neglected; they will be found chiefly, if not entirely, at the top
+of the steps. The other figures are more solidly built, and do not
+remind me in their business features of anything in the Valsesia.
+There was a sculptor, Francesco Sala, of Locarno (doubtless the
+village a short distance below Varallo, and not the Locarno on the
+Lago Maggiore), who made designs for some of the Oropa chapels, and
+some of whose letters are still preserved, but whether the Valsesian
+figures in this present work are by him or not I cannot say.
+
+The statues are twenty-five in number; I could find no date or
+signature; the work reminds me of Montrigone; several of the figures
+are not at all bad, and several have horsehair for hair, as at
+Varallo. The effect of the whole composition is better than we have
+a right to expect from any sculpture dating from the beginning of
+the eighteenth century.
+
+The ninth chapel, the Annunciation, presents no feature of interest;
+nor yet does the tenth, the Visit of Mary to Elizabeth. The
+eleventh, the Nativity, though rather better, is still not
+remarkable.
+
+The twelfth, the Purification, is absurdly bad, but I do not know
+whether the expression of strong personal dislike to the Virgin
+which the High Priest wears is intended as prophetic, or whether it
+is the result of incompetence, or whether it is merely a smile gone
+wrong in the baking. It is amusing to find Marocco, who has not
+been strict about archaeological accuracy hitherto, complain here
+that there is an anachronism, inasmuch as some young ecclesiastics
+are dressed as they would be at present, and one of them actually
+carries a wax candle. This is not as it should be; in works like
+those at Oropa, where implicit reliance is justly placed on the
+earnest endeavours that have been so successfully made to thoroughly
+and carefully and patiently ensure the accuracy of the minutest
+details, it is a pity that even a single error should have escaped
+detection; this, however, has most unfortunately happened here, and
+Marocco feels it his duty to put us on our guard. He explains that
+the mistake arose from the sculptor's having taken both his general
+arrangement and his details from some picture of the fourteenth or
+fifteenth century, when the value of the strictest historical
+accuracy was not yet so fully understood.
+
+It seems to me that in the matter of accuracy, priests and men of
+science whether lay or regular on the one hand, and plain people
+whether lay or regular on the other, are trying to play a different
+game, and fail to understand one another because they do not see
+that their objects are not the same. The cleric and the man of
+science (who is only the cleric in his latest development) are
+trying to develop a throat with two distinct passages--one that
+shall refuse to pass even the smallest gnat, and another that shall
+gracefully gulp even the largest camel; whereas we men of the street
+desire but one throat, and are content that this shall swallow
+nothing bigger than a pony. Everyone knows that there is no such
+effectual means of developing the power to swallow camels as
+incessant watchfulness for opportunities of straining at gnats, and
+this should explain many passages that puzzle us in the work both of
+our clerics and our scientists. I, not being a man of science,
+still continue to do what I said I did in Alps and Sanctuaries, and
+make it a rule to earnestly and patiently and carefully swallow a
+few of the smallest gnats I can find several times a day, as the
+best astringent for the throat I know of.
+
+The thirteenth chapel is the Marriage Feast at Cana of Galilee.
+This is the best chapel as a work of art; indeed, it is the only one
+which can claim to be taken quite seriously. Not that all the
+figures are very good; those to the left of the composition are
+commonplace enough; nor are the Christ and the giver of the feast at
+all remarkable; but the ten or dozen figures of guests and
+attendants at the right-hand end of the work are as good as anything
+of their kind can be, and remind me so strongly of Tabachetti that I
+cannot doubt they were done by someone who was indirectly influenced
+by that great sculptor's work. It is not likely that Tabachetti was
+alive long after 1640, by which time he would have been about eighty
+years old; and the foundations of this chapel were not laid till
+about 1690; the statues are probably a few years later; they can
+hardly, therefore, be by one who had even studied under Tabachetti;
+but until I found out the dates, and went inside the chapel to see
+the way in which the figures had been constructed, I was inclined to
+think they might be by Tabachetti himself, of whom, indeed, they are
+not unworthy. On examining the figures I found them more heavily
+constructed than Tabachetti's are, with smaller holes for taking out
+superfluous clay, and more finished on the off-sides. Marocco says
+the sculptor is not known. I looked in vain for any date or
+signature. Possibly the right-hand figures (for the left-hand ones
+can hardly be by the same hand) may be by some sculptor from Crea,
+which is at no very great distance from Oropa, who was penetrated by
+Tabachetti's influence; but whether as regards action and concert
+with one another, or as regards excellence in detail, I do not see
+how anything can be more realistic, and yet more harmoniously
+composed. The placing of the musicians in a minstrels' gallery
+helps the effect; these musicians are six in number, and the other
+figures are twenty-three. Under the table, between Christ and the
+giver of the feast, there is a cat.
+
+The fourteenth chapel, the Assumption of the Virgin Mary, is without
+interest.
+
+The fifteenth, the Coronation of the Virgin, contains forty-six
+angels, twenty-six cherubs, fifty-six saints, the Holy Trinity, the
+Madonna herself, and twenty-four innocents, making 156 statues in
+all. Of these I am afraid there is not one of more than ordinary
+merit; the most interesting is a half-length nude life-study of
+Disma--the good thief. After what had been promised him it was
+impossible to exclude him, but it was felt that a half-length nude
+figure would be as much as he could reasonably expect.
+
+Behind the sanctuary there is a semi-ruinous and wholly valueless
+work, which shows the finding of the black image, which is now in
+the church, but is only shown on great festivals.
+
+This leads us to a consideration that I have delayed till now. The
+black image is the central feature of Oropa; it is the raison d'etre
+of the whole place, and all else is a mere incrustation, so to
+speak, around it. According to this image, then, which was carved
+by St. Luke himself, and than which nothing can be better
+authenticated, both the Madonna and the infant Christ were as black
+as anything can be conceived. It is not likely that they were as
+black as they have been painted; no one yet ever was so black as
+that; yet, even allowing for some exaggeration on St. Luke's part,
+they must have been exceedingly black if the portrait is to be
+accepted; and uncompromisingly black they accordingly are on most of
+the wayside chapels for many a mile around Oropa. Yet in the
+chapels we have been hitherto considering--works in which, as we
+know, the most punctilious regard has been shown to accuracy--both
+the Virgin and Christ are uncompromisingly white. As in the shops
+under the Colonnade where devotional knick-knacks are sold, you can
+buy a black china image or a white one, whichever you like; so with
+the pictures--the black and white are placed side by side--pagando
+il danaro si puo scegliere. It rests not with history or with the
+Church to say whether the Madonna and Child were black or white, but
+you may settle it for yourself, whichever way you please, or rather
+you are required, with the acquiescence of the Church, to hold that
+they were both black and white at one and the same time.
+
+It cannot be maintained that the Church leaves the matter undecided,
+and by tolerating both types proclaims the question an open one, for
+she acquiesces in the portrait by St. Luke as genuine. How, then,
+justify the whiteness of the Holy Family in the chapels? If the
+portrait is not known as genuine, why set such a stumbling-block in
+our paths as to show us a black Madonna and a white one, both as
+historically accurate, within a few yards of one another?
+
+I ask this not in mockery, but as knowing that the Church must have
+an explanation to give, if she would only give it, and as myself
+unable to find any, even the most far-fetched, that can bring what
+we see at Oropa, Loreto and elsewhere into harmony with modern
+conscience, either intellectual or ethical.
+
+I see, indeed, from an interesting article in the Atlantic Monthly
+for September, 1889, entitled "The Black Madonna of Loreto," that
+black Madonnas were so frequent in ancient Christian art that "some
+of the early writers of the Church felt obliged to account for it by
+explaining that the Virgin was of a very dark complexion, as might
+be proved by the verse of Canticles which says, 'I am black, but
+comely, O ye daughters of Jerusalem.' Others maintained that she
+became black during her sojourn in Egypt. . . . Priests, of to-day,
+say that extreme age and exposure to the smoke of countless altar-
+candles have caused that change in complexion which the more naive
+fathers of the Church attributed to the power of an Egyptian sun";
+but the writer ruthlessly disposes of this supposition by pointing
+out that in nearly all the instances of black Madonnas it is the
+flesh alone that is entirely black, the crimson of the lips, the
+white of the eyes, and the draperies having preserved their original
+colour. The authoress of the article (Mrs. Hilliard) goes on to
+tell us that Pausanias mentions two statues of the black Venus, and
+says that the oldest statue of Ceres among the Phigalenses was
+black. She adds that Minerva Aglaurus, the daughter of Cecrops, at
+Athens, was black; that Corinth had a black Venus, as also the
+Thespians; that the oracles of Dodona and Delphi were founded by
+black doves, the emissaries of Venus, and that the Isis Multimammia
+in the Capitol at Rome is black.
+
+Sometimes I have asked myself whether the Church does not intend to
+suggest that the whole story falls outside the domain of history,
+and is to be held as the one great epos, or myth, common to all
+mankind; adaptable by each nation according to its own several
+needs; translatable, so to speak, into the facts of each individual
+nation, as the written word is translatable into its language, but
+appertaining to the realm of the imagination rather than to that of
+the understanding, and precious for spiritual rather than literal
+truths. More briefly, I have wondered whether she may not intend
+that such details as whether the Virgin was white or black are of
+very little importance in comparison with the basing of ethics on a
+story that shall appeal to black races as well as to white ones.
+
+If so, it is time we were made to understand this more clearly. If
+the Church, whether of Rome or England, would lean to some such view
+as this--tainted though it be with mysticism--if we could see either
+great branch of the Church make a frank, authoritative attempt to
+bring its teaching into greater harmony with the educated
+understanding and conscience of the time, instead of trying to
+fetter that understanding with bonds that gall it daily more and
+more profoundly; then I, for one, in view of the difficulty and
+graciousness of the task, and in view of the great importance of
+historical continuity, would gladly sink much of my own private
+opinion as to the value of the Christian ideal, and would gratefully
+help either Church or both, according to the best of my very feeble
+ability. On these terms, indeed, I could swallow not a few camels
+myself cheerfully enough.
+
+Can we, however, see any signs as though either Rome or England will
+stir hand or foot to meet us? Can any step be pointed to as though
+either Church wished to make things easier for men holding the
+opinions held by the late Mr. Darwin, or by Mr. Herbert Spencer and
+Professor Huxley? How can those who accept evolution with any
+thoroughness accept such doctrines as the Incarnation or the
+Redemption with any but a quasi-allegorical and poetical
+interpretation? Can we conceivably accept these doctrines in the
+literal sense in which the Church advances them? And can the
+leaders of the Church be blind to the resistlessness of the current
+that has set against those literal interpretations which she seems
+to hug more and more closely the more religious life is awakened at
+all? The clergyman is wanted as supplementing the doctor and the
+lawyer in all civilized communities; these three keep watch on one
+another, and prevent one another from becoming too powerful. I, who
+distrust the doctrinaire in science even more than the doctrinaire
+in religion, should view with dismay the abolition of the Church of
+England, as knowing that a blatant bastard science would instantly
+step into her shoes; but if some such deplorable consummation is to
+be avoided in England, it can only be through more evident leaning
+on the part of our clergy to such an interpretation of the Sacred
+History as the presence of a black and white Madonna almost side by
+side at Oropa appears to suggest.
+
+I fear that in these last paragraphs I may have trenched on
+dangerous ground, but it is not possible to go to such places as
+Oropa without asking oneself what they mean and involve. As for the
+average Italian pilgrims, they do not appear to give the matter so
+much as a thought. They love Oropa, and flock to it in thousands
+during the summer; the President of the Administration assured me
+that they lodged, after a fashion, as many as ten thousand pilgrims
+on the 15th of last August. It is astonishing how living the
+statues are to these people, and how the wicked are upbraided and
+the good applauded. At Varallo, since I took the photographs I
+published in my book Ex Voto, an angry pilgrim has smashed the nose
+of the dwarf in Tabachetti's Journey to Calvary, for no other reason
+than inability to restrain his indignation against one who was
+helping to inflict pain on Christ. It is the real hair and the
+painting up to nature that does this. Here at Oropa I found a paper
+on the floor of the Sposalizio Chapel, which ran as follows:--
+
+"By the grace of God and the will of the administrative chapter of
+this sanctuary, there have come here to work --- ---, mason, --- ---
+, carpenter, and --- ---, plumber, all of Chiavazza, on the twenty-
+first day of January, 1886, full of cold (pieni di freddo).
+
+"They write these two lines to record their visit. They pray the
+Blessed Virgin that she will maintain them safe and sound from
+everything equivocal that may befall them (sempre sani e salvi da
+ogni equivoco li possa accadere). Oh, farewell! We reverently
+salute all the present statues, and especially the Blessed Virgin,
+and the reader."
+
+Through the Universal Review, I suppose, all its readers are to
+consider themselves saluted; at any rate, these good fellows, in the
+effusiveness of their hearts, actually wrote the above in pencil. I
+was sorely tempted to steal it, but, after copying it, left it in
+the Chief Priest's hands instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+Art in the Valley of Saas {188}
+
+
+Having been told by Mr. Fortescue, of the British Museum, that there
+were some chapels at Saas-Fee which bore analogy to those at
+Varallo, described in my book Ex Voto, I went to Saas during this
+last summer, and venture now to lay my conclusions before the
+reader.
+
+The chapels are fifteen in number, and lead up to a larger and
+singularly graceful one, rather more than half-way between Saas and
+Saas-Fee. This is commonly but wrongly called the chapel of St.
+Joseph, for it is dedicated to the Virgin, and its situation is of
+such extreme beauty--the great Fee glaciers showing through the open
+portico--that it is in itself worth a pilgrimage. It is surrounded
+by noble larches and overhung by rock; in front of the portico there
+is a small open space covered with grass, and a huge larch, the stem
+of which is girt by a rude stone seat. The portico itself contains
+seats for worshippers, and a pulpit from which the preacher's voice
+can reach the many who must stand outside. The walls of the inner
+chapel are hung with votive pictures, some of them very quaint and
+pleasing, and not overweighted by those qualities that are usually
+dubbed by the name of artistic merit. Innumerable wooden and waxen
+representations of arms, legs, eyes, ears and babies tell of the
+cures that have been effected during two centuries of devotion, and
+can hardly fail to awaken a kindly sympathy with the long dead and
+forgotten folks who placed them where they are.
+
+The main interest, however, despite the extreme loveliness of the
+St. Mary's Chapel, centres rather in the small and outwardly
+unimportant oratories (if they should be so called) that lead up to
+it. These begin immediately with the ascent from the level ground
+on which the village of Saas-im-Grund is placed, and contain scenes
+in the history of the Redemption, represented by rude but spirited
+wooden figures, each about two feet high, painted, gilt, and
+rendered as life-like in all respects as circumstances would permit.
+The figures have suffered a good deal from neglect, and are still
+not a little misplaced. With the assistance, however, of the Rev.
+E. J. Selwyn, English Chaplain at Saas-im-Grund, I have been able to
+replace many of them in their original positions, as indicated by
+the parts of the figures that are left rough-hewn and unpainted.
+They vary a good deal in interest, and can be easily sneered at by
+those who make a trade of sneering. Those, on the other hand, who
+remain unsophisticated by overmuch art-culture will find them full
+of character in spite of not a little rudeness of execution, and
+will be surprised at coming across such works in a place so remote
+from any art-centre as Saas must have been at the time these chapels
+were made. It will be my business therefore to throw what light I
+can upon the questions how they came to be made at all, and who was
+the artist who designed them.
+
+The only documentary evidence consists in a chronicle of the valley
+of Saas written in the early years of this century by the Rev. Peter
+Jos. Ruppen, and published at Sion in 1851. This work makes
+frequent reference to a manuscript by the Rev. Peter Joseph Clemens
+Lommatter, cure of Saas-Fee from 1738 to 1751, which has
+unfortunately been lost, so that we have no means of knowing how
+closely it was adhered to. The Rev. Jos. Ant. Ruppen, the present
+excellent cure of Saas-im-Grund, assures me that there is no
+reference to the Saas-Fee oratories in the "Actes de l'Eglise" at
+Saas, which I understand go a long way back; but I have not seen
+these myself. Practically, then, we have no more documentary
+evidence than is to be found in the published chronicle above
+referred to.
+
+We there find it stated that the large chapel, commonly, but as
+above explained, wrongly called St. Joseph's, was built in 1687, and
+enlarged by subscription in 1747. These dates appear on the
+building itself, and are no doubt accurate. The writer adds that
+there was no actual edifice on this site before the one now existing
+was built, but there was a miraculous picture of the Virgin placed
+in a mural niche, before which the pious herdsmen and devout
+inhabitants of the valley worshipped under the vault of heaven.
+{190} A miraculous (or miracle-working) picture was always more or
+less rare and important; the present site, therefore, seems to have
+been long one of peculiar sanctity. Possibly the name Fee may point
+to still earlier pagan mysteries on the same site.
+
+As regards the fifteen small chapels, the writer says they
+illustrate the fifteen mysteries of the Psalter, and were built in
+1709, each householder of the Saas-Fee contributing one chapel. He
+adds that Heinrich Andenmatten, afterwards a brother of the Society
+of Jesus, was an especial benefactor or promoter of the undertaking.
+One of the chapels, the Ascension (No. 12 of the series), has the
+date 1709 painted on it; but there is no date on any other chapel,
+and there seems no reason why this should be taken as governing the
+whole series.
+
+Over and above this, there exists in Saas a tradition, as I was told
+immediately on my arrival, by an English visitor, that the chapels
+were built in consequence of a flood, but I have vainly endeavoured
+to trace this story to an indigenous source.
+
+The internal evidence of the wooden figures themselves--nothing
+analogous to which, it should be remembered, can be found in the
+chapel of 1687--points to a much earlier date. I have met with no
+school of sculpture belonging to the early part of the eighteenth
+century to which they can be plausibly assigned; and the supposition
+that they are the work of some unknown local genius who was not led
+up to and left no successors may be dismissed, for the work is too
+scholarly to have come from anyone but a trained sculptor. I refer
+of course to those figures which the artist must be supposed to have
+executed with his own hand, as, for example, the central figure of
+the Crucifixion group and those of the Magdalene and St. John. The
+greater number of the figures were probably, as was suggested to me
+by Mr. Ranshaw, of Lowth, executed by a local wood-carver from
+models in clay and wax furnished by the artist himself. Those who
+examine the play of line in the hair, mantle, and sleeve of the
+Magdalene in the Crucifixion group, and contrast it with the greater
+part of the remaining draperies, will find little hesitation in
+concluding that this was the case, and will ere long readily
+distinguish the two hands from which the figures have mainly come.
+I say "mainly," because there is at least one other sculptor who may
+well have belonged to the year 1709, but who fortunately has left us
+little. Examples of his work may perhaps be seen in the nearest
+villain with a big hat in the Flagellation chapel, and in two
+cherubs in the Assumption of the Virgin.
+
+We may say, then, with some certainty, that the designer was a
+cultivated and practised artist. We may also not less certainly
+conclude that he was of Flemish origin, for the horses in the
+Journey to Calvary and Crucifixion chapels, where alone there are
+any horses at all, are of Flemish breed, with no trace of the Arab
+blood adopted by Gaudenzio at Varallo. The character, moreover, of
+the villains is Northern--of the Quentin Matsys, Martin Schongauer
+type, rather than Italian; the same sub-Rubensesque feeling which is
+apparent in more than one chapel at Varallo is not less evident
+here--especially in the Journey to Calvary and Crucifixion chapels.
+There can hardly, therefore, be a doubt that the artist was a
+Fleming who had worked for several years in Italy.
+
+It is also evident that he had Tabachetti's work at Varallo well in
+his mind. For not only does he adopt certain details of costume (I
+refer particularly to the treatment of soldiers' tunics) which are
+peculiar to Tabachetti at Varallo, but whenever he treats a subject
+which Tabachetti had treated at Varallo, as in the Flagellation,
+Crowning with Thorns, and Journey to Calvary chapels, the work at
+Saas is evidently nothing but a somewhat modified abridgment of that
+at Varallo. When, however, as in the Annunciation, the Nativity,
+the Crucifixion, and other chapels, the work at Varallo is by
+another than Tabachetti, no allusion is made to it. The Saas artist
+has Tabachetti's Varallo work at his finger-ends, but betrays no
+acquaintance whatever with Gaudenzio Ferrari, Gio. Ant. Paracca, or
+Giovanni d'Enrico.
+
+Even, moreover, when Tabachetti's work at Varallo is being most
+obviously drawn from, as in the Journey to Calvary chapel, the Saas
+version differs materially from that at Varallo, and is in some
+respects an improvement on it. The idea of showing other horsemen
+and followers coming up from behind, whose heads can be seen over
+the crown of the interposing hill, is singularly effective as
+suggesting a number of others that are unseen, nor can I conceive
+that anyone but the original designer would follow Tabachetti's
+Varallo design with as much closeness as it has been followed here,
+and yet make such a brilliantly successful modification. The
+stumbling, again, of one horse (a detail almost hidden, according to
+Tabachetti's wont) is a touch which Tabachetti himself might add,
+but which no Saas wood-carver who was merely adapting from a
+reminiscence of Tabachetti's Varallo chapel would be likely to
+introduce. These considerations have convinced me that the designer
+of the chapels at Saas is none other than Tabachetti himself, who,
+as has been now conclusively shown, was a native of Dinant, in
+Belgium.
+
+The Saas chronicler, indeed, avers that the chapels were not built
+till 1709--a statement apparently corroborated by a date now visible
+on one chapel; but we must remember that the chronicler did not
+write until a century or so later than 1709, and though indeed, his
+statement may have been taken from the lost earlier manuscript of
+1738, we know nothing about this either one way or the other. The
+writer may have gone by the still existing 1709 on the Ascension
+chapel, whereas this date may in fact have referred to a
+restoration, and not to an original construction. There is nothing,
+as I have said, in the choice of the chapel on which the date
+appears, to suggest that it was intended to govern the others. I
+have explained that the work is isolated and exotic. It is by one
+in whom Flemish and Italian influences are alike equally
+predominant; by one who was saturated with Tabachetti's Varallo
+work, and who can improve upon it, but over whom the other Varallo
+sculptors have no power. The style of the work is of the sixteenth
+and not of the eighteenth century--with a few obvious exceptions
+that suit the year 1709 exceedingly well. Against such
+considerations as these, a statement made at the beginning of this
+century referring to a century earlier and a promiscuous date upon
+one chapel, can carry but little weight. I shall assume, therefore,
+henceforward, that we have here groups designed in a plastic
+material by Tabachetti, and reproduced in wood by the best local
+wood-sculptor available, with the exception of a few figures cut by
+the artist himself.
+
+We ask, then, at what period in his life did Tabachetti design these
+chapels, and what led to his coming to such an out-of-the-way place
+as Saas at all? We should remember that, according both to Fassola
+and Torrotti (writing in 1671 and 1686 respectively), Tabachetti
+{195} became insane about the year 1586 or early in 1587, after
+having just begun the Salutation chapel. I have explained in Ex
+Voto that I do not believe this story. I have no doubt that
+Tabachetti was declared to be mad, but I believe this to have been
+due to an intrigue, set on foot in order to get a foreign artist out
+of the way, and to secure the Massacre of the Innocents chapel, at
+that precise time undertaken, for Gio. Ant. Paracca, who was an
+Italian.
+
+Or he may have been sacrificed in order to facilitate the return of
+the workers in stucco whom he had superseded on the Sacro Monte. He
+may have been goaded into some imprudence which was seized upon as a
+pretext for shutting him up; at any rate, the fact that when in 1587
+he inherited his father's property at Dinant, his trustee (he being
+expressly stated to be "expatrie") was "datif," "dativus," appointed
+not by himself but by the court, lends colour to the statement that
+he was not his own master at the time; for in later kindred deeds,
+now at Namur, he appoints his own trustee. I suppose, then, that
+Tabachetti was shut up in a madhouse at Varallo for a considerable
+time, during which I can find no trace of him, but that eventually
+he escaped or was released.
+
+Whether he was a fugitive, or whether he was let out from prison, he
+would in either case, in all reasonable probability, turn his face
+homeward. If he was escaping, he would make immediately for the
+Savoy frontier, within which Saas then lay. He would cross the
+Baranca above Fobello, coming down on to Ponte Grande in the Val
+Anzasca. He would go up the Val Anzasca to Macugnaga, and over the
+Monte Moro, which would bring him immediately to Saas. Saas,
+therefore, is the nearest and most natural place for him to make
+for, if he were flying from Varallo, and here I suppose him to have
+halted.
+
+It so happened that on the 9th of September, 1589, there was one of
+the three great outbreaks of the Mattmark See that have from time to
+time devastated the valley of Saas. {196} It is probable that the
+chapels were decided upon in consequence of some grace shown by the
+miraculous picture of the Virgin, which had mitigated a disaster
+occurring so soon after the anniversary of her own Nativity.
+Tabachetti, arriving at this juncture, may have offered to undertake
+them if the Saas people would give him an asylum. Here, at any
+rate, I suppose him to have stayed till some time in 1590, probably
+the second half of it; his design of eventually returning home, if
+he ever entertained it, being then interrupted by a summons to Crea
+near Casale, where I believe him to have worked with a few brief
+interruptions thenceforward for little if at all short of half a
+century, or until about the year 1640. I admit, however, that the
+evidence for assigning him so long a life rests solely on the
+supposed identity of the figure known as "Il Vecchietto," in the
+Varallo Descent from the Cross chapel, with the portrait of
+Tabachetti himself in the Ecce Homo chapel, also at Varallo.
+
+I find additional reason for thinking the chapels owe their origin
+to the inundation of 9th September, 1589, in the fact that the 8th
+of September is made a day of pilgrimage to the Saas-Fee chapels
+throughout the whole valley of Saas. It is true the 8th of
+September is the festival of the Nativity of the Virgin Mary, so
+that under any circumstances this would be a great day, but the fact
+that not only the people of Saas, but the whole valley down to Visp,
+flock to this chapel on the 8th of September, points to the belief
+that some special act of grace on the part of the Virgin was
+vouchsafed on this day in connection with this chapel. A belief
+that it was owing to the intervention of St. Mary of Fee that the
+inundation was not attended with loss of life would be very likely
+to lead to the foundation of a series of chapels leading up to the
+place where her miraculous picture was placed, and to the more
+special celebration of her Nativity in connection with this spot
+throughout the valley of Saas. I have discussed the subject with
+the Rev. Jos. Ant. Ruppen, and he told me he thought the fact that
+the great fete of the year in connection with the Saas-Fee chapels
+was on the 8th of September pointed rather strongly to the
+supposition that there was a connection between these and the
+recorded flood of 9th September, 1589.
+
+Turning to the individual chapels they are as follows:--
+
+1. The Annunciation. The treatment here presents no more analogy
+to that of the same subject at Varallo than is inevitable in the
+nature of the subject. The Annunciation figures at Varallo have
+proved to be mere draped dummies with wooden heads; Tabachetti, even
+though he did the heads, which he very likely did, would take no
+interest in the Varallo work with the same subject. The
+Annunciation, from its very simplicity as well as from the
+transcendental nature of the subject, is singularly hard to treat,
+and the work here, whatever it may once have been, is now no longer
+remarkable.
+
+2. The Salutation of Mary by Elizabeth. This group, again, bears
+no analogy to the Salutation chapel at Varallo, in which
+Tabachetti's share was so small that it cannot be considered as in
+any way his. It is not to be expected, therefore, that the Saas
+chapel should follow the Varallo one. The figures, four in number,
+are pleasing and well arranged. St. Joseph, St. Elizabeth, and St.
+Zacharias are all talking at once. The Virgin is alone silent.
+
+3. The Nativity is much damaged and hard to see. The treatment
+bears no analogy to that adopted by Gaudenzio Ferrari at Varallo.
+There is one pleasing young shepherd standing against the wall, but
+some figures have no doubt (as in others of the chapels)
+disappeared, and those that remain have been so shifted from their
+original positions that very little idea can be formed of what the
+group was like when Tabachetti left it.
+
+4. The Purification. I can hardly say why this chapel should
+remind me, as it does, of the Circumcision chapel at Varallo, for
+there are more figures here than space at Varallo will allow. It
+cannot be pretended that any single figure is of extraordinary
+merit, but amongst them they tell their story with excellent effect.
+Two, those of St. Joseph and St. Anna (?), that doubtless were once
+more important factors in the drama, are now so much in corners near
+the window that they can hardly be seen.
+
+5. The Dispute in the Temple. This subject is not treated at
+Varallo. Here at Saas there are only six doctors now; whether or no
+there were originally more cannot be determined.
+
+6. The Agony in the Garden. Tabachetti had no chapel with this
+subject at Varallo, and there is no resemblance between the Saas
+chapel and that by D'Enrico. The figures are no doubt approximately
+in their original positions, but I have no confidence that I have
+rearranged them correctly. They were in such confusion when I first
+saw them that the Rev. E. J. Selwyn and myself determined to
+rearrange them. They have doubtless been shifted more than once
+since Tabachetti left them. The sleeping figures are all good. St.
+James is perhaps a little prosaic. One Roman soldier who is coming
+into the garden with a lantern, and motioning silence with his hand,
+does duty for the others that are to follow him. I should think
+more than one of these figures is actually carved in wood by
+Tabachetti, allowance being made for the fact that he was working in
+a material with which he was not familiar, and which no sculptor of
+the highest rank has ever found congenial.
+
+7. The Flagellation. Tabachetti has a chapel with this subject at
+Varallo, and the Saas group is obviously a descent with modification
+from his work there. The figure of Christ is so like the one at
+Varallo that I think it must have been carved by Tabachetti himself.
+The man with the hooked nose, who at Varallo is stooping to bind his
+rods, is here upright: it was probably the intention to emphasize
+him in the succeeding scenes as well as this, in the same way as he
+has been emphasized at Varallo, but his nose got pared down in the
+cutting of later scenes, and could not easily be added to. The man
+binding Christ to the column at Varallo is repeated (longo
+intervallo) here, and the whole work is one inspired by that at
+Varallo, though no single figure except that of the Christ is
+adhered to with any very great closeness. I think the nearer
+malefactor, with a goitre, and wearing a large black hat, is either
+an addition of the year 1709, or was done by the journeyman of the
+local sculptor who carved the greater number of the figures. The
+man stooping down to bind his rods can hardly be by the same hand as
+either of the two black-hatted malefactors, but it is impossible to
+speak with certainty. The general effect of the chapel is
+excellent, if we consider the material in which it is executed, and
+the rudeness of the audience to whom it addresses itself.
+
+8. The Crowning with Thorns. Here again the inspiration is derived
+from Tabachetti's Crowning with Thorns at Varallo. The Christs in
+the two chapels are strikingly alike, and the general effect is that
+of a residuary impression left in the mind of one who had known the
+Varallo Flagellation exceedingly well.
+
+9. Sta. Veronica. This and the next succeeding chapels are the
+most important of the series. Tabachetti's Journey to Calvary at
+Varallo is again the source from which the present work was taken,
+but, as I have already said, it has been modified in reproduction.
+Mount Calvary is still shown, as at Varallo, towards the left-hand
+corner of the work, but at Saas it is more towards the middle than
+at Varallo, so that horsemen and soldiers may be seen coming up
+behind it--a stroke that deserves the name of genius none the less
+for the manifest imperfection with which it has been carried into
+execution. There are only three horses fully shown, and one partly
+shown. They are all of the heavy Flemish type adopted by Tabachetti
+at Varallo. The man kicking the fallen Christ and the goitred man
+(with the same teeth missing), who are so conspicuous in the Varallo
+Journey to Calvary, reappear here, only the kicking man has much
+less nose than at Varallo, probably because (as explained) the nose
+got whittled away and could not be whittled back again. I observe
+that the kind of lapelled tunic which Tabachetti, and only
+Tabachetti, adopts at Varallo, is adopted for the centurion in this
+chapel, and indeed throughout the Saas chapels this particular form
+of tunic is the most usual for a Roman soldier. The work is still a
+very striking one, notwithstanding its translation into wood and the
+decay into which it has been allowed to fall; nor can it fail to
+impress the visitor who is familiar with this class of art as coming
+from a man of extraordinary dramatic power and command over the
+almost impossible art of composing many figures together effectively
+in all-round sculpture. Whether all the figures are even now as
+Tabachetti left them I cannot determine, but Mr. Selwyn has restored
+Simon the Cyrenian to the position in which he obviously ought to
+stand, and between us we have got the chapel into something more
+like order.
+
+10. The Crucifixion. This subject was treated at Varallo not by
+Tabachetti but by Gaudenzio Ferrari. It confirms therefore my
+opinion as to the designer of the Saas chapels to find in them no
+trace of the Varallo Crucifixion, while the kind of tunic which at
+Varallo is only found in chapels wherein Tabachetti worked again
+appears here. The work is in a deplorable state of decay. Mr.
+Selwyn has greatly improved the arrangement of the figures, but even
+now they are not, I imagine, quite as Tabachetti left them. The
+figure of Christ is greatly better in technical execution than that
+of either of the two thieves; the folds of the drapery alone will
+show this even to an unpractised eye. I do not think there can be a
+doubt but that Tabachetti cut this figure himself, as also those of
+the Magdalene and St. John, who stand at the foot of the cross. The
+thieves are coarsely executed, with no very obvious distinction
+between the penitent and the impenitent one, except that there is a
+fiend painted on the ceiling over the impenitent thief. The one
+horse introduced into the composition is again of the heavy Flemish
+type adopted by Tabachetti at Varallo. There is great difference in
+the care with which the folds on the several draperies have been
+cut, some being stiff and poor enough, while others are done very
+sufficiently. In spite of smallness of scale, ignoble material,
+disarrangement and decay, the work is still striking.
+
+11. The Resurrection. There being no chapel at Varallo with any of
+the remaining subjects treated at Saas, the sculptor has struck out
+a line for himself. The Christ in the Resurrection Chapel is a
+carefully modelled figure, and if better painted might not be
+ineffective. Three soldiers, one sleeping, alone remain. There
+were probably other figures that have been lost. The sleeping
+soldier is very pleasing.
+
+12. The Ascension is not remarkably interesting; the Christ appears
+to be, but perhaps is not, a much more modern figure than the rest.
+
+13. The Descent of the Holy Ghost. Some of the figures along the
+end wall are very good, and were, I should imagine, cut by
+Tabachetti himself. Those against the two side walls are not so
+well cut.
+
+14. The Assumption of the Virgin Mary. The two large cherubs here
+are obviously by a later hand, and the small ones are not good. The
+figure of the Virgin herself is unexceptionable. There were
+doubtless once other figures of the Apostles which have disappeared;
+of these a single St. Peter (?), so hidden away in a corner near the
+window that it can only be seen with difficulty, is the sole
+survivor.
+
+15. The Coronation of the Virgin is of later date, and has probably
+superseded an earlier work. It can hardly be by the designer of the
+other chapels of the series. Perhaps Tabachetti had to leave for
+Crea before all the chapels at Saas were finished.
+
+Lastly, we have the larger chapel dedicated to St. Mary, which
+crowns the series. Here there is nothing of more than common
+artistic interest, unless we except the stone altar mentioned in
+Ruppen's chronicle. This is of course classical in style, and is, I
+should think, very good.
+
+Once more I must caution the reader against expecting to find highly
+finished gems of art in the chapels I have been describing. A
+wooden figure not more than two feet high clogged with many coats of
+paint can hardly claim to be taken very seriously, and even those
+few that were cut by Tabachetti himself were not meant to have
+attention concentrated on themselves alone. As mere wood-carving
+the Saas-Fee chapels will not stand comparison, for example, with
+the triptych of unknown authorship in the Church of St. Anne at
+Gliss, close to Brieg. But, in the first place, the work at Gliss
+is worthy of Holbein himself; I know no wood-carving that can so
+rivet the attention; moreover it is coloured with water-colour and
+not oil, so that it is tinted, not painted; and, in the second
+place, the Gliss triptych belongs to a date (1519) when artists held
+neither time nor impressionism as objects, and hence, though greatly
+better than the Saas-Fee chapels as regards a certain Japanese
+curiousness of finish and naivete of literal transcription, it
+cannot even enter the lists with the Saas work as regards elan and
+dramatic effectiveness. The difference between the two classes of
+work is much that between, say, John Van Eyck or Memling and Rubens
+or Rembrandt, or, again, between Giovanni Bellini and Tintoretto;
+the aims of the one class of work are incompatible with those of the
+other. Moreover, in the Gliss triptych the intention of the
+designer is carried out (whether by himself or no) with admirable
+skill; whereas at Saas the wisdom of the workman is rather of Ober-
+Ammergau than of the Egyptians, and the voice of the poet is not a
+little drowned in that of his mouthpiece. If, however, the reader
+will bear in mind these somewhat obvious considerations, and will
+also remember the pathetic circumstances under which the chapels
+were designed--for Tabachetti when he reached Saas was no doubt
+shattered in body and mind by his four years' imprisonment--he will
+probably be not less attracted to them than I observed were many of
+the visitors both at Saas-Grund and Saas-Fee with whom I had the
+pleasure of examining them.
+
+I will now run briefly through the other principal works in the
+neighbourhood to which I think the reader would be glad to have his
+attention directed.
+
+At Saas-Fee itself the main altar-piece is without interest, as also
+one with a figure of St. Sebastian. The Virgin and Child above the
+remaining altar are, so far as I remember them, very good, and
+greatly superior to the smaller figures of the same altar-piece.
+
+At Almagel, an hour's walk or so above Saas-Grund--a village, the
+name of which, like those of the Alphubel, the Monte Moro, and more
+than one other neighbouring site, is supposed to be of Saracenic
+origin--the main altar-piece represents a female saint with folded
+arms being beheaded by a vigorous man to the left. These two
+figures are very good. There are two somewhat inferior elders to
+the right, and the composition is crowned by the Assumption of the
+Virgin. I like the work, but have no idea who did it. Two bishops
+flanking the composition are not so good. There are two other
+altars in the church: the right-hand one has some pleasing figures,
+not so the left-hand.
+
+In St. Joseph's Chapel, on the mule-road between Saas-Grund and
+Saas-Fee, the St. Joseph and the two children are rather nice. In
+the churches and chapels which I looked into between Saas and
+Stalden, I saw many florid extravagant altar-pieces, but nothing
+that impressed me favourably.
+
+In the parish church at Saas-Grund there are two altar-pieces which
+deserve attention. In the one over the main altar the arrangement
+of the Last Supper in a deep recess half-way up the composition is
+very pleasing and effective; in that above the right-hand altar of
+the two that stand in the body of the church there are a number of
+round lunettes, about eight inches in diameter, each containing a
+small but spirited group of wooden figures. I have lost my notes on
+these altar-pieces and can only remember that the main one has been
+restored, and now belongs to two different dates, the earlier date
+being, I should imagine, about 1670. A similar treatment of the
+Last Supper may be found near Brieg in the church of Naters, and no
+doubt the two altar-pieces are by the same man. There are, by the
+way, two very ambitious altars on either side the main arch leading
+to the chancel in the church at Naters, of which the one on the
+south side contains obvious reminiscences of Gaudenzio Ferrari's
+Sta. Maria frescoes at Varallo; but none of the four altar-pieces
+in the two transepts tempted me to give them much attention. As
+regards the smaller altar-piece at Saas-Grund, analogous work may be
+found at Cravagliana, half-way between Varallo and Fobello, but this
+last has suffered through the inveterate habit which Italians have
+of showing their hatred towards the enemies of Christ by mutilating
+the figures that represent them. Whether the Saas work is by a
+Valsesian artist who came over to Switzerland, or whether the
+Cravagliana work is by a Swiss who had come to Italy, I cannot say
+without further consideration and closer examination than I have
+been able to give. The altar-pieces of Mairengo, Chiggiogna, and, I
+am told, Lavertezzo, all in the Canton Ticino, are by a Swiss or
+German artist who has migrated southward; but the reverse migration
+was equally common.
+
+Being in the neighbourhood, and wishing to assure myself whether the
+sculptor of the Saas-Fee chapels had or had not come lower down the
+valley, I examined every church and village which I could hear of as
+containing anything that might throw light on this point. I was
+thus led to Vispertimenen, a village some three hours above either
+Visp or Stalden. It stands very high, and is an almost untouched
+example of a medieval village. The altar-piece of the main church
+is even more floridly ambitious in its abundance of carving and
+gilding than the many other ambitious altar-pieces with which the
+Canton Valais abounds. The Apostles are receiving the Holy Ghost on
+the first storey of the composition, and they certainly are
+receiving it with an overjoyed alacrity and hilarious ecstasy of
+allegria spirituale which it would not be easy to surpass. Above
+the village, reaching almost to the limits beyond which there is no
+cultivation, there stands a series of chapels like those I have been
+describing at Saas-Fee, only much larger and more ambitious. They
+are twelve in number, including the church that crowns the series.
+The figures they contain are of wood (so I was assured, but I did
+not go inside the chapels): they are life-size, and in some chapels
+there are as many as a dozen figures. I should think they belonged
+to the later half of the eighteenth century, and here, one would
+say, sculpture touches the ground; at least, it is not easy to see
+how cheap exaggeration can sink an art more deeply. The only things
+that at all pleased me were a smiling donkey and an ecstatic cow in
+the Nativity chapel. Those who are not allured by the prospect of
+seeing perhaps the very worst that can be done in its own line, need
+not be at the pains of climbing up to Vispertimenen. Those, on the
+other hand, who may find this sufficient inducement will not be
+disappointed, and they will enjoy magnificent views of the Weisshorn
+and the mountains near the Dom.
+
+I have already referred to the triptych at Gliss. This is figured
+in Wolf's work on Chamonix and the Canton Valais, but a larger and
+clearer reproduction of such an extraordinary work is greatly to be
+desired. The small wooden statues above the triptych, as also those
+above its modern companion in the south transept, are not less
+admirable than the triptych itself. I know of no other like work in
+wood, and have no clue whatever as to who the author can have been
+beyond the fact that the work is purely German and eminently
+Holbeinesque in character.
+
+I was told of some chapels at Rarogne, five or six miles lower down
+the valley than Visp. I examined them, and found they had been
+stripped of their figures. The few that remained satisfied me that
+we have had no loss. Above Brieg there are two other like series of
+chapels. I examined the higher and more promising of the two, but
+found not one single figure left. I was told by my driver that the
+other series, close to the Pont Napoleon on the Simplon road, had
+been also stripped of its figures, and, there being a heavy storm at
+the time, have taken his word for it that this was so.
+
+
+
+
+
+Thought and Language {209}
+
+
+Three well-known writers, Professor Max Muller, Professor Mivart,
+and Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace, have lately maintained that though
+the theory of descent with modification accounts for the development
+of all vegetable life, and of all animals lower than man, yet that
+man cannot--not at least in respect of the whole of his nature--be
+held to have descended from any animal lower than himself, inasmuch
+as none lower than man possesses even the germs of language.
+Reason, it is contended--more especially by Professor Max Muller in
+his Science of Thought, to which I propose confining our attention
+this evening--is so inseparably connected with language, that the
+two are in point of fact identical; hence it is argued that, as the
+lower animals have no germs of language, they can have no germs of
+reason, and the inference is drawn that man cannot be conceived as
+having derived his own reasoning powers and command of language
+through descent from beings in which no germ of either can be found.
+The relations therefore between thought and language, interesting in
+themselves, acquire additional importance from the fact of their
+having become the battle-ground between those who say that the
+theory of descent breaks down with man, and those who maintain that
+we are descended from some apelike ancestor long since extinct.
+
+The contention of those who refuse to admit man unreservedly into
+the scheme of evolution is comparatively recent. The great
+propounders of evolution, Buffon, Erasmus Darwin and Lamarck--not to
+mention a score of others who wrote at the close of the last and
+early part of this present century--had no qualms about admitting
+man into their system. They have been followed in this respect by
+the late Mr. Charles Darwin, and by the greatly more influential
+part of our modern biologists, who hold that whatever loss of
+dignity we may incur through being proved to be of humble origin, is
+compensated by the credit we may claim for having advanced ourselves
+to such a high pitch of civilization; this bids us expect still
+further progress, and glorifies our descendants more than it abases
+our ancestors. But to whichever view we may incline on sentimental
+grounds the fact remains that, while Charles Darwin declared
+language to form no impassable barrier between man and the lower
+animals, Professor Max Muller calls it the Rubicon which no brute
+dare cross, and deduces hence the conclusion that man cannot have
+descended from an unknown but certainly speechless ape.
+
+It may perhaps be expected that I should begin a lecture on the
+relations between thought and language with some definition of both
+these things; but thought, as Sir William Grove said of motion, is a
+phenomenon "so obvious to simple apprehension that to define it
+would make it more obscure." {210} Definitions are useful where
+things are new to us, but they are superfluous about those that are
+already familiar, and mischievous, so far as they are possible at
+all, in respect of all those things that enter so profoundly and
+intimately into our being that in them we must either live or bear
+no life. To vivisect the more vital processes of thought is to
+suspend, if not to destroy them; for thought can think about
+everything more healthily and easily than about itself. It is like
+its instrument the brain, which knows nothing of any injuries
+inflicted upon itself. As regards what is new to us, a definition
+will sometimes dilute a difficulty, and help us to swallow that
+which might choke us undiluted; but to define when we have once well
+swallowed is to unsettle, rather than settle, our digestion.
+Definitions, again, are like steps cut in a steep slope of ice, or
+shells thrown on to a greasy pavement; they give us foothold, and
+enable us to advance, but when we are at our journey's end we want
+them no longer. Again, they are useful as mental fluxes, and as
+helping us to fuse new ideas with our older ones. They present us
+with some tags and ends of ideas that we have already mastered, on
+to which we can hitch our new ones; but to multiply them in respect
+of such a matter as thought, is like scratching the bite of a gnat;
+the more we scratch the more we want to scratch; the more we define
+the more we shall have to go on defining the words we have used in
+our definitions, and shall end by setting up a serious mental raw in
+the place of a small uneasiness that was after all quite endurable.
+We know too well what thought is, to be able to know that we know
+it, and I am persuaded there is no one in this room but understands
+what is meant by thought and thinking well enough for all the
+purposes of this discussion. Whoever does not know this without
+words will not learn it for all the words and definitions that are
+laid before him. The more, indeed, he hears, the more confused he
+will become. I shall, therefore, merely premise that I use the word
+"thought" in the same sense as that in which it is generally used by
+people who say that they think this or that. At any rate, it will
+be enough if I take Professor Max Muller's own definition, and say
+that its essence consists in a bringing together of mental images
+and ideas with deductions therefrom, and with a corresponding power
+of detaching them from one another. Hobbes, the Professor tells us,
+maintained this long ago, when he said that all our thinking
+consists of addition and subtraction--that is to say, in bringing
+ideas together, and in detaching them from one another.
+
+Turning from thought to language, we observe that the word is
+derived from the French langue, or tongue. Strictly, therefore, it
+means tonguage. This, however, takes account of but a very small
+part of the ideas that underlie the word. It does, indeed, seize a
+familiar and important detail of everyday speech, though it may be
+doubted whether the tongue has more to do with speaking than lips,
+teeth and throat have, but it makes no attempt at grasping and
+expressing the essential characteristic of speech. Anything done
+with the tongue, even though it involve no speaking at all, is
+tonguage; eating oranges is as much tonguage as speech is. The
+word, therefore, though it tells us in part how speech is effected,
+reveals nothing of that ulterior meaning which is nevertheless
+inseparable from any right use of the words either "speech" or
+"language." It presents us with what is indeed a very frequent
+adjunct of conversation, but the use of written characters, or the
+finger-speech of deaf mutes, is enough to show that the word
+"language" omits all reference to the most essential characteristics
+of the idea, which in practice it nevertheless very sufficiently
+presents to us. I hope presently to make it clear to you how and
+why it should do so. The word is incomplete in the first place,
+because it omits all reference to the ideas which words, speech or
+language are intended to convey, and there can be no true word
+without its actually or potentially conveying an idea. Secondly, it
+makes no allusion to the person or persons to whom the ideas are to
+be conveyed. Language is not language unless it not only expresses
+fairly definite and coherent ideas, but unless it also conveys these
+ideas to some other living intelligent being, either man or brute,
+that can understand them. We may speak to a dog or horse, but not
+to a stone. If we make pretence of doing so we are in reality only
+talking to ourselves. The person or animal spoken to is half the
+battle--a half, moreover, which is essential to there being any
+battle at all. It takes two people to say a thing--a sayee as well
+as a sayer. The one is as essential to any true saying as the
+other. A. may have spoken, but if B. has not heard there has been
+nothing said, and he must speak again. True, the belief on A.'s
+part that he had a bona fide sayee in B., saves his speech qua him,
+but it has been barren and left no fertile issue. It has failed to
+fulfil the conditions of true speech, which involve not only that A.
+should speak, but also that B. should hear. True, again, we often
+speak of loose, incoherent, indefinite language; but by doing so we
+imply, and rightly, that we are calling that language which is not
+true language at all. People, again, sometimes talk to themselves
+without intending that any other person should hear them, but this
+is not well done, and does harm to those who practise it. It is
+abnormal, whereas our concern is with normal and essential
+characteristics; we may, therefore, neglect both delirious
+babblings, and the cases in which a person is regarding him or
+herself, as it were, from outside, and treating himself as though he
+were someone else.
+
+Inquiring, then, what are the essentials, the presence of which
+constitutes language, while their absence negatives it altogether,
+we find that Professor Max Muller restricts them to the use of
+grammatical articulate words that we can write or speak, and denies
+that anything can be called language unless it can be written or
+spoken in articulate words and sentences. He also denies that we
+can think at all unless we do so in words; that is to say, in
+sentences with verbs and nouns. Indeed, he goes so far as to say
+upon his title-page that there can be no reason--which I imagine
+comes to much the same thing as thought--without language, and no
+language without reason.
+
+Against the assertion that there can be no true language without
+reason I have nothing to say. But when the Professor says that
+there can be no reason, or thought, without language, his opponents
+contend, as it seems to me, with greater force, that thought, though
+infinitely aided, extended and rendered definite through the
+invention of words, nevertheless existed so fully as to deserve no
+other name thousands, if not millions of years before words had
+entered into it at all. Words, they say, are a comparatively recent
+invention, for the fuller expression of something that was already
+in existence.
+
+Children, they urge, are often evidently thinking and reasoning,
+though they can neither think nor speak in words. If you ask me to
+define reason, I answer as before that this can no more be done than
+thought, truth or motion can be defined. Who has answered the
+question, "What is truth?" Man cannot see God and live. We cannot
+go so far back upon ourselves as to undermine our own foundations;
+if we try to do so we topple over, and lose that very reason about
+which we vainly try to reason. If we let the foundations be, we
+know well enough that they are there, and we can build upon them in
+all security. We cannot, then, define reason nor crib, cabin and
+confine it within a thus-far-shalt-thou-go-and-no-further. Who can
+define heat or cold, or night or day? Yet, so long as we hold fast
+by current consent, our chances of error for want of better
+definition are so small that no sensible person will consider them.
+In like manner, if we hold by current consent or common sense, which
+is the same thing, about reason, we shall not find the want of an
+academic definition hinder us from a reasonable conclusion. What
+nurse or mother will doubt that her infant child can reason within
+the limits of its own experience, long before it can formulate its
+reason in articulately worded thought? If the development of any
+given animal is, as our opponents themselves admit, an epitome of
+the history of its whole anterior development, surely the fact that
+speech is an accomplishment acquired after birth so artificially
+that children who have gone wild in the woods lose it if they have
+ever learned it, points to the conclusion that man's ancestors only
+learned to express themselves in articulate language at a
+comparatively recent period. Granted that they learn to think and
+reason continually the more and more fully for having done so, will
+common sense permit us to suppose that they could neither think nor
+reason at all till they could convey their ideas in words?
+
+I will return later to the reason of the lower animals, but will now
+deal with the question what it is that constitutes language in the
+most comprehensive sense that can be properly attached to it. I
+have said already that language to be language at all must not only
+convey fairly definite coherent ideas, but must also convey them to
+another living being. Whenever two living beings have conveyed and
+received ideas, there has been language, whether looks or gestures
+or words spoken or written have been the vehicle by means of which
+the ideas have travelled. Some ideas crawl, some run, some fly; and
+in this case words are the wings they fly with, but they are only
+the wings of thought or of ideas, they are not the thought or ideas
+themselves, nor yet, as Professor Max Muller would have it,
+inseparably connected with them. Last summer I was at an inn in
+Sicily, where there was a deaf and dumb waiter; he had been born so,
+and could neither write nor read. What had he to do with words or
+words with him? Are we to say, then, that this most active, amiable
+and intelligent fellow could neither think nor reason? One day I
+had had my dinner and had left the hotel. A friend came in, and the
+waiter saw him look for me in the place I generally occupied. He
+instantly came up to my friend and moved his two forefingers in a
+way that suggested two people going about together, this meant "your
+friend"; he then moved his forefingers horizontally across his eyes,
+this meant, "who wears divided spectacles"; he made two fierce marks
+over the sockets of his eyes, this meant, "with the heavy eyebrows";
+he pulled his chin, and then touched his white shirt, to say that my
+beard was white. Having thus identified me as a friend of the
+person he was speaking to, and as having a white beard, heavy
+eyebrows, and wearing divided spectacles, he made a munching
+movement with his jaws to say that I had had my dinner; and finally,
+by making two fingers imitate walking on the table, he explained
+that I had gone away. My friend, however, wanted to know how long I
+had been gone, so he pulled out his watch and looked inquiringly.
+The man at once slapped himself on the back, and held up the five
+fingers of one hand, to say it was five minutes ago. All this was
+done as rapidly as though it had been said in words; and my friend,
+who knew the man well, understood without a moment's hesitation.
+Are we to say that this man had no thought, nor reason, nor
+language, merely because he had not a single word of any kind in his
+head, which I am assured he had not; for, as I have said, he could
+not speak with his fingers? Is it possible to deny that a dialogue--
+an intelligent conversation--had passed between the two men? And
+if conversation, then surely it is technical and pedantic to deny
+that all the essential elements of language were present. The signs
+and tokens used by this poor fellow were as rude an instrument of
+expression, in comparison with ordinary language, as going on one's
+hands and knees is in comparison with walking, or as walking
+compared with going by train; but it is as great an abuse of words
+to limit the word "language" to mere words written or spoken, as it
+would be to limit the idea of a locomotive to a railway engine.
+This may indeed pass in ordinary conversation, where so much must be
+suppressed if talk is to be got through at all, but it is
+intolerable when we are inquiring about the relations between
+thought and words. To do so is to let words become as it were the
+masters of thought, on the ground that the fact of their being only
+its servants and appendages is so obvious that it is generally
+allowed to go without saying.
+
+If all that Professor Max Muller means to say is, that no animal but
+man commands an articulate language, with verbs and nouns, or is
+ever likely to command one (and I question whether in reality he
+means much more than this), no one will differ from him. No dog or
+elephant has one word for bread, another for meat, and another for
+water. Yet, when we watch a cat or dog dreaming, as they often
+evidently do, can we doubt that the dream is accompanied by a mental
+image of the thing that is dreamed of, much like what we experience
+in dreams ourselves, and much doubtless like the mental images which
+must have passed through the mind of my deaf and dumb waiter? If
+they have mental images in sleep, can we doubt that waking, also,
+they picture things before their mind's eyes, and see them much as
+we do--too vaguely indeed to admit of our thinking that we actually
+see the objects themselves, but definitely enough for us to be able
+to recognize the idea or object of which we are thinking, and to
+connect it with any other idea, object, or sign that we may think
+appropriate?
+
+Here we have touched on the second essential element of language.
+We laid it down, that its essence lay in the communication of an
+idea from one intelligent being to another; but no ideas can be
+communicated at all except by the aid of conventions to which both
+parties have agreed to attach an identical meaning. The agreement
+may be very informal, and may pass so unconsciously from one
+generation to another that its existence can only be recognized by
+the aid of much introspection, but it will be always there. A
+sayer, a sayee, and a convention, no matter what, agreed upon
+between them as inseparably attached to the idea which it is
+intended to convey--these comprise all the essentials of language.
+Where these are present there is language; where any of them are
+wanting there is no language. It is not necessary for the sayee to
+be able to speak and become a sayer. If he comprehends the sayer--
+that is to say, if he attaches the same meaning to a certain symbol
+as the sayer does--if he is a party to the bargain whereby it is
+agreed upon by both that any given symbol shall be attached
+invariably to a certain idea, so that in virtue of the principle of
+associated ideas the symbol shall never be present without
+immediately carrying the idea along with it, then all the essentials
+of language are complied with, and there has been true speech though
+never a word was spoken.
+
+The lower animals, therefore, many of them, possess a part of our
+own language, though they cannot speak it, and hence do not possess
+it so fully as we do. They cannot say "bread," "meat," or "water,"
+but there are many that readily learn what ideas they ought to
+attach to these symbols when they are presented to them. It is idle
+to say that a cat does not know what the cat's-meat man means when
+he says "meat." The cat knows just as well, neither better nor
+worse than the cat's-meat man does, and a great deal better than I
+myself understand much that is said by some very clever people at
+Oxford or Cambridge. There is more true employment of language,
+more bona fide currency of speech, between a sayer and a sayee who
+understand each other, though neither of them can speak a word, than
+between a sayer who can speak with the tongues of men and of angels
+without being clear about his own meaning, and a sayee who can
+himself utter the same words, but who is only in imperfect agreement
+with the sayer as to the ideas which the words or symbols that he
+utters are intended to convey. The nature of the symbols counts for
+nothing; the gist of the matter is in the perfect harmony between
+sayer and sayee as to the significance that is to be associated with
+them.
+
+Professor Max Muller admits that we share with the lower animals
+what he calls an emotional language, and continues that we may call
+their interjections and imitations language if we like, as we speak
+of the language of the eyes or the eloquence of mute nature, but he
+warns us against mistaking metaphor for fact. It is indeed mere
+metaphor to talk of the eloquence of mute nature, or the language of
+winds and waves. There is no intercommunion of mind with mind by
+means of a covenanted symbol; but it is only an apparent, not a
+real, metaphor to say that two pairs of eyes have spoken when they
+have signalled to one another something which they both understand.
+A schoolboy at home for the holidays wants another plate of pudding,
+and does not like to apply officially for more. He catches the
+servant's eye and looks at the pudding; the servant understands,
+takes his plate without a word, and gets him some. Is it metaphor
+to say that the boy asked the servant to do this, or is it not
+rather pedantry to insist on the letter of a bond and deny its
+spirit, by denying that language passed, on the ground that the
+symbols covenanted upon and assented to by both were uttered and
+received by eyes and not by mouth and ears? When the lady drank to
+the gentleman only with her eyes, and he pledged with his, was there
+no conversation because there was neither noun nor verb? Eyes are
+verbs, and glasses of wine are good nouns enough as between those
+who understand one another. Whether the ideas underlying them are
+expressed and conveyed by eyeage or by tonguage is a detail that
+matters nothing.
+
+But everything we say is metaphorical if we choose to be captious.
+Scratch the simplest expressions, and you will find the metaphor.
+Written words are handage, inkage and paperage; it is only by
+metaphor, or substitution and transposition of ideas, that we can
+call them language. They are indeed potential language, and the
+symbols employed presuppose nouns, verbs, and the other parts of
+speech; but for the most part it is in what we read between the
+lines that the profounder meaning of any letter is conveyed. There
+are words unwritten and untranslatable into any nouns that are
+nevertheless felt as above, about and underneath the gross material
+symbols that lie scrawled upon the paper; and the deeper the feeling
+with which anything is written the more pregnant will it be of
+meaning which can be conveyed securely enough, but which loses
+rather than gains if it is squeezed into a sentence, and limited by
+the parts of speech. The language is not in the words but in the
+heart-to-heartness of the thing, which is helped by words, but is
+nearer and farther than they. A correspondent wrote to me once,
+many years ago, "If I could think to you without words you would
+understand me better." But surely in this he was thinking to me,
+and without words, and I did understand him better. . . . So it is
+not by the words that I am too presumptuously venturing to speak to-
+night that your opinions will be formed or modified. They will be
+formed or modified, if either, by something that you will feel, but
+which I have not spoken, to the full as much as by anything that I
+have actually uttered. You may say that this borders on mysticism.
+Perhaps it does, but there really is some mysticism in nature.
+
+To return, however, to terra firma. I believe I am right in saying
+that the essence of language lies in the intentional conveyance of
+ideas from one living being to another through the instrumentality
+of arbitrary tokens or symbols agreed upon and understood by both as
+being associated with the particular ideas in question. The nature
+of the symbol chosen is a matter of indifference; it may be anything
+that appeals to human senses, and is not too hot or too heavy; the
+essence of the matter lies in a mutual covenant that whatever it is
+shall stand invariably for the same thing, or nearly so.
+
+We shall see this more easily if we observe the differences between
+written and spoken language. The written word "stone," and the
+spoken word, are each of them symbols arrived at in the first
+instance arbitrarily. They are neither of them more like the other
+than they are to the idea of a stone which rises before our minds,
+when we either see or hear the word, or than this idea again is like
+the actual stone itself, but nevertheless the spoken symbol and the
+written one each alike convey with certainty the combination of
+ideas to which we have agreed to attach them.
+
+The written symbol is formed with the hand, appeals to the eye,
+leaves a material trace as long as paper and ink last, can travel as
+far as paper and ink can travel, and can be imprinted on eye after
+eye practically ad infinitum both as regards time and space.
+
+The spoken symbol is formed by means of various organs in or about
+the mouth, appeals to the ear, not the eye, perishes instantly
+without material trace, and if it lives at all does so only in the
+minds of those who heard it. The range of its action is no wider
+than that within which a voice can be heard; and every time a fresh
+impression is wanted the type must be set up anew.
+
+The written symbol extends infinitely, as regards time and space,
+the range within which one mind can communicate with another; it
+gives the writer's mind a life limited by the duration of ink, paper
+and readers, as against that of his flesh and blood body. On the
+other hand, it takes longer to learn the rules so as to be able to
+apply them with ease and security, and even then they cannot be
+applied so quickly and easily as those attaching to spoken symbols.
+Moreover, the spoken symbols admit of a hundred quick and subtle
+adjuncts by way of action, tone and expression, so that no one will
+use written symbols unless either for the special advantages of
+permanence and travelling power, or because he is incapacitated from
+using spoken ones. This, however, is hardly to the point; the point
+is that these two conventional combinations of symbols, that are as
+unlike one another as the Hallelujah Chorus is to St. Paul's
+Cathedral, are the one as much language as the other; and we
+therefore inquire what this very patent fact reveals to us about the
+more essential characteristics of language itself. What is the
+common bond that unites these two classes of symbols that seem at
+first sight to have nothing in common, and makes the one raise the
+idea of language in our minds as readily as the other? The bond
+lies in the fact that both are a set of conventional tokens or
+symbols, agreed upon between the parties to whom they appeal as
+being attached invariably to the same ideas, and because they are
+being made as a means of communion between one mind and another--for
+a memorandum made for a person's own later use is nothing but a
+communication from an earlier mind to a later and modified one; it
+is therefore in reality a communication from one mind to another as
+much as though it had been addressed to another person.
+
+We see, therefore, that the nature of the outward and visible sign
+to which the inward and spiritual idea of language is attached does
+not matter. It may be the firing of a gun; it may be an old
+semaphore telegraph; it may be the movements of a needle; a look, a
+gesture, the breaking of a twig by an Indian to tell someone that he
+has passed that way: a twig broken designedly with this end in view
+is a letter addressed to whomsoever it may concern, as much as
+though it had been written out in full on bark or paper. It does
+not matter one straw what it is, provided it is agreed upon in
+concert, and stuck to. Just as the lowest forms of life
+nevertheless present us with all the essential characteristics of
+livingness, and are as much alive in their own humble way as the
+most highly developed organisms, so the rudest intentional and
+effectual communication between two minds through the
+instrumentality of a concerted symbol is as much language as the
+most finished oratory of Mr. Gladstone. I demur therefore to the
+assertion that the lower animals have no language, inasmuch as they
+cannot themselves articulate a grammatical sentence. I do not
+indeed pretend that when the cat calls upon the tiles it uses what
+it consciously and introspectively recognizes as language; it says
+what it has to say without introspection, and in the ordinary course
+of business, as one of the common forms of courtship. It no more
+knows that it has been using language than M. Jourdain knew he had
+been speaking prose, but M. Jourdain's knowing or not knowing was
+neither here nor there.
+
+Anything which can be made to hitch on invariably to a definite idea
+that can carry some distance--say an inch at the least, and which
+can be repeated at pleasure, can be pressed into the service of
+language. Mrs. Bentley, wife of the famous Dr. Bentley of Trinity
+College, Cambridge, used to send her snuff-box to the college
+buttery when she wanted beer, instead of a written order. If the
+snuff-box came the beer was sent, but if there was no snuff-box
+there was no beer. Wherein did the snuff-box differ more from a
+written order, than a written order differs from a spoken one? The
+snuff-box was for the time being language. It sounds strange to say
+that one might take a pinch of snuff out of a sentence, but if the
+servant had helped him or herself to a pinch while carrying it to
+the buttery this is what would have been done; for if a snuff-box
+can say "Send me a quart of beer," so efficiently that the beer is
+sent, it is impossible to say that it is not a bona fide sentence.
+As for the recipient of the message, the butler did not probably
+translate the snuff-box into articulate nouns and verbs; as soon as
+he saw it he just went down into the cellar and drew the beer, and
+if he thought at all, it was probably about something else. Yet he
+must have been thinking without words, or he would have drawn too
+much beer or too little, or have spilt it in the bringing it up, and
+we may be sure that he did none of these things.
+
+You will, of course, observe that if Mrs. Bentley had sent the
+snuff-box to the buttery of St. John's College instead of Trinity,
+it would not have been language, for there would have been no
+covenant between sayer and sayee as to what the symbol should
+represent, there would have been no previously established
+association of ideas in the mind of the butler of St. John's between
+beer and snuff-box; the connection was artificial, arbitrary, and by
+no means one of those in respect of which an impromptu bargain might
+be proposed by the very symbol itself, and assented to without
+previous formality by the person to whom it was presented. More
+briefly, the butler of St. John's would not have been able to
+understand and read it aright. It would have been a dead letter to
+him--a snuff-box and not a letter; whereas to the butler of Trinity
+it was a letter and not a snuff-box. You will also note that it was
+only at the moment when he was looking at it and accepting it as a
+message that it flashed forth from snuff-box-hood into the light and
+life of living utterance. As soon as it had kindled the butler into
+sending a single quart of beer, its force was spent until Mrs.
+Bentley threw her soul into it again and charged it anew by wanting
+more beer, and sending it down accordingly.
+
+Again, take the ring which the Earl of Essex sent to Queen
+Elizabeth, but which the queen did not receive. This was intended
+as a sentence, but failed to become effectual language because the
+sensible material symbol never reached those sentient organs which
+it was intended to affect. A book, again, however full of excellent
+words it may be, is not language when it is merely standing on a
+bookshelf. It speaks to no one, unless when being actually read, or
+quoted from by an act of memory. It is potential language as a
+lucifer-match is potential fire, but it is no more language till it
+is in contact with a recipient mind, than a match is fire till it is
+struck, and is being consumed.
+
+A piece of music, again, without any words at all, or a song with
+words that have nothing in the world to do with the ideas which it
+is nevertheless made to convey, is very often effectual language.
+Much lying, and all irony depends on tampering with covenanted
+symbols, and making those that are usually associated with one set
+of ideas convey by a sleight of mind others of a different nature.
+That is why irony is intolerably fatiguing unless very sparingly
+used. Take the song which Blondel sang under the window of King
+Richard's prison. There was not one syllable in it to say that
+Blondel was there, and was going to help the king to get out of
+prison. It was about some silly love affair, but it was a letter
+all the same, and the king made language of what would otherwise
+have been no language, by guessing the meaning, that is to say, by
+perceiving that he was expected to enter then and there into a new
+covenant as to the meaning of the symbols that were presented to
+him, understanding what this covenant was to be, and acquiescing in
+it.
+
+On the other hand, no ingenuity can torture "language" into being a
+fit word to use in connection with either sounds or any other
+symbols that have not been intended to convey a meaning, or again in
+connection with either sounds or symbols in respect of which there
+has been no covenant between sayer and sayee. When we hear people
+speaking a foreign language--we will say Welsh--we feel that though
+they are no doubt using what is very good language as between
+themselves, there is no language whatever as far as we are
+concerned. We call it lingo, not language. The Chinese letters on
+a tea-chest might as well not be there, for all that they say to us,
+though the Chinese find them very much to the purpose. They are a
+covenant to which we have been no parties--to which our intelligence
+has affixed no signature.
+
+We have already seen that it is in virtue of such an understood
+covenant that symbols so unlike one another as the written word
+"stone" and the spoken word alike at once raise the idea of a stone
+in our minds. See how the same holds good as regards the different
+languages that pass current in different nations. The letters p, i,
+e, r, r, e convey the idea of a stone to a Frenchman as readily as
+s, t, o, n, e do to ourselves. And why? because that is the
+covenant that has been struck between those who speak and those who
+are spoken to. Our "stone" conveys no idea to a Frenchman, nor his
+"pierre" to us, unless we have done what is commonly called
+acquiring one another's language. To acquire a foreign language is
+only to learn and adhere to the covenants in respect of symbols
+which the nation in question has adopted and adheres to. Till we
+have done this we neither of us know the rules, so to speak, of the
+game that the other is playing, and cannot, therefore, play
+together; but the convention being once known and consented to, it
+does not matter whether we raise the idea of a stone by the words
+"lapis," or by "lithos," "pietra," "pierre," "stein," "stane" or
+"stone"; we may choose what symbols written or spoken we choose, and
+one set, unless they are of unwieldy length, will do as well as
+another, if we can get other people to choose the same and stick to
+them; it is the accepting and sticking to them that matters, not the
+symbols. The whole power of spoken language is vested in the
+invariableness with which certain symbols are associated with
+certain ideas. If we are strict in always connecting the same
+symbols with the same ideas, we speak well, keep our meaning clear
+to ourselves, and convey it readily and accurately to anyone who is
+also fairly strict. If, on the other hand, we use the same
+combination of symbols for one thing one day and for another the
+next, we abuse our symbols instead of using them, and those who
+indulge in slovenly habits in this respect ere long lose the power
+alike of thinking and of expressing themselves correctly. The
+symbols, however, in the first instance, may be anything in the wide
+world that we have a fancy for. They have no more to do with the
+ideas they serve to convey than money has with the things that it
+serves to buy.
+
+The principle of association, as everyone knows, involves that
+whenever two things have been associated sufficiently together, the
+suggestion of one of them to the mind shall immediately raise a
+suggestion of the other. It is in virtue of this principle that
+language, as we so call it, exists at all, for the essence of
+language consists, as I have said perhaps already too often, in the
+fixity with which certain ideas are invariably connected with
+certain symbols. But this being so, it is hard to see how we can
+deny that the lower animals possess the germs of a highly rude and
+unspecialized, but still true language, unless we also deny that
+they have any ideas at all; and this I gather is what Professor Max
+Muller in a quiet way rather wishes to do. Thus he says, "It is
+easy enough to show that animals communicate, but this is a fact
+which has never been doubted. Dogs who growl and bark leave no
+doubt in the minds of other dogs or cats, or even of man, of what
+they mean, but growling and barking are not language, nor do they
+even contain the elements of language." {230}
+
+I observe the Professor says that animals communicate without saying
+what it is that they communicate. I believe this to have been
+because if he said that the lower animals communicate their ideas,
+this would be to admit that they have ideas; if so, and if, as they
+present every appearance of doing, they can remember, reflect upon,
+modify these ideas according to modified surroundings, and
+interchange them with one another, how is it possible to deny them
+the germs of thought, language, and reason--not to say a good deal
+more than the germs? It seems to me that not knowing what else to
+say that animals communicated if it was not ideas, and not knowing
+what mess he might not get into if he admitted that they had ideas
+at all, he thought it safer to omit his accusative case altogether.
+
+That growling and barking cannot be called a very highly specialized
+language goes without saying; they are, however, so much diversified
+in character, according to circumstances, that they place a
+considerable number of symbols at an animal's command, and he
+invariably attaches the same symbol to the same idea. A cat never
+purrs when she is angry, nor spits when she is pleased. When she
+rubs her head against anyone affectionately it is her symbol for
+saying that she is very fond of him, and she expects, and usually
+finds that it will be understood. If she sees her mistress raise
+her hand as though to pretend to strike her, she knows that it is
+the symbol her mistress invariably attaches to the idea of sending
+her away, and as such she accepts it. Granted that the symbols in
+use among the lower animals are fewer and less highly differentiated
+than in the case of any known human language, and therefore that
+animal language is incomparably less subtle and less capable of
+expressing delicate shades of meaning than our own, these
+differences are nevertheless only those that exist between highly
+developed and inchoate language; they do not involve those that
+distinguish language from no language. They are the differences
+between the undifferentiated protoplasm of the amoeba and our own
+complex organization; they are not the differences between life and
+no life. In animal language as much as in human there is a mind
+intentionally making use of a symbol accepted by another mind as
+invariably attached to a certain idea, in order to produce that idea
+in the mind which it is desired to affect--more briefly, there is a
+sayer, a sayee, and a covenanted symbol designedly applied. Our own
+speech is vertebrated and articulated by means of nouns, verbs, and
+the rules of grammar. A dog's speech is invertebrate, but I do not
+see how it is possible to deny that it possesses all the essential
+elements of language.
+
+I have said nothing about Professor R. L. Garner's researches into
+the language of apes, because they have not yet been so far verified
+and accepted as to make it safe to rely upon them; but when he lays
+it down that all voluntary sounds are the products of thought, and
+that, if they convey a meaning to another, they perform the
+functions of human speech, he says what I believe will commend
+itself to any unsophisticated mind. I could have wished, however,
+that he had not limited himself to sounds, and should have preferred
+his saying what I doubt not he would readily accept--I mean, that
+all symbols or tokens of whatever kind, if voluntarily adopted as
+such, are the products of thought, and perform the functions of
+human speech; but I cannot too often remind you that nothing can be
+considered as fulfilling the conditions of language, except a
+voluntary application of a recognized token in order to convey a
+more or less definite meaning, with the intention doubtless of thus
+purchasing as it were some other desired meaning and consequent
+sensation. It is astonishing how closely in this respect money and
+words resemble one another. Money indeed may be considered as the
+most universal and expressive of all languages. For gold and silver
+coins are no more money when not in the actual process of being
+voluntarily used in purchase, than words not so in use are language.
+Pounds, shillings and pence are recognized covenanted tokens, the
+outward and visible signs of an inward and spiritual purchasing
+power, but till in actual use they are only potential money, as the
+symbols of language, whatever they may be, are only potential
+language till they are passing between two minds. It is the power
+and will to apply the symbols that alone gives life to money, and as
+long as these are in abeyance the money is in abeyance also; the
+coins may be safe in one's pocket, but they are as dead as a log
+till they begin to burn in it, and so are our words till they begin
+to burn within us.
+
+The real question, however, as to the substantial underlying
+identity between the language of the lower animals and our own,
+turns upon that other question whether or no, in spite of an
+immeasurable difference of degree, the thought and reason of man and
+of the lower animals is essentially the same. No one will expect a
+dog to master and express the varied ideas that are incessantly
+arising in connection with human affairs. He is a pauper as against
+a millionaire. To ask him to do so would be like giving a street-
+boy sixpence and telling him to go and buy himself a founder's share
+in the New River Company. He would not even know what was meant,
+and even if he did it would take several millions of sixpences to
+buy one.
+
+It is astonishing what a clever workman will do with very modest
+tools, or again how far a thrifty housewife will make a very small
+sum of money go, or again in like manner how many ideas an
+intelligent brute can receive and convey with its very limited
+vocabulary; but no one will pretend that a dog's intelligence can
+ever reach the level of a man's. What we do maintain is that,
+within its own limited range, it is of the same essential character
+as our own, and that though a dog's ideas in respect of human
+affairs are both vague and narrow, yet in respect of canine affairs
+they are precise enough and extensive enough to deserve no other
+name than thought or reason. We hold moreover that they communicate
+their ideas in essentially the same manner as we do--that is to say,
+by the instrumentality of a code of symbols attached to certain
+states of mind and material objects, in the first instance
+arbitrarily, but so persistently, that the presentation of the
+symbol immediately carries with it the idea which it is intended to
+convey. Animals can thus receive and impart ideas on all that most
+concerns them. As my great namesake said some two hundred years
+ago, they know "what's what, and that's as high as metaphysic wit
+can fly." And they not only know what's what themselves, but can
+impart to one another any new what's-whatness that they may have
+acquired, for they are notoriously able to instruct and correct one
+another.
+
+Against this Professor Max Muller contends that we can know nothing
+of what goes on in the mind of any lower animal, inasmuch as we are
+not lower animals ourselves. "We can imagine anything we like about
+what passes in the mind of an animal," he writes, "we can know
+absolutely nothing." {234} It is something to have it in evidence
+that he conceives animals as having a mind at all, but it is not
+easy to see how they can be supposed to have a mind, without being
+able to acquire ideas, and having acquired, to read, mark, learn and
+inwardly digest them. Surely the mistake of requiring too much
+evidence is hardly less great than that of being contented with too
+little. We, too, are animals, and can no more refuse to infer
+reason from certain visible actions in their case than we can in our
+own. If Professor Max Muller's plea were allowed, we should have to
+deny our right to infer confidently what passes in the mind of
+anyone not ourselves, inasmuch as we are not that person. We never,
+indeed, can obtain irrefragable certainty about this or any other
+matter, but we can be sure enough in many cases to warrant our
+staking all that is most precious to us on the soundness of our
+opinion. Moreover, if the Professor denies our right to infer that
+animals reason, on the ground that we are not animals enough
+ourselves to be able to form an opinion, with what right does he
+infer so confidently himself that they do not reason? And how, if
+they present every one of those appearances which we are accustomed
+to connect with the communication of an idea from one mind to
+another, can we deny that they have a language of their own, though
+it is one which in most cases we can neither speak nor understand?
+How can we say that a sentinel rook, when it sees a man with a gun
+and warns the other rooks by a concerted note which they all show
+that they understand by immediately taking flight, should not be
+credited both with reason and the germs of language?
+
+After all, a professor, whether of philology, psychology, biology,
+or any other ology, is hardly the kind of person to whom we should
+appeal on such an elementary question as that of animal intelligence
+and language. We might as well ask a botanist to tell us whether
+grass grows, or a meteorologist to tell us if it has left off
+raining. If it is necessary to appeal to anyone, I should prefer
+the opinion of an intelligent gamekeeper to that of any professor,
+however learned. The keepers, again, at the Zoological Gardens,
+have exceptional opportunities for studying the minds of animals--
+modified, indeed, by captivity, but still minds of animals. Grooms,
+again, and dog-fanciers, are to the full as able to form an
+intelligent opinion on the reason and language of animals as any
+University Professor, and so are cat's-meat men. I have repeatedly
+asked gamekeepers and keepers at the Zoological Gardens whether
+animals could reason and converse with one another, and have always
+found myself regarded somewhat contemptuously for having even asked
+the question. I once said to a friend, in the hearing of a keeper
+at the Zoological Gardens, that the penguin was very stupid. The
+man was furious, and jumped upon me at once. "He's not stupid at
+all," said he; "he's very intelligent."
+
+Who has not seen a cat, when it wishes to go out, raise its fore
+paws on to the handle of the door, or as near as it can get, and
+look round, evidently asking someone to turn it for her? Is it
+reasonable to deny that a reasoning process is going on in the cat's
+mind, whereby she connects her wish with the steps necessary for its
+fulfilment, and also with certain invariable symbols which she knows
+her master or mistress will interpret? Once, in company with a
+friend, I watched a cat playing with a house-fly in the window of a
+ground-floor room. We were in the street, while the cat was inside.
+When we came up to the window she gave us one searching look, and,
+having satisfied herself that we had nothing for her, went on with
+her game. She knew all about the glass in the window, and was sure
+we could do nothing to molest her, so she treated us with absolute
+contempt, never even looking at us again.
+
+The game was this. She was to catch the fly and roll it round and
+round under her paw along the window-sill, but so gently as not to
+injure it nor prevent it from being able to fly again when she had
+done rolling it. It was very early spring, and flies were scarce,
+in fact there was not another in the whole window. She knew that if
+she crippled this one, it would not be able to amuse her further,
+and that she would not readily get another instead, and she liked
+the feel of it under her paw. It was soft and living, and the
+quivering of its wings tickled the ball of her foot in a manner that
+she found particularly grateful; so she rolled it gently along the
+whole length of the window-sill. It then became the fly's turn. He
+was to get up and fly about in the window, so as to recover himself
+a little; then she was to catch him again, and roll him softly all
+along the window-sill, as she had done before.
+
+It was plain that the cat knew the rules of her game perfectly well,
+and enjoyed it keenly. It was equally plain that the fly could not
+make head or tail of what it was all about. If it had been able to
+do so it would have gone to play in the upper part of the window,
+where the cat could not reach it. Perhaps it was always hoping to
+get through the glass, and escape that way; anyhow, it kept pretty
+much to the same pane, no matter how often it was rolled. At last,
+however, the fly, for some reason or another, did not reappear on
+the pane, and the cat began looking everywhere to find it. Her
+annoyance when she failed to do so was extreme. It was not only
+that she had lost her fly, but that she could not conceive how she
+should have ever come to do so. Presently she noted a small knot in
+the woodwork of the sill, and it flashed upon her that she had
+accidentally killed the fly, and that this was its dead body. She
+tried to move it gently with her paw, but it was no use, and for the
+time she satisfied herself that the knot and the fly had nothing to
+do with one another. Every now and then, however, she returned to
+it as though it were the only thing she could think of, and she
+would try it again. She seemed to say she was certain there had
+been no knot there before--she must have seen it if there had been;
+and yet, the fly could hardly have got jammed so firmly into the
+wood. She was puzzled and irritated beyond measure, and kept
+looking in the same place again and again, just as we do when we
+have mislaid something. She was rapidly losing temper and dignity
+when suddenly we saw the fly reappear from under the cat's stomach
+and make for the window-pane, at the very moment when the cat
+herself was exclaiming for the fiftieth time that she wondered where
+that stupid fly ever could have got to. No man who has been hunting
+twenty minutes for his spectacles could be more delighted when he
+suddenly finds them on his own forehead. "So that's where you
+were," we seemed to hear her say, as she proceeded to catch it, and
+again began rolling it very softly without hurting it, under her
+paw.
+
+My friend and I both noticed that the cat, in spite of her
+perplexity, never so much as hinted that we were the culprits. The
+question whether anything outside the window could do her good or
+harm had long since been settled by her in the negative, and she was
+not going to reopen it; she simply cut us dead, and though her
+annoyance was so great that she was manifestly ready to lay the
+blame on anybody or anything with or without reason, and though she
+must have perfectly well known that we were watching the whole
+affair with amusement, she never either asked us if we had happened
+to see such a thing as a fly go down our way lately, or accused us
+of having taken it from her--both of which ideas she would, I am
+confident, have been very well able to convey to us if she had been
+so minded.
+
+Now what are thought and reason if the processes that were going
+through this cat's mind were not both one and the other? It would
+be childish to suppose that the cat thought in words of its own, or
+in anything like words. Its thinking was probably conducted through
+the instrumentality of a series of mental images. We so habitually
+think in words ourselves that we find it difficult to realize
+thought without words at all; our difficulty, however, in imagining
+the particular manner in which the cat thinks has nothing to do with
+the matter. We must answer the question whether she thinks or no,
+not according to our own ease or difficulty in understanding the
+particular manner of her thinking, but according as her action does
+or does not appear to be of the same character as other action that
+we commonly call thoughtful. To say that the cat is not
+intelligent, merely on the ground that we cannot ourselves fathom
+her intelligence--this, as I have elsewhere said, is to make
+intelligence mean the power of being understood, rather than the
+power of understanding. This nevertheless is what, for all our
+boasted intelligence, we generally do. The more we can understand
+an animal's ways, the more intelligent we call it, and the less we
+can understand these, the more stupid do we declare it to be. As
+for plants--whose punctuality and attention to all the details and
+routine of their somewhat restricted lines of business is as obvious
+as it is beyond all praise--we understand the working of their minds
+so little that by common consent we declare them to have no
+intelligence at all.
+
+Before concluding I should wish to deal a little more fully with
+Professor Max Muller's contention that there can be no reason
+without language, and no language without reason. Surely when two
+practised pugilists are fighting, parrying each other's blows, and
+watching keenly for an unguarded point, they are thinking and
+reasoning very subtly the whole time, without doing so in words.
+The machination of their thoughts, as well as its expression, is
+actual--I mean, effectuated and expressed by action and deed, not
+words. They are unaware of any logical sequence of thought that
+they could follow in words as passing through their minds at all.
+They may perhaps think consciously in words now and again, but such
+thought will be intermittent, and the main part of the fighting will
+be done without any internal concomitance of articulated phrases.
+Yet we cannot doubt that their action, however much we may
+disapprove of it, is guided by intelligence and reason; nor should
+we doubt that a reasoning process of the same character goes on in
+the minds of two dogs or fighting-cocks when they are striving to
+master their opponents.
+
+Do we think in words, again, when we wind up our watches, put on our
+clothes, or eat our breakfasts? If we do, it is generally about
+something else. We do these things almost as much without the help
+of words as we wink or yawn, or perform any of those other actions
+that we call reflex, as it would almost seem because they are done
+without reflection. They are not, however, the less reasonable
+because wordless.
+
+Even when we think we are thinking in words, we do so only in half
+measure. A running accompaniment of words no doubt frequently
+attends our thoughts; but, unless we are writing or speaking, this
+accompaniment is of the vaguest and most fitful kind, as we often
+find out when we try to write down or say what we are thinking
+about, though we have a fairly definite notion of it, or fancy that
+we have one, all the time. The thought is not steadily and
+coherently governed by and moulded in words, nor does it steadily
+govern them. Words and thought interact upon and help one another,
+as any other mechanical appliances interact on and help the
+invention that first hit upon them; but reason or thought, for the
+most part, flies along over the heads of words, working its own
+mysterious way in paths that are beyond our ken, though whether some
+of our departmental personalities are as unconscious of what is
+passing, as that central government is which we alone dub with the
+name of "we" or "us," is a point on which I will not now touch.
+
+I cannot think, then, that Professor Max Muller's contention that
+thought and language are identical--and he has repeatedly affirmed
+this--will ever be generally accepted. Thought is no more identical
+with language than feeling is identical with the nervous system.
+True, we can no more feel without a nervous system than we can
+discern certain minute organisms without a microscope. Destroy the
+nervous system, and we destroy feeling. Destroy the microscope, and
+we can no longer see the animalcules; but our sight of the
+animalcules is not the microscope, though it is effectuated by means
+of the microscope, and our feeling is not the nervous system, though
+the nervous system is the instrument that enables us to feel.
+
+The nervous system is a device which living beings have gradually
+perfected--I believe I may say quite truly--through the will and
+power which they have derived from a fountain-head, the existence of
+which we can infer, but which we can never apprehend. By the help
+of this device, and in proportion as they have perfected it, living
+beings feel ever with great definiteness, and hence formulate their
+feelings in thought with more and more precision. The higher
+evolution of thought has reacted on the nervous system, and the
+consequent higher evolution of the nervous system has again reacted
+upon thought. These things are as power and desire, or supply and
+demand, each one of which is continually outstripping, and being in
+turn outstripped by the other; but, in spite of their close
+connection and interaction, power is not desire, nor demand supply.
+Language is a device evolved sometimes by leaps and bounds, and
+sometimes exceedingly slowly, whereby we help ourselves alike to
+greater ease, precision, and complexity of thought, and also to more
+convenient interchange of thought among ourselves. Thought found
+rude expression, which gradually among other forms assumed that of
+words. These reacted upon thought, and thought again on them, but
+thought is no more identical with words than words are with the
+separate letters of which they are composed.
+
+To sum up, then, and to conclude. I would ask you to see the
+connection between words and ideas as in the first instance
+arbitrary. No doubt in some cases an imitation of the cry of some
+bird or wild beast would suggest the name that should be attached to
+it; occasionally the sound of an operation such as grinding may have
+influenced the choice of the letters g, r, as the root of many words
+that denote a grinding, grating, grasping, crushing action; but I
+understand that the number of words due to direct imitation is
+comparatively few in number, and that they have been mainly coined
+as the result of connections so far-fetched and fanciful as to
+amount practically to no connection at all. Once chosen, however,
+they were adhered to for a considerable time among the dwellers in
+any given place, so as to become acknowledged as the vulgar tongue,
+and raise readily in the mind of the inhabitants of that place the
+ideas with which they had been artificially associated.
+
+As regards our being able to think and reason without words, the
+Duke of Argyll has put the matter as soundly as I have yet seen it
+stated. "It seems to me," he wrote, "quite certain that we can and
+do constantly think of things without thinking of any sound or word
+as designating them. Language seems to me to be necessary for the
+progress of thought, but not at all for the mere act of thinking.
+It is a product of thought, an expression of it, a vehicle for the
+communication of it, and an embodiment which is essential to its
+growth and continuity; but it seems to me altogether erroneous to
+regard it as an inseparable part of cogitation."
+
+The following passages, again, are quoted from Sir William Hamilton
+in Professor Max Muller's own book, with so much approval as to lead
+one to suppose that the differences between himself and his
+opponents are in reality less than he believes them to be.
+
+"Language," says Sir W. Hamilton, "is the attribution of signs to
+our cognitions of things. But as a cognition must have already been
+there before it could receive a sign, consequently that knowledge
+which is denoted by the formation and application of a word must
+have preceded the symbol that denotes it. A sign, however, is
+necessary to give stability to our intellectual progress--to
+establish each step in our advance as a new starting-point for our
+advance to another beyond. A country may be overrun by an armed
+host, but it is only conquered by the establishment of fortresses.
+Words are the fortresses of thought. They enable us to realize our
+dominion over what we have already overrun in thought; to make every
+intellectual conquest the base of operations for others still
+beyond."
+
+"This," says Professor Max Muller, "is a most happy illustration,"
+and he proceeds to quote the following, also from Sir William
+Hamilton, which he declares to be even happier still.
+
+"You have all heard," says Sir William Hamilton, "of the process of
+tunnelling through a sandbank. In this operation it is impossible
+to succeed unless every foot, nay, almost every inch of our progress
+be secured by an arch of masonry before we attempted the excavation
+of another. Now language is to the mind precisely what the arch is
+to the tunnel. The power of thinking and the power of excavation
+are not dependent on the words in the one case or on the mason-work
+in the other; but without these subsidiaries neither could be
+carried on beyond its rudimentary commencement. Though, therefore,
+we allow that every movement forward in language must be determined
+by an antecedent movement forward in thought, still, unless thought
+be accompanied at each point of its evolutions by a corresponding
+evolution of language, its further development is arrested."
+
+Man has evolved an articulate language, whereas the lower animals
+seem to be without one. Man, therefore, has far outstripped them in
+reasoning faculty as well as in power of expression. This, however,
+does not bar the communications which the lower animals make to one
+another from possessing all the essential characteristics of
+language, and, as a matter of fact, wherever we can follow them we
+find such communications effectuated by the aid of arbitrary symbols
+covenanted upon by the living beings that wish to communicate, and
+persistently associated with certain corresponding feelings, states
+of mind, or material objects. Human language is nothing more than
+this in principle, however much further the principle has been
+carried in our own case than in that of the lower animals.
+
+This being admitted, we should infer that the thought or reason on
+which the language of men and animals is alike founded differs as
+between men and brutes in degree but not in kind. More than this
+cannot be claimed on behalf of the lower animals, even by their most
+enthusiastic admirer.
+
+
+
+
+
+The Deadlock in Darwinism: Part I {245}
+
+
+It will be readily admitted that of all living writers Mr. Alfred
+Russel Wallace is the one the peculiar turn of whose mind best fits
+him to write on the subject of natural selection, or the
+accumulation of fortunate but accidental variations through descent
+and the struggle for existence. His mind in all its more essential
+characteristics closely resembles that of the late Mr. Charles
+Darwin himself, and it is no doubt due to this fact that he and Mr.
+Darwin elaborated their famous theory at the same time, and
+independently of one another. I shall have occasion in the course
+of the following article to show how misled and misleading both
+these distinguished men have been, in spite of their unquestionable
+familiarity with the whole range of animal and vegetable phenomena.
+I believe it will be more respectful to both of them to do this in
+the most outspoken way. I believe their work to have been as
+mischievous as it has been valuable, and as valuable as it has been
+mischievous; and higher, whether praise or blame, I know not how to
+give. Nevertheless I would in the outset, and with the utmost
+sincerity, admit concerning Messrs. Wallace and Darwin that neither
+can be held as the more profound and conscientious thinker; neither
+can be put forward as the more ready to acknowledge obligation to
+the great writers on evolution who had preceded him, or to place his
+own developments in closer and more conspicuous historical
+connection with earlier thought upon the subject; neither is the
+more ready to welcome criticism and to state his opponent's case in
+the most pointed and telling way in which it can be put; neither is
+the more quick to encourage new truth; neither is the more genial,
+generous adversary, or has the profounder horror of anything even
+approaching literary or scientific want of candour; both display the
+same inimitable power of putting their opinions forward in the way
+that shall best ensure their acceptance; both are equally unrivalled
+in the tact that tells them when silence will be golden, and when on
+the other hand a whole volume of facts may be advantageously brought
+forward. Less than the foregoing tribute both to Messrs. Darwin and
+Wallace I will not, and more I cannot pay.
+
+Let us now turn to the most authoritative exponent of latter-day
+evolution--I mean to Mr. Wallace, whose work, entitled Darwinism,
+though it should have been entitled Wallaceism, is still so far
+Darwinistic that it develops the teaching of Mr. Darwin in the
+direction given to it by Mr. Darwin himself--so far, indeed, as this
+can be ascertained at all--and not in that of Lamarck. Mr. Wallace
+tells us, on the first page of his preface, that he has no intention
+of dealing even in outline with the vast subject of evolution in
+general, and has only tried to give such an account of the theory of
+natural selection as may facilitate a clear conception of Darwin's
+work. How far he has succeeded is a point on which opinion will
+probably be divided. Those who find Mr. Darwin's works clear will
+also find no difficulty in understanding Mr. Wallace; those, on the
+other hand, who find Mr. Darwin puzzling are little likely to be
+less puzzled by Mr. Wallace. He continues:--
+
+"The objections now made to Darwin's theory apply solely to the
+particular means by which the change of species has been brought
+about, not to the fact of that change."
+
+But "Darwin's theory"--as Mr. Wallace has elsewhere proved that he
+understands--has no reference "to the fact of that change"--that is
+to say, to the fact that species have been modified in course of
+descent from other species. This is no more Mr. Darwin's theory
+than it is the reader's or my own. Darwin's theory is concerned
+only with "the particular means by which the change of species has
+been brought about"; his contention being that this is mainly due to
+the natural survival of those individuals that have happened by some
+accident to be born most favourably adapted to their surroundings,
+or, in other words, through accumulation in the common course of
+nature of the more lucky variations that chance occasionally
+purveys. Mr. Wallace's words, then, in reality amount to this, that
+the objections now made to Darwin's theory apply solely to Darwin's
+theory, which is all very well as far as it goes, but might have
+been more easily apprehended if he had simply said, "There are
+several objections now made to Mr. Darwin's theory."
+
+It must be remembered that the passage quoted above occurs on the
+first page of a preface dated March, 1889, when the writer had
+completed his task, and was most fully conversant with his subject.
+Nevertheless, it seems indisputable either that he is still
+confusing evolution with Mr. Darwin's theory, or that he does not
+know when his sentences have point and when they have none.
+
+I should perhaps explain to some readers that Mr. Darwin did not
+modify the main theory put forward, first by Buffon, to whom it
+indisputably belongs, and adopted from him by Erasmus Darwin,
+Lamarck, and many other writers in the latter half of the eighteenth
+century and the earlier years of the nineteenth. The early
+evolutionists maintained that all existing forms of animal and
+vegetable life, including man, were derived in course of descent
+with modification from forms resembling the lowest now known.
+
+Mr. Darwin went as far as this, and farther no one can go. The
+point at issue between him and his predecessors involves neither the
+main fact of evolution, nor yet the geometrical ratio of increase,
+and the struggle for existence consequent thereon. Messrs. Darwin
+and Wallace have each thrown invaluable light upon these last two
+points, but Buffon, as early as 1756, had made them the keystone of
+his system. "The movement of nature," he then wrote, "turns on two
+immovable pivots: one, the illimitable fecundity which she has
+given to all species: the other, the innumerable difficulties which
+reduce the results of that fecundity." Erasmus Darwin and Lamarck
+followed in the same sense. They thus admit the survival of the
+fittest as fully as Mr. Darwin himself, though they do not make use
+of this particular expression. The dispute turns not upon natural
+selection, which is common to all writers on evolution, but upon the
+nature and causes of the variations that are supposed to be selected
+from and thus accumulated. Are these mainly attributable to the
+inherited effects of use and disuse, supplemented by occasional
+sports and happy accidents? Or are they mainly due to sports and
+happy accidents, supplemented by occasional inherited effects of use
+and disuse?
+
+The Lamarckian system has all along been maintained by Mr. Herbert
+Spencer, who, in his Principles of Biology, published in 1865,
+showed how impossible it was that accidental variations should
+accumulate at all. I am not sure how far Mr. Spencer would consent
+to being called a Lamarckian pure and simple, nor yet how far it is
+strictly accurate to call him one; nevertheless, I can see no
+important difference in the main positions taken by him and by
+Lamarck.
+
+The question at issue between the Lamarckians, supported by Mr.
+Spencer and a growing band of those who have risen in rebellion
+against the Charles-Darwinian system on the one hand, and Messrs.
+Darwin and Wallace with the greater number of our more prominent
+biologists on the other, involves the very existence of evolution as
+a workable theory. For it is plain that what Nature can be supposed
+able to do by way of choice must depend on the supply of the
+variations from which she is supposed to choose. She cannot take
+what is not offered to her; and so again she cannot be supposed able
+to accumulate unless what is gained in one direction in one
+generation, or series of generations, is little likely to be lost in
+those that presently succeed. Now variations ascribed mainly to use
+and disuse can be supposed capable of being accumulated, for use and
+disuse are fairly constant for long periods among the individuals of
+the same species, and often over large areas; moreover, conditions
+of existence involving changes of habit, and thus of organization,
+come for the most part gradually; so that time is given during which
+the organism can endeavour to adapt itself in the requisite
+respects, instead of being shocked out of existence by too sudden
+change. Variations, on the other hand, that are ascribed to mere
+chance cannot be supposed as likely to be accumulated, for chance is
+notoriously inconstant, and would not purvey the variations in
+sufficiently unbroken succession, or in a sufficient number of
+individuals, modified similarly in all the necessary correlations at
+the same time and place to admit of their being accumulated. It is
+vital therefore to the theory of evolution, as was early pointed out
+by the late Professor Fleeming Jenkin and by Mr. Herbert Spencer,
+that variations should be supposed to have a definite and persistent
+principle underlying them, which shall tend to engender similar and
+simultaneous modification, however small, in the vast majority of
+individuals composing any species. The existence of such a
+principle and its permanence is the only thing that can be supposed
+capable of acting as rudder and compass to the accumulation of
+variations, and of making it hold steadily on one course for each
+species, till eventually many havens, far remote from one another,
+are safely reached.
+
+It is obvious that the having fatally impaired the theory of his
+predecessors could not warrant Mr. Darwin in claiming, as he most
+fatuously did, the theory of evolution. That he is still generally
+believed to have been the originator of this theory is due to the
+fact that he claimed it, and that a powerful literary backing at
+once came forward to support him. It seems at first sight
+improbable that those who too zealously urged his claims were
+unaware that so much had been written on the subject, but when we
+find even Mr. Wallace himself as profoundly ignorant on this subject
+as he still either is, or affects to be, there is no limit
+assignable to the ignorance or affected ignorance of the kind of
+biologists who would write reviews in leading journals thirty years
+ago. Mr. Wallace writes:--
+
+"A few great naturalists, struck by the very slight difference
+between many of these species, and the numerous links that exist
+between the most different forms of animals and plants, and also
+observing that a great many species do vary considerably in their
+forms, colours and habits, conceived the idea that they might be all
+produced one from the other. The most eminent of these writers was
+a great French naturalist, Lamarck, who published an elaborate work,
+the Philosophie Zoologique, in which he endeavoured to prove that
+all animals whatever are descended from other species of animals.
+He attributed the change of species chiefly to the effect of changes
+in the conditions of life--such as climate, food, etc.; and
+especially to the desires and efforts of the animals themselves to
+improve their condition, leading to a modification of form or size
+in certain parts, owing to the well-known physiological law that all
+organs are strengthened by constant use, while they are weakened or
+even completely lost by disuse. . . .
+
+"The only other important work dealing with the question was the
+celebrated Vestiges of Creation, published anonymously, but now
+acknowledged to have been written by the late Robert Chambers."
+
+None are so blind as those who will not see, and it would be waste
+of time to argue with the invincible ignorance of one who thinks
+Lamarck and Buffon conceived that all species were produced from one
+another, more especially as I have already dealt at some length with
+the early evolutionists in my work Evolution, Old and New, first
+published ten years ago, and not, so far as I am aware, detected in
+serious error or omission. If, however, Mr. Wallace still thinks it
+safe to presume so far on the ignorance of his readers as to say
+that the only two important works on evolution before Mr. Darwin's
+were Lamarck's Philosophie Zoologique and the Vestiges of Creation,
+how fathomable is the ignorance of the average reviewer likely to
+have been thirty years ago, when the Origin of Species was first
+published? Mr. Darwin claimed evolution as his own theory. Of
+course, he would not claim it if he had no right to it. Then by all
+means give him the credit of it. This was the most natural view to
+take, and it was generally taken. It was not, moreover, surprising
+that people failed to appreciate all the niceties of Mr. Darwin's
+"distinctive feature" which, whether distinctive or no, was
+assuredly not distinct, and was never frankly contrasted with the
+older view, as it would have been by one who wished it to be
+understood and judged upon its merits. It was in consequence of
+this omission that people failed to note how fast and loose Mr.
+Darwin played with his distinctive feature, and how readily he
+dropped it on occasion.
+
+It may be said that the question of what was thought by the
+predecessors of Mr. Darwin is, after all, personal, and of no
+interest to the general public, comparable to that of the main
+issue--whether we are to accept evolution or not. Granted that Buff
+on, Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck bore the burden and heat of the day
+before Mr. Charles Darwin was born, they did not bring people round
+to their opinion, whereas Mr. Darwin and Mr. Wallace did, and the
+public cannot be expected to look beyond this broad and indisputable
+fact.
+
+The answer to this is, that the theory which Messrs. Darwin and
+Wallace have persuaded the public to accept is demonstrably false,
+and that the opponents of evolution are certain in the end to
+triumph over it. Paley, in his Natural Theology, long since brought
+forward far too much evidence of design in animal organization to
+allow of our setting down its marvels to the accumulation of
+fortunate accident, undirected by will, effort and intelligence.
+Those who examine the main facts of animal and vegetable
+organization without bias will, no doubt, ere long conclude that all
+animals and vegetables are derived ultimately from unicellular
+organisms, but they will not less readily perceive that the
+evolution of species without the concomitance and direction of mind
+and effort is as inconceivable as is the independent creation of
+every individual species. The two facts, evolution and design, are
+equally patent to plain people. There is no escaping from either.
+According to Messrs. Darwin and Wallace, we may have evolution, but
+are on no account to have it as mainly due to intelligent effort,
+guided by ever higher and higher range of sensations, perceptions,
+and ideas. We are to set it down to the shuffling of cards, or the
+throwing of dice without the play, and this will never stand.
+
+According to the older men, cards did indeed count for much, but
+play counted for more. They denied the teleology of the time--that
+is to say, the teleology that saw all adaptation to surroundings as
+part of a plan devised long ages since by a quasi-anthropomorphic
+being who schemed everything out much as a man would do, but on an
+infinitely vaster scale. This conception they found repugnant alike
+to intelligence and conscience, but, though they do not seem to have
+perceived it, they left the door open for a design more true and
+more demonstrable than that which they excluded. By making their
+variations mainly due to effort and intelligence, they made organic
+development run on all-fours with human progress, and with
+inventions which we have watched growing up from small beginnings.
+They made the development of man from the amoeba part and parcel of
+the story that may be read, though on an infinitely smaller scale,
+in the development of our most powerful marine engines from the
+common kettle, or of our finest microscopes from the dew-drop.
+
+The development of the steam-engine and the microscope is due to
+intelligence and design, which did indeed utilize chance
+suggestions, but which improved on these, and directed each step of
+their accumulation, though never foreseeing more than a step or two
+ahead, and often not so much as this. The fact, as I have elsewhere
+urged, that the man who made the first kettle did not foresee the
+engines of the Great Eastern, or that he who first noted the
+magnifying power of the dew-drop had no conception of our present
+microscopes--the very limited amount, in fact, of design and
+intelligence that was called into play at any one point--this does
+not make us deny that the steam-engine and microscope owe their
+development to design. If each step of the road was designed, the
+whole journey was designed, though the particular end was not
+designed when the journey was begun. And so is it, according to the
+older view of evolution, with the development of those living
+organs, or machines, that are born with us, as part of the
+perambulating carpenter's chest we call our bodies. The older view
+gives us our design, and gives us our evolution too. If it refuses
+to see a quasi-anthropomorphic God modelling each species from
+without as a potter models clay, it gives us God as vivifying and
+indwelling in all His creatures--He in them, and they in Him. If it
+refuses to see God outside the universe, it equally refuses to see
+any part of the universe as outside God. If it makes the universe
+the body of God, it also makes God the soul of the universe. The
+question at issue, then, between the Darwinism of Erasmus Darwin and
+the neo-Darwinism of his grandson, is not a personal one, nor
+anything like a personal one. It not only involves the existence of
+evolution, but it affects the view we take of life and things in an
+endless variety of most interesting and important ways. It is
+imperative, therefore, on those who take any interest in these
+matters, to place side by side in the clearest contrast the views of
+those who refer the evolution of species mainly to accumulation of
+variations that have no other inception than chance, and of that
+older school which makes design perceive and develop still further
+the goods that chance provides.
+
+But over and above this, which would be in itself sufficient, the
+historical mode of studying any question is the only one which will
+enable us to comprehend it effectually. The personal element cannot
+be eliminated from the consideration of works written by living
+persons for living persons. We want to know who is who--whom we can
+depend upon to have no other end than the making things clear to
+himself and his readers, and whom we should mistrust as having an
+ulterior aim on which he is more intent than on the furthering of
+our better understanding. We want to know who is doing his best to
+help us, and who is only trying to make us help him, or to bolster
+up the system in which his interests are vested. There is nothing
+that will throw more light upon these points than the way in which a
+man behaves towards those who have worked in the same field with
+himself, and, again, than his style. A man's style, as Buffon long
+since said, is the man himself. By style, I do not, of course, mean
+grammar or rhetoric, but that style of which Buffon again said that
+it is like happiness, and vient de la douceur de l'ame. When we
+find a man concealing worse than nullity of meaning under sentences
+that sound plausibly enough, we should distrust him much as we
+should a fellow-traveller whom we caught trying to steal our watch.
+We often cannot judge of the truth or falsehood of facts for
+ourselves, but we most of us know enough of human nature to be able
+to tell a good witness from a bad one.
+
+However this may be, and whatever we may think of judging systems by
+the directness or indirectness of those who advance them,
+biologists, having committed themselves too rashly, would have been
+more than human if they had not shown some pique towards those who
+dared to say, first, that the theory of Messrs. Darwin and Wallace
+was unworkable; and secondly, that even though it were workable it
+would not justify either of them in claiming evolution. When
+biologists show pique at all they generally show a good deal of
+pique, but pique or no pique, they shunned Mr. Spencer's objection
+above referred to with a persistency more unanimous and obstinate
+than I ever remember to have seen displayed even by professional
+truth-seekers. I find no rejoinder to it from Mr. Darwin himself,
+between 1865 when it was first put forward, and 1882 when Mr. Darwin
+died. It has been similarly "ostrichized" by all the leading
+apologists of Darwinism, so far at least as I have been able to
+observe, and I have followed the matter closely for many years. Mr.
+Spencer has repeated and amplified it in his recent work The Factors
+of Organic Evolution, but it still remains without so much as an
+attempt at serious answer, for the perfunctory and illusory remarks
+of Mr. Wallace at the end of his Darwinism cannot be counted as
+such. The best proof of its irresistible weight is that Mr. Darwin,
+though maintaining silence in respect to it, retreated from his
+original position in the direction that would most obviate Mr.
+Spencer's objection.
+
+Yet this objection has been repeatedly urged by the more prominent
+anti-Charles-Darwinian authorities, and there is no sign that the
+British public is becoming less rigorous in requiring people either
+to reply to objections repeatedly urged by men of even moderate
+weight, or to let judgment go by default. As regards Mr. Darwin's
+claim to the theory of evolution generally, Darwinians are beginning
+now to perceive that this cannot be admitted, and either say with
+some hardihood that Mr. Darwin never claimed it, or after a few
+saving clauses to the effect that this theory refers only to the
+particular means by which evolution has been brought about, imply
+forthwith thereafter none the less that evolution is Mr. Darwin's
+theory. Mr. Wallace has done this repeatedly in his recent
+Darwinism. Indeed, I should be by no means sure that on the first
+page of his preface, in the passage about "Darwin's theory," which I
+have already somewhat severely criticized, he was not intending
+evolution by "Darwin's theory," if in his preceding paragraph he had
+not so clearly shown that he knew evolution to be a theory of
+greatly older date than Mr. Darwin's.
+
+The history of science--well exemplified by that of the development
+theory--is the history of eminent men who have fought against light
+and have been worsted. The tenacity with which Darwinians stick to
+their accumulation of fortuitous variations is on a par with the
+like tenacity shown by the illustrious Cuvier, who did his best to
+crush evolution altogether. It always has been thus, and always
+will be; nor is it desirable in the interests of Truth herself that
+it should be otherwise. Truth is like money--lightly come, lightly
+go; and if she cannot hold her own against even gross
+misrepresentation, she is herself not worth holding.
+Misrepresentation in the long run makes Truth as much as it mars
+her; hence our law courts do not think it desirable that pleaders
+should speak their bona fide opinions, much less that they should
+profess to do so. Rather let each side hoodwink judge and jury as
+best it can, and let truth flash out from collision of defence and
+accusation. When either side will not collide, it is an axiom of
+controversy that it desires to prevent the truth from being
+elicited.
+
+Let us now note the courses forced upon biologists by the
+difficulties of Mr. Darwin's distinctive feature. Mr. Darwin and
+Mr. Wallace, as is well known, brought the feature forward
+simultaneously and independently of one another, but Mr. Wallace
+always believed in it more firmly than Mr. Darwin did. Mr. Darwin
+as a young man did not believe in it. He wrote before 1839,
+"Nature, by making habit omnipotent and its effects hereditary, has
+fitted the Fuegian for the climate and productions of his country,"
+{259a} a sentence than which nothing can coincide more fully with
+the older view that use and disuse were the main purveyors of
+variations, or conflict more fatally with his own subsequent
+distinctive feature. Moreover, as I showed in my last work on
+evolution, {259b} in the peroration to his Origin of Species, he
+discarded his accidental variations altogether, and fell back on the
+older theory, so that the body of the Origin of Species supports one
+theory, and the peroration another that differs from it toto coelo.
+Finally, in his later editions, he retreated indefinitely from his
+original position, edging always more and more continually towards
+the theory of his grandfather and Lamarck. These facts convince me
+that he was at no time a thoroughgoing Darwinian, but was throughout
+an unconscious Lamarckian, though ever anxious to conceal the fact
+alike from himself and from his readers.
+
+Not so with Mr. Wallace, who was both more outspoken in the first
+instance, and who has persevered along the path of Wallaceism just
+as Mr. Darwin with greater sagacity was ever on the retreat from
+Darwinism. Mr. Wallace's profounder faith led him in the outset to
+place his theory in fuller daylight than Mr. Darwin was inclined to
+do. Mr. Darwin just waved Lamarck aside, and said as little about
+him as he could, while in his earlier editions Erasmus Darwin and
+Buffon were not so much as named. Mr. Wallace, on the contrary, at
+once raised the Lamarckian spectre, and declared it exorcized. He
+said the Lamarckian hypothesis was "quite unnecessary." The giraffe
+did not "acquire its long neck by desiring to reach the foliage of
+the more lofty shrubs, and constantly stretching its neck for this
+purpose, but because any varieties which occurred among its
+antitypes with a longer neck than usual at once secured a fresh
+range of pasture over the same ground as their shorter-necked
+companions, and on the first scarcity of food were thus enabled to
+outlive them." {260}
+
+"Which occurred" is evidently "which happened to occur" by some
+chance of accident unconnected with use and disuse. The word
+"accident" is never used, but Mr. Wallace must be credited with this
+instance of a desire to give his readers a chance of perceiving that
+according to his distinctive feature evolution is an affair of luck,
+rather than of cunning. Whether his readers actually did understand
+this as clearly as Mr. Wallace doubtless desired that they should,
+and whether greater development at this point would not have helped
+them to fuller apprehension, we need not now inquire. What was
+gained in distinctness might have been lost in distinctiveness, and
+after all he did technically put us upon our guard.
+
+Nevertheless, he too at a pinch takes refuge in Lamarckism. In
+relation to the manner in which the eyes of soles, turbots, and
+other flat-fish travel round the head so as to become in the end
+unsymmetrically placed, he says:--
+
+"The eyes of these fish are curiously distorted in order that both
+eyes may be upon the upper side, where alone they would be of any
+use. . . . Now if we suppose this process, which in the young is
+completed in a few days or weeks, to have been spread over thousands
+of generations during the development of these fish, those usually
+surviving _whose eyes retained more and more of the position into
+which the young fish tried to twist them_ [italics mine], the change
+becomes intelligible." {261} When it was said by Professor Ray
+Lankester--who knows as well as most people what Lamarck taught--
+that this was "flat Lamarckism," Mr. Wallace rejoined that it was
+the survival of the modified individuals that did it all, not the
+efforts of the young fish to twist their eyes, and the transmission
+to descendants of the effects of those efforts. But this, as I said
+in my book Evolution, Old and New, is like saying that horses are
+swift runners, not by reason of the causes, whatever they were, that
+occasioned the direct line of their progenitors to vary towards ever
+greater and greater swiftness, but because their more slow-going
+uncles and aunts go away. Plain people will prefer to say that the
+main cause of any accumulation of favourable modifications consists
+rather in that which brings about the initial variations, and in the
+fact that these can be inherited at all, than in the fact that the
+unmodified individuals were not successful. People do not become
+rich because the poor in large numbers go away, but because they
+have been lucky, or provident, or more commonly both. If they would
+keep their wealth when they have made it they must exclude luck
+thenceforth to the utmost of their power and their children must
+follow their example, or they will soon lose their money. The fact
+that the weaker go to the wall does not bring about the greater
+strength of the stronger; it is the consequence of this last and not
+the cause--unless, indeed, it be contended that a knowledge that the
+weak go to the wall stimulates the strong to exertions which they
+would not otherwise so make, and that these exertions produce
+inheritable modifications. Even in this case, however, it would be
+the exertions, or use and disuse, that would be the main agents in
+the modification. But it is not often that Mr. Wallace thus
+backslides. His present position is that acquired (as distinguished
+from congenital) modifications are not inherited at all. He does
+not indeed put his faith prominently forward and pin himself to it
+as plainly as could be wished, but under the heading "The Non-
+Heredity of Acquired Characters," he writes as follows on p. 440 of
+his recent work in reference to Professor Weismann's Theory of
+Heredity:--
+
+"Certain observations on the embryology of the lower animals are
+held to afford direct proof of this theory of heredity, but they are
+too technical to be made clear to ordinary readers. A logical
+result of the theory is the impossibility of the transmission of
+acquired characters, since the molecular structure of the germ-plasm
+is already determined within the embryo; and Weismann holds that
+there are no facts which really prove that acquired characters can
+be inherited, although their inheritance has, by most writers, been
+considered so probable as hardly to stand in need of direct proof.
+
+"We have already seen in the earlier part of this chapter that many
+instances of change, imputed to the inheritance of acquired
+variations, are really cases of selection."
+
+And the rest of the remarks tend to convey the impression that Mr.
+Wallace adopts Professor Weismann's view, but, curiously enough,
+though I have gone through Mr. Wallace's book with a special view to
+this particular point, I have not been able to find him definitely
+committing himself either to the assertion that acquired
+modifications never are inherited, or that they sometimes are so.
+It is abundantly laid down that Mr. Darwin laid too much stress on
+use and disuse, and a residuary impression is left that Mr. Wallace
+is endorsing Professor Weismann's view, but I have found it
+impossible to collect anything that enables me to define his
+position confidently in this respect.
+
+This is natural enough, for Mr. Wallace has entitled his book
+Darwinism, and a work denying that use and disuse produced any
+effect could not conceivably be called Darwinism. Mr. Herbert
+Spencer has recently collected many passages from The Origin of
+Species and from Animals and Plants under Domestication," {263}
+which show how largely, after all, use and disuse entered into Mr.
+Darwin's system, and we know that in his later years he attached
+still more importance to them. It was out of the question,
+therefore, that Mr. Wallace should categorically deny that their
+effects were inheritable. On the other hand, the temptation to
+adopt Professor Weismann's view must have been overwhelming to one
+who had been already inclined to minimize the effects of use and
+disuse. On the whole, one does not see what Mr. Wallace could do,
+other than what he has done--unless, of course, he changed his
+title, or had been no longer Mr. Wallace.
+
+Besides, thanks to the works of Mr. Spencer, Professor Mivart,
+Professor Semper, and very many others, there has for some time been
+a growing perception that the Darwinism of Charles Darwin was
+doomed. Use and disuse must either do even more than is officially
+recognized in Mr. Darwin's later concessions, or they must do a
+great deal less. If they can do as much as Mr. Darwin himself said
+they did, why should they not do more? Why stop where Mr. Darwin
+did? And again, where in the name of all that is reasonable did he
+really stop? He drew no line, and on what principle can we say that
+so much is possible as effect of use and disuse, but so much more
+impossible? If, as Mr. Darwin contended, disuse can so far reduce
+an organ as to render it rudimentary, and in many cases get rid of
+it altogether, why cannot use create as much as disuse can destroy,
+provided it has anything, no matter how low in structure, to begin
+with? Let us know where we stand. If it is admitted that use and
+disuse can do a good deal, what does a good deal mean? And what is
+the proportion between the shares attributable to use and disuse and
+to natural selection respectively? If we cannot be told with
+absolute precision, let us at any rate have something more definite
+than the statement that natural selection is "the most important
+means of modification."
+
+Mr. Darwin gave us no help in this respect; and worse than this, he
+contradicted himself so flatly as to show that he had very little
+definite idea upon the subject at all. Thus in respect to the
+winglessness of the Madeira beetles he wrote:--
+
+"In some cases we might easily put down to disuse modifications of
+structure, which are wholly or mainly due to natural selection. Mr.
+Wollaston has discovered the remarkable fact that 200 beetles, out
+of the 550 species (but more are now known) inhabiting Madeira, are
+so far deficient in wings that they cannot fly; and that of the 29
+endemic genera no less than 23 have all their species in this
+condition! Several facts--namely, that beetles in many parts of the
+world are frequently blown out to sea and perish; that the beetles
+in Madeira, as observed by Mr. Wollaston, lie much concealed until
+the wind lulls and the sun shines; that the proportion of wingless
+beetles is larger on the exposed Desertas than in Madeira itself;
+and especially the extraordinary fact, so strongly insisted on by
+Mr. Wollaston, that certain large groups of beetles, elsewhere
+excessively numerous, which absolutely require the use of their
+wings are here almost entirely absent;--these several considerations
+make me believe that the wingless condition of so many Madeira
+beetles is mainly due to the action of natural selection, _combined
+probably with disuse_ [italics mine]. For during many successive
+generations each individual beetle which flew least, either from its
+wings having been ever so little less perfectly developed or from
+indolent habit, will have had the best chance of surviving, from not
+being blown out to sea; and, on the other hand, those beetles which
+most readily took to flight would oftenest have been blown to sea,
+and thus destroyed." {265}
+
+We should like to know, first, somewhere about how much disuse was
+able to do after all, and moreover why, if it can do anything at
+all, it should not be able to do all. Mr. Darwin says: "Any change
+in structure and function which can be effected by small stages is
+within the power of natural selection." "And why not," we ask,
+"within the power of use and disuse?" Moreover, on a later page we
+find Mr. Darwin saying:--
+
+"_It appears probable that disuse has been the main agent in
+rendering organs rudimentary_ [italics mine]. It would at first
+lead by slow steps to the more and more complete reduction of a
+part, until at last it has become rudimentary--as in the case of the
+eyes of animals inhabiting dark caverns, and of the wings of birds
+inhabiting oceanic islands, which have seldom been forced by beasts
+of prey to take flight, and have ultimately lost the power of
+flying. Again, an organ, useful under certain conditions, might
+become injurious under others, as _with the wings of beetles living
+on small and exposed islands_; and in this case natural selection
+will have aided in reducing the organ, until it was rendered
+harmless and rudimentary [italics mine]." {266}
+
+So that just as an undefined amount of use and disuse was introduced
+on the earlier page to supplement the effects of natural selection
+in respect of the wings of beetles on small and exposed islands, we
+have here an undefined amount of natural selection introduced to
+supplement the effects of use and disuse in respect of the identical
+phenomena. In the one passage we find that natural selection has
+been the main agent in reducing the wings, though use and disuse
+have had an appreciable share in the result; in the other, it is use
+and disuse that have been the main agents, though an appreciable
+share in the result must be ascribed to natural selection.
+
+Besides, who has seen the uncles and aunts going away with the
+uniformity that is necessary for Mr. Darwin's contention? We know
+that birds and insects do often get blown out to sea and perish, but
+in order to establish Mr. Darwin's position we want the evidence of
+those who watched the reduction of the wings during the many
+generations in the course of which it was being effected, and who
+can testify that all, or the overwhelming majority, of the beetles
+born with fairly well-developed wings got blown out to sea, while
+those alone survived whose wings were congenitally degenerate. Who
+saw them go, or can point to analogous cases so conclusive as to
+compel assent from any equitable thinker?
+
+Darwinians of the stamp of Mr. Thiselton Dyer, Professor Ray
+Lankester, or Mr. Romanes, insist on their pound of flesh in the
+matter of irrefragable demonstration. They complain of us for not
+bringing forward someone who has been able to detect the movement of
+the hour-hand of a watch during a second of time, and when we fail
+to do so, declare triumphantly that we have no evidence that there
+is any connection between the beating of a second and the movement
+of the hour-hand. When we say that rain comes from the condensation
+of moisture in the atmosphere, they demand of us a rain-drop from
+moisture not yet condensed. If they stickle for proof and cavil on
+the ninth part of a hair, as they do when we bring forward what we
+deem excellent instances of the transmission of an acquired
+characteristic, why may not we, too, demand at any rate some
+evidence that the unmodified beetles actually did always, or nearly
+always, get blown out to sea, during the reduction above referred
+to, and that it is to this fact, and not to the masterly inactivity
+of their fathers and mothers, that the Madeira beetles owe their
+winglessness? If we begin stickling for proof in this way, our
+opponents would not be long in letting us know that absolute proof
+is unattainable on any subject, that reasonable presumption is our
+highest certainty, and that crying out for too much evidence is as
+bad as accepting too little. Truth is like a photographic
+sensitized plate, which is equally ruined by over and by under
+exposure, and the just exposure for which can never be absolutely
+determined.
+
+Surely if disuse can be credited with the vast powers involved in
+Mr. Darwin's statement that it has probably "been the main agent in
+rendering organs rudimentary," no limits are assignable to the
+accumulated effects of habit, provided the effects of habit, or use
+and disuse, are supposed, as Mr. Darwin supposed them, to be
+inheritable at all. Darwinians have at length woke up to the
+dilemma in which they are placed by the manner in which Mr. Darwin
+tried to sit on the two stools of use and disuse, and natural
+selection of accidental variations, at the same time. The knell of
+Charles-Darwinism is rung in Mr. Wallace's present book, and in the
+general perception on the part of biologists that we must either
+assign to use and disuse such a predominant share in modification as
+to make it the feature most proper to be insisted on, or deny that
+the modifications, whether of mind or body, acquired during a single
+lifetime, are ever transmitted at all. If they can be inherited at
+all, they can be accumulated. If they can be accumulated at all,
+they can be so, for anything that appears to the contrary, to the
+extent of the specific and generic differences with which we are
+surrounded. The only thing to do is to pluck them out root and
+branch: they are as a cancer which, if the smallest fibre be left
+unexcised, will grow again, and kill any system on to which it is
+allowed to fasten. Mr. Wallace, therefore, may well be excused if
+he casts longing eyes towards Weismannism.
+
+And what was Mr. Darwin's system? Who can make head or tail of the
+inextricable muddle in which he left it? The Origin of Species in
+its latest shape is the reduction of hedging to an absurdity. How
+did Mr. Darwin himself leave it in the last chapter of the last
+edition of the Origin of Species? He wrote:--
+
+"I have now recapitulated the facts and considerations which have
+thoroughly convinced me that species have been modified during a
+long course of descent. This has been effected chiefly through the
+natural selection of numerous, successive, slight, favourable
+variations; aided in an important manner by the inherited effects of
+the use and disuse of parts, and in an unimportant manner--that is,
+in relation to adaptive structures whether past or present--by the
+direct action of external conditions, and by variations which seem
+to us in our ignorance to arise spontaneously. It appears that I
+formerly underrated the frequency and value of these latter forms of
+variation, as leading to permanent modifications of structure
+independently of natural selection."
+
+The "numerous, successive, slight, favourable variations" above
+referred to are intended to be fortuitous, accidental, spontaneous.
+It is the essence of Mr. Darwin's theory that this should be so.
+Mr. Darwin's solemn statement, therefore, of his theory, after he
+had done his best or his worst with it, is, when stripped of
+surplusage, as follows:--
+
+"The modification of species has been mainly effected by
+accumulation of spontaneous variations; it has been aided in an
+important manner by accumulation of variations due to use and
+disuse, and in an unimportant manner by spontaneous variations; I do
+not even now think that spontaneous variations have been very
+important, but I used once to think them less important than I do
+now."
+
+It is a discouraging symptom of the age that such a system should
+have been so long belauded, and it is a sign of returning
+intelligence that even he who has been more especially the alter ego
+of Mr. Darwin should have felt constrained to close the chapter of
+Charles-Darwinism as a living theory, and relegate it to the
+important but not very creditable place in history which it must
+henceforth occupy. It is astonishing, however, that Mr. Wallace
+should have quoted the extract from the Origin of Species just
+given, as he has done on p. 412 of his Darwinism, without betraying
+any sign that he has caught its driftlessness--for drift, other than
+a desire to hedge, it assuredly has not got. The battle now turns
+on the question whether modifications of either structure or
+instinct due to use or disuse are ever inherited, or whether they
+are not. Can the effects of habit be transmitted to progeny at all?
+We know that more usually they are not transmitted to any
+perceptible extent, but we believe also that occasionally, and
+indeed not infrequently, they are inherited and even intensified.
+What are our grounds for this opinion? It will be my object to put
+these forward in the following number of the Universal Review.
+
+
+
+
+
+The Deadlock in Darwinism: Part II {271}
+
+
+At the close of my article in last month's number of the Universal
+Review, I said I would in this month's issue show why the opponents
+of Charles-Darwinism believe the effects of habits acquired during
+the lifetime of a parent to produce an effect on their subsequent
+offspring, in spite of the fact that we can rarely find the effect
+in any one generation, or even in several, sufficiently marked to
+arrest our attention.
+
+I will now show that offspring can be, and not very infrequently is,
+affected by occurrences that have produced a deep impression on the
+parent organism--the effect produced on the offspring being such as
+leaves no doubt that it is to be connected with the impression
+produced on the parent. Having thus established the general
+proposition, I will proceed to the more particular one--that habits,
+involving use and disuse of special organs, with the modifications
+of structure thereby engendered, produce also an effect upon
+offspring, which, though seldom perceptible as regards structure in
+a single, or even in several generations, is nevertheless capable of
+being accumulated in successive generations till it amounts to
+specific and generic difference. I have found the first point as
+much as I can treat within the limits of this present article, and
+will avail myself of the hospitality of the Universal Review next
+month to deal with the second.
+
+The proposition which I have to defend is one which no one till
+recently would have questioned, and even now those who look most
+askance at it do not venture to dispute it unreservedly; they every
+now and then admit it as conceivable, and even in some cases
+probable; nevertheless they seek to minimize it, and to make out
+that there is little or no connection between the great mass of the
+cells of which the body is composed, and those cells that are alone
+capable of reproducing the entire organism. The tendency is to
+assign to these last a life of their own, apart from, and
+unconnected with that of the other cells of the body, and to cheapen
+all evidence that tends to prove any response on their part to the
+past history of the individual, and hence ultimately of the race.
+
+Professor Weismann is the foremost exponent of those who take this
+line. He has naturally been welcomed by English Charles-Darwinians;
+for if his view can be sustained, then it can be contended that use
+and disuse produce no transmissible effect, and the ground is cut
+from under Lamarck's feet; if, on the other hand, his view is
+unfounded, the Lamarckian reaction, already strong, will gain still
+further strength. The issue, therefore, is important, and is being
+fiercely contested by those who have invested their all of
+reputation for discernment in Charles-Darwinian securities.
+
+Professor Weismann's theory is, that at every new birth a part of
+the substance which proceeds from parents and which goes to form the
+new embryo is not used up in forming the new animal, but remains
+apart to generate the germ-cells--or perhaps I should say "germ-
+plasm"--which the new animal itself will in due course issue.
+
+Contrasting the generally received view with his own, Professor
+Weismann says that according to the first of these "the organism
+produces germ-cells afresh again and again, and that it produces
+them entirely from its own substance." While by the second "the
+germ-cells are no longer looked upon as the product of the parent's
+body, at least as far as their essential part--the specific germ-
+plasm--is concerned; they are rather considered as something which
+is to be placed in contrast with the tout ensemble of the cells
+which make up the parent's body, and the germ-cells of succeeding
+generations stand in a similar relation to one another as a series
+of generations of unicellular organisms arising by a continued
+process of cell-division." {274a} On another page he writes:--
+
+"I believe that heredity depends upon the fact that a small portion
+of the effective substance of the germ, the germ-plasm, remains
+unchanged during the development of the ovum into an organism, and
+that this part of the germ-plasm serves as a foundation from which
+the germ-cells of the new organism are produced. There is,
+therefore, continuity of the germ-plasm from one generation to
+another. One might represent the germ-plasm by the metaphor of a
+long creeping root-stock from which plants arise at intervals, these
+latter representing the individuals of successive generations."
+{274b}
+
+Mr. Wallace, who does not appear to have read Professor Weismann's
+essays themselves, but whose remarks are, no doubt, ultimately
+derived from the sequel to the passage just quoted from page 266 of
+Professor Weismann's book, contends that the impossibility of the
+transmission of acquired characters follows as a logical result from
+Professor Weismann's theory, inasmuch as the molecular structure of
+the germ-plasm that will go to form any succeeding generation is
+already predetermined within the still unformed embryo of its
+predecessor; "and Weismann," continues Mr. Wallace, "holds that
+there are no facts which really prove that acquired characters can
+be inherited, although their inheritance has, by most writers, been
+considered so probable as hardly to stand in need of direct proof."
+{275}
+
+Professor Weismann, in passages too numerous to quote, shows that he
+recognizes this necessity, and acknowledges that the non-
+transmission of acquired characters "forms the foundation of the
+views" set forth in his book, p. 291.
+
+Professor Ray Lankester does not commit himself absolutely to this
+view, but lends it support by saying (Nature, December 12, 1889):
+"It is hardly necessary to say that it has never yet been shown
+experimentally that _anything_ acquired by one generation is
+transmitted to the next (putting aside diseases)."
+
+Mr. Romanes, writing in Nature, March 13, 1890, and opposing certain
+details of Professor Weismann's theory, so far supports it as to say
+that "there is the gravest possible doubt lying against the
+supposition that any really inherited decrease is due to the
+inherited effects of disuse." The "gravest possible doubt" should
+mean that Mr. Romanes regards it as a moral certainty that disuse
+has no transmitted effect in reducing an organ, and it should follow
+that he holds use to have no transmitted effect in its development.
+The sequel, however, makes me uncertain how far Mr. Romanes intends
+this, and I would refer the reader to the article which Mr. Romanes
+has just published on Weismann in the Contemporary Review for this
+current month.
+
+The burden of Mr. Thiselton Dyer's controversy with the Duke of
+Argyll (see Nature, January 16, 1890, et seq.) was that there was no
+evidence in support of the transmission of any acquired
+modification. The orthodoxy of science, therefore, must be held as
+giving at any rate a provisional support to Professor Weismann, but
+all of them, including even Professor Weismann himself, shrink from
+committing themselves to the opinion that the germ-cells of any
+organisms remain in all cases unaffected by the events that occur to
+the other cells of the same organism, and until they do this they
+have knocked the bottom out of their case.
+
+From among the passages in which Professor Weismann himself shows a
+desire to hedge I may take the following from page 170 of his book:--
+
+"I am also far from asserting that the germ-plasm which, as I hold,
+is transmitted as the basis of heredity from one generation to
+another, is absolutely unchangeable or totally uninfluenced by
+forces residing in the organism within which it is transformed into
+germ-cells. I am also compelled to admit it as conceivable that
+organisms may exert a modifying influence upon their germ-cells, and
+even that such a process is to a certain extent inevitable. The
+nutrition and growth of the individual must exercise some influence
+upon its germ-cells . . . "
+
+Professor Weismann does indeed go on to say that this influence must
+be extremely slight, but we do not care how slight the changes
+produced may be, provided they exist and can be transmitted. On an
+earlier page (p. 101) he said in regard to variations generally that
+we should not expect to find them conspicuous; their frequency would
+be enough, if they could be accumulated. The same applies here, if
+stirring events that occur to the somatic cells can produce any
+effect at all on offspring. A very small effect, provided it can be
+repeated and accumulated in successive generations, is all that even
+the most exacting Lamarckian will ask for.
+
+Having now made the reader acquainted with the position taken by the
+leading Charles-Darwinian authorities, I will return to Professor
+Weismann himself, who declares that the transmission of acquired
+characters "at first sight certainly seems necessary," and that "it
+appears rash to attempt to dispense with its aid." He continues:--
+
+"Many phenomena only appear to be intelligible if we assume the
+hereditary transmission of such acquired characters as the changes
+which we ascribe to the use or disuse of particular organs, or to
+the direct influence of climate. Furthermore, how can we explain
+instinct as hereditary habit, unless it has gradually arisen by the
+accumulation, through heredity, of habits which were practised in
+succeeding generations?" {277}
+
+I may say in passing that Professor Weismann appears to suppose that
+the view of instinct just given is part of the Charles-Darwinian
+system, for on page 389 of his book he says "that many observers had
+followed Darwin in explaining them [instincts] as inherited habits."
+This was not Mr. Darwin's own view of the matter. He wrote:--
+
+"If we suppose any habitual action to become inherited--and I think
+it can be shown that this does sometimes happen--then the
+resemblance between what originally was a habit and an instinct
+becomes so close as not to be distinguished. . . . But it would be
+the most serious error to suppose that the greater number of
+instincts have been acquired by habit in one generation, and then
+transmitted by inheritance to succeeding generations. It can be
+clearly shown that the most wonderful instincts with which we are
+acquainted, namely, those of the hive-bee and of many ants, could
+not possibly have been thus acquired."--[Origin of Species, ed.
+1859, p. 209.]
+
+Again we read: "Domestic instincts are sometimes spoken of as
+actions which have become inherited solely from long-continued and
+compulsory habit, but this, I think, is not true."--Ibid., p. 214.
+
+Again: "I am surprised that no one has advanced this demonstrative
+case of neuter insects, against the well-known doctrine of inherited
+habit, as advanced by Lamarck."--[Origin of Species, ed. 1872, p.
+233.]
+
+I am not aware that Lamarck advanced the doctrine that instinct is
+inherited habit, but he may have done so in some work that I have
+not seen.
+
+It is true, as I have more than once pointed out, that in the later
+editions of the Origin of Species it is no longer "the _most_
+serious" error to refer instincts generally to inherited habit, but
+it still remains "a serious error," and this slight relaxation of
+severity does not warrant Professor Weismann in ascribing to Mr.
+Darwin an opinion which he emphatically condemned. His tone,
+however, is so off-hand, that those who have little acquaintance
+with the literature of evolution would hardly guess that he is not
+much better informed on this subject than themselves.
+
+Returning to the inheritance of acquired characters, Professor
+Weismann says that this has never been proved either by means of
+direct observation or by experiment. "It must be admitted," he
+writes, "that there are in existence numerous descriptions of cases
+which tend to prove that such mutilations as the loss of fingers,
+the scars of wounds, etc., are inherited by the offspring, but in
+these descriptions the previous history is invariably obscure, and
+hence the evidence loses all scientific value."
+
+The experiments of M. Brown-Sequard throw so much light upon the
+question at issue that I will quote at some length from the summary
+given by Mr. Darwin in his Variation of Animals and Plants under
+Domestication. {279} Mr. Darwin writes:--
+
+"With respect to the inheritance of structures mutilated by injuries
+or altered by disease, it was until lately difficult to come to any
+definite conclusion." [Then follow several cases in which
+mutilations practised for many generations are not found to be
+transmitted.] "Notwithstanding," continues Mr. Darwin, "the above
+several negative cases, we now possess conclusive evidence that the
+effects of operations are sometimes inherited. Dr. Brown-Sequard
+gives the following summary of his observations on guinea-pigs, and
+this summary is so important that I will quote the whole:--
+
+"'1st. Appearance of epilepsy in animals born of parents having
+been rendered epileptic by an injury to the spinal cord.
+
+"'2nd. Appearance of epilepsy also in animals born of parents
+having been rendered epileptic by the section of the sciatic nerve.
+
+"'3rd. A change in the shape of the ear in animals born of parents
+in which such a change was the effect of a division of the cervical
+sympathetic nerve.
+
+"'4th. Partial closure of the eyelids in animals born of parents in
+which that state of the eyelids had been caused either by the
+section of the cervical sympathetic nerve or the removal of the
+superior cervical ganglion.
+
+"'5th. Exophthalmia in animals born of parents in which an injury
+to the restiform body had produced that protrusion of the eyeball.
+This interesting fact I have witnessed a good many times, and I have
+seen the transmission of the morbid state of the eye continue
+through four generations. In these animals modified by heredity,
+the two eyes generally protruded, although in the parents usually
+only one showed exophthalmia, the lesion having been made in most
+cases only on one of the corpora restiformia.
+
+"'6th. Haematoma and dry gangrene of the ears in animals born of
+parents in which these ear-alterations had been caused by an injury
+to the restiform body near the nib of the calamus.
+
+"'7th. Absence of two toes out of the three of the hind leg, and
+sometimes of the three, in animals whose parents had eaten up their
+hind-leg toes which had become anaesthetic from a section of the
+sciatic nerve alone, or of that nerve and also of the crural.
+Sometimes, instead of complete absence of the toes, only a part of
+one or two or three was missing in the young, although in the parent
+not only the toes but the whole foot was absent (partly eaten off,
+partly destroyed by inflammation, ulceration, or gangrene).
+
+"'8th. Appearance of various morbid states of the skin and hair of
+the neck and face in animals born of parents having had similar
+alterations in the same parts, as effects of an injury to the
+sciatic nerve.'
+
+"It should be especially observed that Brown-Sequard had bred during
+thirty years many thousand guinea-pigs from animals which had not
+been operated upon, and not one of these manifested the epileptic
+tendency. Nor has he ever seen a guinea-pig born without toes,
+which was not the offspring of parents which had gnawed off their
+own toes owing to the sciatic nerve having been divided. Of this
+latter fact thirteen instances were carefully recorded, and a
+greater number were seen; yet Brown-Sequard speaks of such cases as
+one of the rarer forms of inheritance. It is a still more
+interesting fact, 'that the sciatic nerve in the congenitally
+toeless animal has inherited the power of passing through all the
+different morbid states which have occurred in one of its parents
+from the time of the division till after its reunion with the
+peripheric end. It is not, therefore, simply the power of
+performing an action which is inherited, but the power of performing
+a whole series of actions, in a certain order.'
+
+"In most of the cases of inheritance recorded by Brown-Sequard only
+one of the two parents had been operated upon and was affected. He
+concludes by expressing his belief that 'what is transmitted is the
+morbid state of the nervous system,' due to the operation performed
+on the parents."
+
+Mr. Darwin proceeds to give other instances of inherited effects of
+mutilations:--
+
+"With the horse there seems hardly a doubt that exostoses on the
+legs, caused by too much travelling on hard roads, are inherited.
+Blumenbach records the case of a man who had his little finger on
+the right hand almost cut off, and which in consequence grew
+crooked, and his sons had the same finger on the same hand similarly
+crooked. A soldier, fifteen years before his marriage, lost his
+left eye from purulent ophthalmia, and his two sons were
+microphthalmic on the same side."
+
+The late Professor Rolleston, whose competence as an observer no one
+is likely to dispute, gave Mr. Darwin two cases as having fallen
+under his own notice, one of a man whose knee had been severely
+wounded, and whose child was born with the same spot marked or
+scarred, and the other of one who was severely cut upon the cheek,
+and whose child was born scarred in the same place. Mr. Darwin's
+conclusion was that "the effects of injuries, especially when
+followed by disease, or perhaps exclusively when thus followed, are
+occasionally inherited."
+
+Let us now see what Professor Weismann has to say against this. He
+writes:--
+
+"The only cases worthy of discussion are the well-known experiments
+upon guinea-pigs conducted by the French physiologist, Brown-
+Sequard. But the explanation of his results is, in my opinion, open
+to discussion. In these cases we have to do with the apparent
+transmission of artificially produced malformations. . . . All
+these effects were said to be transmitted to descendants as far as
+the fifth or sixth generation.
+
+"But we must inquire whether these cases are really due to heredity,
+and not to simple infection. In the case of epilepsy, at any rate,
+it is easy to imagine that the passage of some specific organism
+through the reproductive cells may take place, as in the case of
+syphilis. We are, however, entirely ignorant of the nature of the
+former disease. This suggested explanation may not perhaps apply to
+the other cases; but we must remember that animals which have been
+subjected to such severe operations upon the nervous system have
+sustained a great shock, and if they are capable of breeding, it is
+only probable that they will produce weak descendants, and such as
+are easily affected by disease. Such a result does not, however,
+explain why the offspring should suffer from the same disease as
+that which was artificially induced in the parents. But this does
+not appear to have been by any means invariably the case. Brown-
+Sequard himself says: 'The changes in the eye of the offspring were
+of a very variable nature, and were only occasionally exactly
+similar to those observed in the parents.'
+
+"There is no doubt, however, that these experiments demand careful
+consideration, but before they can claim scientific recognition,
+they must be subjected to rigid criticism as to the precautions
+taken, the nature and number of the control experiments, etc.
+
+"Up to the present time such necessary conditions have not been
+sufficiently observed. The recent experiments themselves are only
+described in short preliminary notices, which, as regards their
+accuracy, the possibility of mistake, the precautions taken, and the
+exact succession of individuals affected, afford no data on which a
+scientific opinion can be founded" (pp. 81, 82).
+
+The line Professor Weismann takes, therefore, is to discredit the
+facts; yet on a later page we find that the experiments have since
+been repeated by Obersteiner, "who has described them in a very
+exact and unprejudiced manner," and that "the fact"--(I imagine that
+Professor Weismann intends "the facts")--"cannot be doubted."
+
+On a still later page, however, we read:--
+
+"If, for instance, it could be shown that artificial mutilation
+spontaneously reappears in the offspring with sufficient frequency
+to exclude all possibilities of chance, then such proof [i.e. that
+acquired characters can be transmitted] would be forthcoming. The
+transmission of mutilations has been frequently asserted, and has
+been even recently again brought forward, but all the supposed
+instances have broken down when carefully examined" (p. 390).
+
+Here, then, we are told that proof of the occasional transmission of
+mutilations would be sufficient to establish the fact, but on p. 267
+we find that no single fact is known which really proves that
+acquired characters can be transmitted, "_for the ascertained facts
+which seem to point to the transmission of artificially produced
+diseases cannot be considered as proof_." [Italics mine.] Perhaps;
+but it was mutilation in many cases that Professor Weismann
+practically admitted to have been transmitted when he declared that
+Obersteiner had verified Brown-Sequard's experiments.
+
+That Professor Weismann recognizes the vital importance to his own
+theory of the question whether or no mutilations can be transmitted
+under any circumstances, is evident from a passage on p. 425 of his
+work, on which he says: "It can hardly be doubted that mutilations
+are acquired characters; they do not arise from any tendency
+contained in the germ, but are merely the reaction of the body under
+certain external influences. They are, as I have recently expressed
+it, purely somatogenic characters--viz. characters which emanate
+from the body (soma) only, as opposed to the germ-cells; they are,
+therefore, characters that do not arise from the germ itself.
+
+"If mutilations must necessarily be transmitted" [which no one that
+I know of has maintained], "or even if they might occasionally be
+transmitted" [which cannot, I imagine, be reasonably questioned], "a
+powerful support would be given to the Lamarckian principle, and the
+transmission of functional hypertrophy or atrophy would thus become
+highly probable."
+
+I have not found any further attempt in Professor Weismann's book to
+deal with the evidence adduced by Mr. Darwin to show that
+mutilations, if followed by diseases, are sometimes inherited; and I
+must leave it to the reader to determine how far Professor Weismann
+has shown reason for rejecting Mr. Darwin's conclusion. I do not,
+however, dwell upon these facts now as evidence of a transmitted
+change of bodily form, or of instinct due to use and disuse or
+habit; what they prove is that the germ-cells within the parent's
+body do not stand apart from the other cells of the body so
+completely as Professor Weismann would have us believe, but that, as
+Professor Hering, of Prague, has aptly said, they echo with more or
+less frequency and force to the profounder impressions made upon
+other cells.
+
+I may say that Professor Weismann does not more cavalierly wave
+aside the mass of evidence collected by Mr. Darwin and a host of
+other writers, to the effect that mutilations are sometimes
+inherited, than does Mr. Wallace, who says that, "as regards
+mutilations, it is generally admitted that they are not inherited,
+and there is ample evidence on this point." It is indeed generally
+admitted that mutilations, when not followed by disease, are very
+rarely, if ever, inherited; and Mr. Wallace's appeal to the "ample
+evidence" which he alleges to exist on this head, is much as though
+he should say that there is ample evidence to show that the days are
+longer in summer than in winter. "Nevertheless," he continues, "a
+few cases of apparent inheritance of mutilations have been recorded,
+and these, if trustworthy, are difficulties in the way of the
+theory." . . . "The often-quoted case of a disease induced by
+mutilation being inherited (Brown-Sequard's epileptic guinea-pigs)
+has been discussed by Professor Weismann and shown to be not
+conclusive. The mutilation itself--a section of certain nerves--was
+never inherited, but the resulting epilepsy, or a general state of
+weakness, deformity, or sores, was sometimes inherited. It is,
+however, possible that the mere injury introduced and encouraged the
+growth of certain microbes, which, spreading through the organism,
+sometimes reached the germ-cells, and thus transmitted a diseased
+condition to the offspring." {286}
+
+I suppose a microbe which made guinea-pigs eat their toes off was
+communicated to the germ-cells of an unfortunate guinea-pig which
+had been already microbed by it, and made the offspring bite its
+toes off too. The microbe has a good deal to answer for.
+
+On the case of the deterioration of horses in the Falkland Islands
+after a few generations, Professor Weismann says:--
+
+"In such a case we have only to assume that the climate which is
+unfavourable, and nutriment which is insufficient for horses, affect
+not only the animal as a whole but also its germ-cells. This would
+result in the diminution in size of the germ-cells, the effects upon
+the offspring being still further intensified by the insufficient
+nourishment supplied during growth. But such results would not
+depend upon the transmission by the germ-cells of certain
+peculiarities due to the unfavourable climate, which only appear in
+the full-grown horse."
+
+But Professor Weismann does not like such cases, and admits that he
+cannot explain the facts in connection with the climatic varieties
+of certain butterflies, except "by supposing the passive acquisition
+of characters produced by the direct influence of climate."
+
+Nevertheless, in his next paragraph but one he calls such cases
+"doubtful," and proposes that for the moment they should be left
+aside. He accordingly leaves them, but I have not yet found what
+other moment he considered auspicious for returning to them. He
+tells us that "new experiments will be necessary, and that he has
+himself already begun to undertake them." Perhaps he will give us
+the results of these experiments in some future book--for that they
+will prove satisfactory to him can hardly, I think, be doubted. He
+writes:--
+
+"Leaving on one side, for the moment, these doubtful and
+insufficiently investigated cases, we may still maintain that the
+assumption that changes induced by external conditions in the
+organism as a whole are communicated to the germ-cells after the
+manner indicated in Darwin's hypothesis of pangenesis, is wholly
+unnecessary for the explanation of these phenomena. Still we cannot
+exclude the possibility of such a transmission occasionally
+occurring, for even if the greater part of the effects must be
+attributable to natural selection, there might be a smaller part in
+certain cases which depends on this exceptional factor."
+
+I repeatedly tried to understand Mr. Darwin's theory of pangenesis,
+and so often failed that I long since gave the matter up in despair.
+I did so with the less unwillingness because I saw that no one else
+appeared to understand the theory, and that even Mr. Darwin's
+warmest adherents regarded it with disfavour. If Mr. Darwin means
+that every cell of the body throws off minute particles that find
+their way to the germ-cells, and hence into the new embryo, this is
+indeed difficult of comprehension and belief. If he means that the
+rhythms or vibrations that go on ceaselessly in every cell of the
+body communicate themselves with greater or less accuracy or
+perturbation, as the case may be, to the cells that go to form
+offspring, and that since the characteristics of matter are
+determined by vibrations, in communicating vibrations they in effect
+communicate matter, according to the view put forward in the last
+chapter of my book Luck or Cunning, then we can better understand
+it. I have nothing, however, to do with Mr. Darwin's theory of
+pangenesis beyond avoiding the pretence that I understand either the
+theory itself or what Professor Weismann says about it; all I am
+concerned with is Professor Weismann's admission, made immediately
+afterwards, that the somatic cells may, and perhaps sometimes do,
+impart characteristics to the germ-cells.
+
+"A complete and satisfactory refutation of such an opinion," he
+continues, "cannot be brought forward at present"; so I suppose we
+must wait a little longer, but in the meantime we may again remark
+that, if we admit even occasional communication of changes in the
+somatic cells to the germ-cells, we have let in the thin end of the
+wedge, as Mr. Darwin did when he said that use and disuse did a good
+deal towards modification. Buffon, in his first volume on the lower
+animals, {288} dwells on the impossibility of stopping the breach
+once made by admission of variation at all. "If the point," he
+writes, "were once gained, that among animals and vegetables there
+had been, I do not say several species, but even a single one, which
+had been produced in the course of direct descent from another
+species; if, for example, it could be once shown that the ass was
+but a degeneration from the horse--then there is no farther limit to
+be set to the power of Nature, and we should not be wrong in
+supposing that with sufficient time she could have evolved all other
+organized forms from one primordial type." So with use and disuse
+and transmission of acquired characteristics generally--once show
+that a single structure or instinct is due to habit in preceding
+generations, and we can impose no limit on the results achievable by
+accumulation in this respect, nor shall we be wrong in conceiving it
+as possible that all specialization, whether of structure or
+instinct, may be due ultimately to habit.
+
+How far this can be shown to be probable is, of course, another
+matter, but I am not immediately concerned with this; all I am
+concerned with now is to show that the germ-cells not unfrequently
+become permanently affected by events that have made a profound
+impression upon the somatic cells, in so far that they transmit an
+obvious reminiscence of the impression to the embryos which they go
+subsequently towards forming. This is all that is necessary for my
+case, and I do not find that Professor Weismann, after all, disputes
+it.
+
+But here, again, comes the difficulty of saying what Professor
+Weismann does, and what he does not, dispute. One moment he gives
+all that is wanted for the Lamarckian contention, the next he denies
+common sense the bare necessaries of life. For a more exhaustive
+and detailed criticism of Professor Weismann's position, I would
+refer the reader to an admirably clear article by Mr. Sidney H.
+Vines, which appeared in Nature, October 24, 1889. I can only say
+that while reading Professor Weismann's book, I feel as I do when I
+read those of Mr. Darwin, and of a good many other writers on
+biology whom I need not name. I become like a fly in a window-pane.
+I see the sunshine and freedom beyond, and buzz up and down their
+pages, ever hopeful to get through them to the fresh air without,
+but ever kept back by a mysterious something, which I feel but
+cannot either grasp or see. It was not thus when I read Buffon,
+Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck; it is not thus when I read such
+articles as Mr. Vines's just referred to. Love of self-display, and
+the want of singleness of mind that it inevitably engenders--these,
+I suppose, are the sins that glaze the casements of most men's
+minds; and from these, no matter how hard he tries to free himself,
+nor how much he despises them, who is altogether exempt?
+
+Finally, then, when we consider the immense mass of evidence
+referred to briefly, but sufficiently, by Mr. Charles Darwin, and
+referred to without other, for the most part, than off-hand
+dismissal by Professor Weismann in the last of the essays that have
+been recently translated, I do not see how anyone who brings an
+unbiased mind to the question can hesitate as to the side on which
+the weight of testimony inclines. Professor Weismann declares that
+"the transmission of mutilations may be dismissed into the domain of
+fable." {290} If so, then, whom can we trust? What is the use of
+science at all if the conclusions of a man as competent as I readily
+admit Mr. Darwin to have been, on the evidence laid before him from
+countless sources, is to be set aside lightly and without giving the
+clearest and most cogent explanation of the why and wherefore? When
+we see a person "ostrichizing" the evidence which he has to meet, as
+clearly as I believe Professor Weismann to be doing, we shall in
+nine cases out of ten be right in supposing that he knows the
+evidence to be too strong for him.
+
+
+
+
+
+The Deadlock in Darwinism: Part III
+
+
+Now let me return to the recent division of biological opinion into
+two main streams--Lamarckism and Weismannism. Both Lamarckians and
+Weismannists, not to mention mankind in general, admit that the
+better adapted to its surroundings a living form may be, the more
+likely it is to outbreed its compeers. The world at large, again,
+needs not to be told that the normal course is not unfrequently
+deflected through the fortunes of war; nevertheless, according to
+Lamarckians and Erasmus-Darwinians, habitual effort, guided by ever-
+growing intelligence--that is to say, by continued increase of power
+in the matter of knowing our likes and dislikes--has been so much
+the main factor throughout the course of organic development, that
+the rest, though not lost sight of, may be allowed to go without
+saying. According, on the other hand, to extreme Charles-Darwinians
+and Weismannists, habit, effort and intelligence acquired during the
+experience of any one life goes for nothing. Not even a little
+fraction of it endures to the benefit of offspring. It dies with
+him in whom it is acquired, and the heirs of a man's body take no
+interest therein. To state this doctrine is to arouse instinctive
+loathing; it is my fortunate task to maintain that such a nightmare
+of waste and death is as baseless as it is repulsive.
+
+The split in biological opinion occasioned by the deadlock to which
+Charles-Darwinism has been reduced, though comparatively recent,
+widens rapidly. Ten years ago Lamarck's name was mentioned only as
+a byword for extravagance; now, we cannot take up a number of Nature
+without seeing how hot the contention is between his followers and
+those of Weismann. This must be referred, as I implied earlier, to
+growing perception that Mr. Darwin should either have gone farther
+towards Lamarckism or not so far. In admitting use and disuse as
+freely as he did, he gave Lamarckians leverage for the overthrow of
+a system based ostensibly on the accumulation of fortunate
+accidents. In assigning the lion's share of development to the
+accumulation of fortunate accidents, he tempted fortuitists to try
+to cut the ground from under Lamarck's feet by denying that the
+effects of use and disuse can be inherited at all. When the public
+had once got to understand what Lamarck had intended, and wherein
+Mr. Charles Darwin had differed from him, it became impossible for
+Charles-Darwinians to remain where they were, nor is it easy to see
+what course was open to them except to cast about for a theory by
+which they could get rid of use and disuse altogether. Weismannism,
+therefore, is the inevitable outcome of the straits to which
+Charles-Darwinians were reduced through the way in which their
+leader had halted between two opinions.
+
+This is why Charles-Darwinians, from Professor Huxley downwards,
+have kept the difference between Lamarck's opinions and those of Mr.
+Darwin so much in the background. Unwillingness to make this
+understood is nowhere manifested more clearly than in Dr. Francis
+Darwin's life of his father. In this work Lamarck is sneered at
+once or twice and told to go away, but there is no attempt to state
+the two cases side by side; from which, as from not a little else, I
+conclude that Dr. Francis Darwin has descended from his father with
+singularly little modification.
+
+Proceeding to the evidence for the transmissions of acquired habits,
+I will quote two recently adduced examples from among the many that
+have been credibly attested. The first was contributed to Nature
+(March 14, 1889) by Professor Marcus M. Hartog, who wrote:--
+
+"A. B. is moderately myopic and very astigmatic in the left eye;
+extremely myopic in the right. As the left eye gave such bad images
+for near objects, he was compelled in childhood to mask it, and
+acquired the habit of leaning his head on his left arm for writing,
+so as to blind that eye, or of resting the left temple and eye on
+the hand, with the elbow on the table. At the age of fifteen the
+eyes were equalized by the use of suitable spectacles, and he soon
+lost the habit completely and permanently. He is now the father of
+two children, a boy and a girl, whose vision (tested repeatedly and
+fully) is emmetropic in both eyes, so that they have not inherited
+the congenital optical defect of their father. All the same, they
+have both of them inherited his early acquired habit, and need
+constant watchfulness to prevent their hiding the left eye when
+writing, by resting the head on the left forearm or hand. Imitation
+is here quite out of the question.
+
+"Considering that every habit involves changes in the proportional
+development of the muscular and osseous systems, and hence probably
+of the nervous system also, the importance of inherited habits,
+natural or acquired, cannot be overlooked in the general theory of
+inheritance. I am fully aware that I shall be accused of flat
+Lamarckism, but a nickname is not an argument."
+
+To this Professor Ray Lankester rejoined (Nature, March 21, 1889):--
+
+"It is not unusual for children to rest the head on the left forearm
+or hand when writing, and I doubt whether much value can be attached
+to the case described by Professor Hartog. The kind of observation
+which his letter suggests is, however, likely to lead to results
+either for or against the transmission of acquired characters. An
+old friend of mine lost his right arm when a schoolboy, and has ever
+since written with his left. He has a large family and
+grandchildren, but I have not heard of any of them showing a
+disposition to left-handedness."
+
+From Nature (March 21, 1889) I take the second instance communicated
+by Mr. J. Jenner-Weir, who wrote as follows:--
+
+"Mr. Marcus M. Hartog's letter of March 6th, inserted in last week's
+number (p. 462), is a very valuable contribution to the growing
+evidence that acquired characters may be inherited. I have long
+held the view that such is often the case, and I have myself
+observed several instances of the, at least I may say, apparent
+fact.
+
+"Many years ago there was a very fine male of the Capra megaceros in
+the gardens of the Zoological Society. To restrain this animal from
+jumping over the fence of the enclosure in which he was confined, a
+long and heavy chain was attached to the collar round his neck. He
+was constantly in the habit of taking this chain up by his horns and
+moving it from one side to another over his back; in doing this he
+threw his head very much back, his horns being placed in a line with
+the back. The habit had become quite chronic with him, and was very
+tiresome to look at. I was very much astonished to observe that his
+offspring inherited the habit, and although it was not necessary to
+attach a chain to their necks, I have often seen a young male
+throwing his horns over his back and shifting from side to side an
+imaginary chain. The action was exactly the same as that of his
+ancestor. The case of the kid of this goat appears to me to be
+parallel to that of child and parent given by Mr. Hartog. I think
+at the time I made this observation I informed Mr. Darwin of the
+fact by letter, and he did not accuse me of 'flat Lamarckism.'"
+
+To this letter there was no rejoinder. It may be said, of course,
+that the action of the offspring in each of these cases was due to
+accidental coincidence only. Anything can be said, but the question
+turns not on what an advocate can say, but on what a reasonably
+intelligent and disinterested jury will believe; granted they might
+be mistaken in accepting the foregoing stories, but the world of
+science, like that of commerce, is based on the faith or confidence
+which both creates and sustains them. Indeed the universe itself is
+but the creature of faith, for assuredly we know of no other
+foundation. There is nothing so generally and reasonably accepted--
+not even our own continued identity--but questions may be raised
+about it that will shortly prove unanswerable. We cannot so test
+every sixpence given us in change as to be sure that we never take a
+bad one, and had better sometimes be cheated than reduce caution to
+an absurdity. Moreover, we have seen from the evidence given in my
+preceding article that the germ-cells issuing from a parent's body
+can, and do, respond to profound impressions made on the somatic
+cells. This being so, what impressions are more profound, what
+needs engage more assiduous attention than those connected with
+self-protection, the procuring of food, and the continuation of the
+species? If the mere anxiety connected with an ill-healing wound
+inflicted on but one generation is sometimes found to have so
+impressed the germ-cells that they hand down its scars to offspring,
+how much more shall not anxieties that have directed action of all
+kinds from birth till death, not in one generation only but in a
+longer series of generations than the mind can realize to itself,
+modify, and indeed control, the organization of every species?
+
+I see Professor S. H. Vines, in the article on Weismann's theory
+referred to in my preceding article, says Mr. Darwin "held that it
+was not the sudden variations due to altered external conditions
+which become permanent, but those slowly produced by what he termed
+'the accumulative action of changed conditions of life.'" Nothing
+can be more soundly Lamarckian, and nothing should more conclusively
+show that, whatever else Mr. Darwin was, he was not a Charles-
+Darwinian; but what evidence other than inferential can from the
+nature of the case be adduced in support of this, as I believe,
+perfectly correct judgment? None know better than they who clamour
+for direct evidence that their master was right in taking the
+position assigned to him by Professor Vines, that they cannot
+reasonably look for it. With us, as with themselves, modification
+proceeds very gradually, and it violates our principles as much as
+their own to expect visible permanent progress, in any single
+generation, or indeed in any number of generations of wild species
+which we have yet had time to observe. Occasionally we can find
+such cases, as in that of Branchipus stagnalis, quoted by Mr.
+Wallace, or in that of the New Zealand Kea whose skin, I was assured
+by the late Sir Julius von Haast, has already been modified as a
+consequence of its change of food. Here we can show that in even a
+few generations structure is modified under changed conditions of
+existence, but as we believe these cases to occur comparatively
+rarely, so it is still more rarely that they occur when and where we
+can watch them. Nature is eminently conservative, and fixity of
+type, even under considerable change of conditions, is surely more
+important for the well-being of any species than an over-ready power
+of adaptation to, it may be, passing changes. There could be no
+steady progress if each generation were not mainly bound by the
+traditions of those that have gone before it. It is evolution and
+not incessant revolution that both parties are upholding; and this
+being so, rapid visible modification must be the exception, not the
+rule. I have quoted direct evidence adduced by competent observers,
+which is, I believe, sufficient to establish the fact that offspring
+can be and is sometimes modified by the acquired habits of a
+progenitor. I will now proceed to the still more, as it appears to
+me, cogent proof afforded by general considerations.
+
+What, let me ask, are the principal phenomena of heredity? There
+must be physical continuity between parent, or parents, and
+offspring, so that the offspring is, as Erasmus Darwin well said, a
+kind of elongation of the life of the parent.
+
+Erasmus Darwin put the matter so well that I may as well give his
+words in full; he wrote:--
+
+"Owing to the imperfection of language the offspring is termed a new
+animal, but is in truth a branch or elongation of the parent, since
+a part of the embryon animal is, or was, a part of the parent, and
+therefore, in strict language, cannot be said to be entirely new at
+the time of its production; and therefore it may retain some of the
+habits of the parent system.
+
+"At the earliest period of its existence the embryon would seem to
+consist of a living filament with certain capabilities of
+irritation, sensation, volition, and association, and also with some
+acquired habits or propensities peculiar to the parent; the former
+of these are in common with other animals; the latter seem to
+distinguish or produce the kind of animal, whether man or quadruped,
+with the similarity of feature or form to the parent." {299}
+
+Those who accept evolution insist on unbroken physical continuity
+between the earliest known life and ourselves, so that we both are
+and are not personally identical with the unicellular organism from
+which we have descended in the course of many millions of years,
+exactly in the same ways as an octogenarian both is and is not
+personally identical with the microscopic impregnate ovum from which
+he grew up. Everything both is and is not. There is no such thing
+as strict identity between any two things in any two consecutive
+seconds. In strictness they are identical and yet not identical, so
+that in strictness they violate a fundamental rule of strictness--
+namely, that a thing shall never be itself and not itself at one and
+the same time; we must choose between logic and dealing in a
+practical spirit with time and space; it is not surprising,
+therefore, that logic, in spite of the show of respect outwardly
+paid to her, is told to stand aside when people come to practice.
+In practice identity is generally held to exist where continuity is
+only broken slowly and piecemeal; nevertheless, that occasional
+periods of even rapid change are not held to bar identity, appears
+from the fact that no one denies this to hold between the
+microscopically small impregnate ovum and the born child that
+springs from it, nor yet, therefore, between the impregnate ovum and
+the octogenarian into which the child grows; for both ovum and
+octogenarian are held personally identical with the new-born baby,
+and things that are identical with the same are identical with one
+another.
+
+The first, then, and most important element of heredity is that
+there should be unbroken continuity, and hence sameness of
+personality, between parents and offspring, in neither more nor less
+than the same sense as that in which any other two personalities are
+said to be the same. The repetition, therefore, of its
+developmental stages by any offspring must be regarded as something
+which the embryo repeating them has already done once, in the person
+of one or other parent; and if once, then, as many times as there
+have been generations between any given embryo now repeating it, and
+the point in life from which we started--say, for example, the
+amoeba. In the case of asexually and sexually produced organisms
+alike, the offspring must be held to continue the personality of the
+parent or parents, and hence on the occasion of every fresh
+development, to be repeating something which in the person of its
+parent or parents it has done once, and if once, then any number of
+times, already.
+
+It is obvious, therefore, that the germ-plasm (or whatever the fancy
+word for it may be) of any one generation is as physically identical
+with the germ-plasm of its predecessor as any two things can be.
+The difference between Professor Weismann and, we will say,
+Heringians consists in the fact that the first maintains the new
+germ-plasm when on the point of repeating its developmental
+processes to take practically no cognisance of anything that has
+happened to it since the last occasion on which it developed itself;
+while the latter maintain that offspring takes much the same kind of
+account of what has happened to it in the persons of its parents
+since the last occasion on which it developed itself, as people in
+ordinary life take things that happen to them. In daily life people
+let fairly normal circumstances come and go without much heed as
+matters of course. If they have been lucky they make a note of it
+and try to repeat their success. If they have been unfortunate but
+have recovered rapidly they soon forget it; if they have suffered
+long and deeply they grizzle over it and are scared and scarred by
+it for a long time. The question is one of cognisance or non-
+cognisance on the part of the new germs, of the more profound
+impressions made on them while they were one with their parents,
+between the occasion of their last preceding development and the new
+course on which they are about to enter. Those who accept the
+theory put forward independently by Professor Hering of Prague
+(whose work on this subject is translated in my book Unconscious
+Memory) and by myself in Life and Habit, believe in cognisance as do
+Lamarckians generally. Weismannites, and with them the orthodoxy of
+English science, find non-cognisance more acceptable.
+
+If the Heringian view is accepted, that heredity is only a mode of
+memory, and an extension of memory from one generation to another,
+then the repetition of its development by any embryo thus becomes
+only the repetition of a lesson learned by rote; and, as I have
+elsewhere said, our view of life is simplified by finding that it is
+no longer an equation of, say, a hundred unknown quantities, but of
+ninety-nine only, inasmuch as two of the unknown quantities prove to
+be substantially identical. In this case the inheritance of
+acquired characteristics cannot be disputed, for it is postulated in
+the theory that each embryo takes note of, remembers and is guided
+by the profounder impressions made upon it while in the persons of
+its parents, between its present and last preceding development. To
+maintain this is to maintain use and disuse to be the main factors
+throughout organic development; to deny it is to deny that use and
+disuse can have any conceivable effect. For the detailed reasons
+which led me to my own conclusions I must refer the reader to my
+books Life and Habit and Unconscious Memory, the conclusions of
+which have been often adopted, but never, that I have seen,
+disputed. A brief resume of the leading points in the argument is
+all that space will here allow me to give.
+
+We have seen that it is a first requirement of heredity that there
+shall be physical continuity between parents and offspring. This
+holds good with memory. There must be continued identity between
+the person remembering and the person to whom the thing that is
+remembered happened. We cannot remember things that happened to
+someone else, and in our absence. We can only remember having heard
+of them. We have seen, however, that there is as much bona-fide
+sameness of personality between parents and offspring up to the time
+at which the offspring quits the parent's body, as there is between
+the different states of the parent himself at any two consecutive
+moments; the offspring therefore, being one and the same person with
+its progenitors until it quits them, can be held to remember what
+happened to them within, of course, the limitations to which all
+memory is subject, as much as the progenitors can remember what
+happened earlier to themselves. Whether it does so remember can
+only be settled by observing whether it acts as living beings
+commonly do when they are acting under guidance of memory. I will
+endeavour to show that, though heredity and habit based on memory go
+about in different dresses, yet if we catch them separately--for
+they are never seen together--and strip them there is not a mole nor
+strawberry-mark nor trick nor leer of the one, but we find it in the
+other also.
+
+What are the moles and strawberry-marks of habitual action, or
+actions remembered and thus repeated? First, the more often we
+repeat them the more easily and unconsciously we do them. Look at
+reading, writing, walking, talking, playing the piano, etc.; the
+longer we have practised any one of these acquired habits, the more
+easily, automatically and unconsciously, we perform it. Look, on
+the other hand, broadly, at the three points to which I called
+attention in Life and Habit:--
+
+I. That we are most conscious of and have most control over such
+habits as speech, the upright position, the arts and sciences--which
+are acquisitions peculiar to the human race, always acquired after
+birth, and not common to ourselves and any ancestor who had not
+become entirely human.
+
+II. That we are less conscious of and have less control over eating
+and drinking [provided the food be normal], swallowing, breathing,
+seeing, and hearing--which were acquisitions of our prehuman
+ancestry, and for which we had provided ourselves with all the
+necessary apparatus before we saw light, but which are still,
+geologically speaking, recent.
+
+III. That we are most unconscious of and have least control over
+our digestion and circulation--powers possessed even by our
+invertebrate ancestry, and, geologically speaking, of extreme
+antiquity.
+
+I have put the foregoing very broadly, but enough is given to show
+the reader the gist of the argument. Let it be noted that
+disturbance and departure, to any serious extent, from normal
+practice tends to induce resumption of consciousness even in the
+case of such old habits as breathing, seeing, and hearing, digestion
+and the circulation of the blood. So it is with habitual actions in
+general. Let a player be never so proficient on any instrument, he
+will be put out if the normal conditions under which he plays are
+too widely departed from, and will then do consciously, if indeed he
+can do it at all, what he had hitherto been doing unconsciously. It
+is an axiom as regards actions acquired after birth, that we never
+do them automatically save as the result of long practice; the
+stages in the case of any acquired facility, the inception of which
+we have been able to watch, have invariably been from a nothingness
+of ignorant impotence to a little somethingness of highly self-
+conscious, arduous performance, and thence to the
+unselfconsciousness of easy mastery. I saw one year a poor blind
+lad of about eighteen sitting on a wall by the wayside at Varese,
+playing the concertina with his whole body, and snorting like a
+child. The next year the boy no longer snorted, and he played with
+his fingers only; the year after that he seemed hardly to know
+whether he was playing or not, it came so easily to him. I know no
+exception to this rule. Where is the intricate and at one time
+difficult art in which perfect automatic ease has been reached
+except as the result of long practice? If, then, wherever we can
+trace the development of automatism we find it to have taken this
+course, is it not most reasonable to infer that it has taken the
+same even when it has risen in regions that are beyond our ken?
+Ought we not, whenever we see a difficult action performed
+automatically, to suspect antecedent practice? Granted that without
+the considerations in regard to identity presented above it would
+not have been easy to see where a baby of a day old could have had
+the practice which enables it to do as much as it does
+unconsciously, but even without these considerations it would have
+been more easy to suppose that the necessary opportunities had not
+been wanting, than that the easy performance could have been gained
+without practice and memory.
+
+When I wrote Life and Habit (originally published in 1877) I said in
+slightly different words:--
+
+"Shall we say that a baby of a day old sucks (which involves the
+whole principle of the pump and hence a profound practical knowledge
+of the laws of pneumatics and hydrostatics), digests, oxygenizes its
+blood--millions of years before anyone had discovered oxygen--sees
+and hears, operations that involve an unconscious knowledge of the
+facts concerning optics and acoustics compared with which the
+conscious discoveries of Newton are insignificant--shall we say that
+a baby can do all these things at once, doing them so well and so
+regularly without being even able to give them attention, and yet
+without mistake, and shall we also say at the same time that it has
+not learnt to do them, and never did them before?
+
+"Such an assertion would contradict the whole experience of
+mankind."
+
+I have met with nothing during the thirteen years since the
+foregoing was published that has given me any qualms about its
+soundness. From the point of view of the law courts and everyday
+life it is, of course, nonsense; but in the kingdom of thought, as
+in that of heaven, there are many mansions, and what would be
+extravagance in the cottage or farm-house, as it were, of daily
+practice, is but common decency in the palace of high philosophy,
+wherein dwells evolution. If we leave evolution alone, we may stick
+to common practice and the law courts; touch evolution and we are in
+another world; not higher, nor lower, but different as harmony from
+counterpoint. As, however, in the most absolute counterpoint there
+is still harmony, and in the most absolute harmony still
+counterpoint, so high philosophy should be still in touch with
+common sense, and common sense with high philosophy.
+
+The common-sense view of the matter to people who are not over-
+curious and to whom time is money, will be that a baby is not a baby
+until it is born, and that when born it should be born in wedlock.
+Nevertheless, as a sop to high philosophy, every baby is allowed to
+be the offspring of its father and mother.
+
+The high-philosophy view of the matter is that every human being is
+still but a fresh edition of the primordial cell with the latest
+additions and corrections; there has been no leap nor break in
+continuity anywhere; the man of to-day is the primordial cell of
+millions of years ago as truly as he is the himself of yesterday; he
+can only be denied to be the one on grounds that will prove him not
+to be the other. Everyone is both himself and all his direct
+ancestors and descendants as well; therefore, if we would be
+logical, he is one also with all his cousins, no matter how distant,
+for he and they are alike identical with the primordial cell, and we
+have already noted it as an axiom that things which are identical
+with the same are identical with one another. This is practically
+making him one with all living things, whether animal or vegetable,
+that ever have existed or ever will--something of all which may have
+been in the mind of Sophocles when he wrote:--
+
+"Nor seest thou yet the gathering hosts of ill
+That shall en-one thee both with thine own self
+And with thine offspring."
+
+And all this has come of admitting that a man may be the same person
+for two days running! As for sopping common sense it will be enough
+to say that these remarks are to be taken in a strictly scientific
+sense, and have no appreciable importance as regards life and
+conduct. True they deal with the foundations on which all life and
+conduct are based, but like other foundations they are hidden out of
+sight, and the sounder they are, the less we trouble ourselves about
+them.
+
+What other main common features between heredity and memory may we
+note besides the fact that neither can exist without that kind of
+physical continuity which we call personal identity? First, the
+development of the embryo proceeds in an established order; so must
+all habitual actions based on memory. Disturb the normal order and
+the performance is arrested. The better we know "God save the
+Queen," the less easily can we play or sing it backwards. The
+return of memory again depends on the return of ideas associated
+with the particular thing that is remembered--we remember nothing
+but for the presence of these, and when enough of these are
+presented to us we remember everything. So, if the development of
+an embryo is due to memory, we should suppose the memory of the
+impregnate ovum to revert not to yesterday, when it was in the
+persons of its parents, but to the last occasion on which it was an
+impregnate ovum. The return of the old environment and the presence
+of old associations would at once involve recollection of the course
+that should be next taken, and the same should happen throughout the
+whole course of development. The actual course of development
+presents precisely the phenomena agreeable with this. For fuller
+treatment of this point I must refer the reader to the chapter on
+the abeyance of memory in my book Life and Habit, already referred
+to.
+
+Secondly, we remember best our last few performances of any given
+kind, so our present performance will probably resemble some one or
+other of these; we remember our earlier performances by way of
+residuum only, but every now and then we revert to an earlier habit.
+This feature of memory is manifested in heredity by the way in which
+offspring commonly resembles most its nearer ancestors, but
+sometimes reverts to earlier ones. Brothers and sisters, each as it
+were giving their own version of the same story, but in different
+words, should generally resemble each other more closely than more
+distant relations. And this is what actually we find.
+
+Thirdly, the introduction of slightly new elements into a method
+already established varies it beneficially; the new is soon fused
+with the old, and the monotony ceases to be oppressive. But if the
+new be too foreign, we cannot fuse the old and the new--nature
+seeming to hate equally too wide a deviation from ordinary practice
+and none at all. This fact reappears in heredity as the beneficial
+effects of occasional crossing on the one hand, and on the other, in
+the generally observed sterility of hybrids. If heredity be an
+affair of memory, how can an embryo, say of a mule, be expected to
+build up a mule on the strength of but two mule-memories? Hybridism
+causes a fault in the chain of memory, and it is to this cause that
+the usual sterility of hybrids must be referred.
+
+Fourthly, it requires many repeated impressions to fix a method
+firmly, but when it has been engrained into us we cease to have much
+recollection of the manner in which it came to be so, or indeed of
+any individual repetition, but sometimes a single impression if
+prolonged as well as profound, produces a lasting impression and is
+liable to return with sudden force, and then to go on returning to
+us at intervals. As a general rule, however, abnormal impressions
+cannot long hold their own against the overwhelming preponderance of
+normal authority. This appears in heredity as the normal non-
+inheritance of mutilations on the one hand, and on the other as
+their occasional inheritance in the case of injuries followed by
+disease.
+
+Fifthly, if heredity and memory are essentially the same, we should
+expect that no animal would develop new structures of importance
+after the age at which its species begins ordinarily to continue its
+race; for we cannot suppose offspring to remember anything that
+happens to the parent subsequently to the parent's ceasing to
+contain the offspring within itself. From the average age,
+therefore, of reproduction, offspring should cease to have any
+further steady, continuous memory to fall back upon; what memory
+there is should be full of faults, and as such unreliable. An
+organism ought to develop as long as it is backed by memory--that is
+to say, until the average age at which reproduction begins; it
+should then continue to go for a time on the impetus already
+received, and should eventually decay through failure of any memory
+to support it, and tell it what to do. This corresponds absolutely
+with what we observe in organisms generally, and explains, on the
+one hand, why the age of puberty marks the beginning of completed
+development--a riddle hitherto not only unexplained but, so far as I
+have seen, unasked; it explains, on the other hand, the phenomena of
+old age--hitherto without even attempt at explanation.
+
+Sixthly, those organisms that are the longest in reaching maturity
+should on the average be the longest-lived, for they will have
+received the most momentous impulse from the weight of memory behind
+them. This harmonizes with the latest opinion as to the facts. In
+his article of Weismann in the Contemporary Review for May, 1890,
+Mr. Romanes writes: "Professor Weismann has shown that there is
+throughout the metazoa a general correlation between the natural
+lifetime of individuals composing any given species, and the age at
+which they reach maturity or first become capable of procreation."
+This, I believe, has been the conclusion generally arrived at by
+biologists for some years past.
+
+Lateness, then, in the average age of reproduction appears to be the
+principle underlying longevity. There does not appear at first
+sight to be much connection between such distinct and apparently
+disconnected phenomena as 1, the orderly normal progress of
+development; 2, atavism and the resumption of feral characteristics;
+3, the more ordinary resemblance inter se of nearer relatives; 4,
+the benefit of an occasional cross, and the usual sterility of
+hybrids; 5, the unconsciousness with which alike bodily development
+and ordinary physiological functions proceed, so long as they are
+normal; 6, the ordinary non-inheritance, but occasional inheritance
+of mutilations; 7, the fact that puberty indicates the approach of
+maturity; 8, the phenomena of middle life and old age; 9, the
+principle underlying longevity. These phenomena have no conceivable
+bearing on one another until heredity and memory are regarded as
+part of the same story. Identify these two things, and I know no
+phenomenon of heredity that does not immediately become infinitely
+more intelligible. Is it conceivable that a theory which harmonizes
+so many facts hitherto regarded as without either connection or
+explanation should not deserve at any rate consideration from those
+who profess to take an interest in biology?
+
+It is not as though the theory were unknown, or had been condemned
+by our leading men of science. Professor Ray Lankester introduced
+it to English readers in an appreciative notice of Professor
+Hering's address, which appeared in Nature, July 13, 1876. He wrote
+to the Athenaeum, March 24, 1884, and claimed credit for having done
+so, but I do not believe he has ever said more in public about it
+than what I have here referred to. Mr. Romanes did indeed try to
+crush it in Nature, January 27,1881, but in 1883, in his Mental
+Evolution in Animals, he adopted its main conclusion without
+acknowledgment. The Athenaeum, to my unbounded surprise, called him
+to task for this (March 1, 1884), and since that time he has given
+the Heringian theory a sufficiently wide berth. Mr. Wallace showed
+himself favourably enough disposed towards the view that heredity
+and memory are part of the same story when he reviewed my book Life
+and Habit in Nature, March 27, 1879, but he has never since betrayed
+any sign of being aware that such a theory existed. Mr. Herbert
+Spencer wrote to the Athenaeum (April 5, 1884), and claimed the
+theory for himself, but, in spite of his doing this, he has never,
+that I have seen, referred to the matter again. I have dealt
+sufficiently with his claim in my book Luck or Cunning. Lastly,
+Professor Hering himself has never that I know of touched his own
+theory since the single short address read in 1870, and translated
+by me in 1881. Everyone, even its originator, except myself, seems
+afraid to open his mouth about it. Of course the inference suggests
+itself that other people have more sense than I have. I readily
+admit it; but why have so many of our leaders shown such a strong
+hankering after the theory, if there is nothing in it?
+
+The deadlock that I have pointed out as existing in Darwinism will,
+I doubt not, lead ere long to a consideration of Professor Hering's
+theory. English biologists are little likely to find Weismann
+satisfactory for long, and if he breaks down there is nothing left
+for them but Lamarck, supplemented by the important and elucidatory
+corollary on his theory proposed by Professor Hering. When the time
+arrives for this to obtain a hearing it will be confirmed,
+doubtless, by arguments clearer and more forcible than any I have
+been able to adduce; I shall then be delighted to resign the
+championship which till then I shall continue, as for some years
+past, to have much pleasure in sustaining. Heretofore my
+satisfaction has mainly lain in the fact that more of our prominent
+men of science have seemed anxious to claim the theory than to
+refute it; in the confidence thus engendered I leave it to any
+fuller consideration which the outline I have above given may
+incline the reader to bestow upon it.
+
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+{19} I am indebted to one of Butler's contemporaries at Cambridge,
+the Rev Dr. T. G. Bonney, F.R.S., and also to Mr. John F. Harris,
+both of St. John's College, for help in finding and dating Butler's
+youthful contributions to the Eagle.
+
+{20} This gentleman, on the death of his father in 1866, became the
+Rev. Sir Philip Perring, Bart.
+
+{22} The late Sir Julius von Haast, K.C.M.G., appointed Provincial
+Geologist in 1860, was ennobled by the Austrian Government and
+knighted by the British. He died in 1887.
+
+{59} A lecture delivered at the Working Men's College, Great Ormond
+Street, 30th January, 1892.
+
+{99} Published in the Universal Review, July, 1888.
+
+{110} Published in the Universal Review, December, 1890.
+
+{127} Published in the Universal Review, May, 1889. As I have
+several times been asked if the letters here reprinted were not
+fabricated by Butler himself, I take this opportunity of stating
+that they are authentic in every particular, and that the originals
+are now in my possession.--R. A. S.
+
+{142} An address delivered at the Somerville Club, February 27th,
+1895.
+
+{150} The Foundations of Belief, by the Right Hon. A. J. Balfour.
+Longmans, 1895, p. 48.
+
+{153a} Published in the Universal Review, November, 1888.
+
+{153b} Since this essay was written it has been ascertained by
+Cavaliere Francesco Negri, of Casale Monferrato, that Tabachetti
+died in 1615. If, therefore, the Sanctuary of Montrigone was not
+founded until 1631, it is plain that Tabachetti cannot have worked
+there. All the latest discoveries about Tabachetti's career will be
+found in Cavaliere Negri's pamphlet Il Santuario di Crea
+(Alessandria, 1902). See also note on p. 195.--R. A. S.
+
+{166} Published in the Universal Review, December, 1889.
+
+{188} Published in the Universal Review, November, 1890.
+
+{190} M. Ruppen's words run: "1687 wurde die Kapelle zur hohen
+Stiege gebaut, 1747 durch Zusatz vergrossert und 1755 mit Orgeln
+ausgestattet. Anton Ruppen, ein geschickter Steinhauer und
+Maurermeister leitete den Kapellebau, und machte darin das kleinere
+Altarlein. Bei der hohen Stiege war fruher kein Gebetshauslein; nur
+ein wunderthatiges Bildlein der Mutter Gottes stand da in einer
+Mauer vor dem fromme Hirten und viel andachtiges Volk unter freiem
+Himmel beteten.
+
+"1709 wurden die kleinen Kapellelein die 15 Geheimnisse des Psalters
+vorstellend auf dem Wege zur hohen Stiege gebaut. Jeder Haushalter
+des Viertels Fee ubernahm den Bau eines dieser Geheimnisskapellen,
+und ein besonderer Gutthater dieser frommen Unternehmung war
+Heinrich Andenmatten, nachhet Bruder der Gesellschaft Jesu."
+
+{195} The story of Tabachetti's insanity and imprisonment is very
+doubtful, and it is difficult to make his supposed visit to Saas fit
+in with the authentic facts of his life. Cavaliere Negri, to whose
+pamphlet on Tabachetti I have already referred the reader, mentions
+neither. Tabachetti left his native Dinant in 1585, and from that
+date until his death he appears to have lived chiefly at Varallo and
+Crea. In 1588 he was working at Crea; in 1590 he was at Varallo and
+again in 1594, 1599, and 1602. He died in 1615, possibly during a
+visit to Varallo, though his home at the time was at Costigliole,
+near Asti.--R. A. S.
+
+{196} This is thus chronicled by M. Ruppen: "1589 den 9 September
+war eine Wassergrosse, die viel Schaden verursachte. Die
+Thalstrasse, die von den Steinmatten an bis zur Kirche am Ufer der
+Visp lag, wurde ganz zerstort. Man ward gezwungen eine neue Strasse
+in einiger Entfernung vom Wasser durch einen alten Fussweg
+auszuhauen welche vier und einerhalben Viertel der Klafter, oder 6
+Schuh und 9 Zoll breit sollte" (p. 43).
+
+{209} A lecture delivered at the Working Men's College in Great
+Ormond Street, March 15th, 1890; rewritten and delivered again at
+the Somerville Club, February 13th, 1894.
+
+{210} Correlation of Forces, Longmans, 1874, p. 15.
+
+{230} Three Lectures on the Science of Language, Longmans, 1889, p.
+4.
+
+{234} Science of Thought, Longmans, 1887, p. 9.
+
+{245} Published in the Universal Review, April, May, and June,
+1890.
+
+{259a} Voyages of the "Adventure" and "Beagle," iii. p. 237.
+
+{259b} Luck or Cunning, pp. 170, 180.
+
+{260} Journals of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Zoology,
+vol. iii.), 1859, p. 62.
+
+{261} Darwinism (Macmillan, 1889), p. 129.
+
+{263} See Nature, March 6, 1890.
+
+{265} Origin of Species, sixth edition, 1888, vol. i. p. 168.
+
+{266} Origin of Species, sixth edition, 1888, vol. ii. p. 261.
+
+{271} Mr. J. T. Cunningham, of the Marine Biological Laboratory,
+Plymouth, has called my attention to the fact that I have ascribed
+to Professor Ray Lankester a criticism on Mr. Wallace's remarks upon
+the eyes of certain flat-fish, which Professor Ray Lankester was, in
+reality, only adopting--with full acknowledgment--from Mr.
+Cunningham. Mr. Cunningham has left it to me whether to correct my
+omission publicly or not, but he would so plainly prefer my doing so
+that I consider myself bound to insert this note. Curiously enough,
+I find that in my book Evolution, Old and New I gave what Lamarck
+actually said upon the eyes of flat-fish, and, having been led to
+return to the subject, I may as well quote his words. He wrote:--
+
+"Need--always occasioned by the circumstances in which an animal is
+placed, and followed by sustained efforts at gratification--can not
+only modify an organ--that is to say, augment or reduce it--but can
+change its position when the case requires its removal.
+
+"Ocean fishes have occasion to see what is on either side of them,
+and have their eyes accordingly placed on either side of their head.
+Some fishes, however, have their abode near coasts on submarine
+banks and inclinations, and are thus forced to flatten themselves as
+much as possible in order to get as near as they can to the shore.
+In this situation they receive more light from above than from
+below, and find it necessary to pay attention to whatever happens to
+be above them; this need has involved the displacement of their
+eyes, which now take the remarkable position which we observe in the
+case of soles, turbots, plaice, etc. The transfer of position is
+not even yet complete in the case of these fishes, and the eyes are
+not, therefore, symmetrically placed; but they are so with the
+skate, whose head and whole body are equally disposed on either side
+a longitudinal section. Hence the eyes of this fish are placed
+symmetrically upon the uppermost side."--Philosophie Zoologique,
+tom. i. pp. 250, 251. Edition C. Martins. Paris, 1873.
+
+{274a} Essays on Heredity, etc., Oxford, 1889, p. 171.
+
+{274b} Ibid., p. 266.
+
+{275} Darwinism, 1889, p. 440.
+
+{277} Page 83.
+
+{279} Vol. i. p. 466, etc. Ed. 1885.
+
+{286} Darwinism, p. 440.
+
+{288} Tom. iv. p. 383. Ed. 1753.
+
+{290} Essays, etc., p. 447.
+
+{299} Zoonomia, 1794, vol. i. p. 480.
+
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HUMOUR OF HOMER AND OTHER
+ESSAYS***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 12651.txt or 12651.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/2/6/5/12651
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+